BASTIAN STORAGE & LEAN SOLUTIONS

Material Handling Equipment
Catalog 404B

B A S T I A N S TOR A G E & L E A N S O L U T I O N S
catalog 404B

9820 Association Court, Indianapolis, IN, 46280 800.837.3760 www.bastiansolutions.com
© Bastian Material Handling, LLC. All rights reserved.

Bastian Material Handling

ISO 9001:2000 CERTIFIED 181 . expandable. truck loading and unloading conveyors. rigid or telescopic conveyor. The BestReach® Telescopic Boom and drive-in rigid loaders extend automated loading all the way into the nose of your trailer. If you need a gravity. power.The American Experience --Profit From it! Wire Mesh Decking Wire Mesh Containers We design and manufacture high-quality.bestconveyors. www.com SAFETY MIRRORS The 360˚ Total Observation K-10 Hemisphere® Convex Safety Mirrors for Detailed Viewing The 180˚ Hemisphere Mirror for T intersections K-10 Hemisphere & Convex Plexiglass Safety Mirrors See Around Blind Corners and Down Corridors for Improved Safety and Security Observation. we can provide the solution.

ResinDek Panel Options: Support 1.com.com Mezzanine Flooring Panels for the panel of expertsSM Warehouse Distribution Centers ResinDek panels have been certified to contain at least 84% Pre-consumer Recycled content (dry weight basis) and are eligible for LEED Credits MR 4.500-4.resindek. The JIVARO and PAC600 systems remove the requirement for expensive protective void fill materials through innovative design. LLC™ today for your mezzanine decking needs.500 lbs.WORKSTATIONS THAT INSPIRE PRODUCTIVITY height-adjustable workbenches material handling carts custom workstations and accessories available on-line workstation configurator -. MR 5. ROI is approx 18 months. 182 .4.http://www.1-2. ResinDek (Environmentally Friendly) panels are made with no urea-formaldehyde containing additives and have been lab tested to less than 0.05 ppm and are eligible for LEED Credits MR 4.1-2 and EQ 4.pbasics. www. I Diamond Seal® stain and scratch resistance I Certified Static Control (ESD) I ResinDek Xspan® requires no corrugated I CAD layouts are available I Contact Cornerstone Specialty Wood Products. KY.1-2 and possibly 5.1-2 within 500 miles of Louisville. 888-755-3048 SAVOYE manufactures innovative case erection and closing systems for use in pick and pack distribution processes within the B2B & B2C sectors. reduce both corrugated and labour costs and reduce shipping volumes by up to 30% helping to improve the environment by putting less trucks on the road.

WILDECK. Inc 2008 WC 0802 BSC 800-325-6939 | WWW.COM 183 .GEt thE MOst Out Of yOur spaCE MEZZANINES • MATERIAL LIFTS GuarDING prODuCts ©Wildeck.

184 .

By Mail Please mail orders to: Bastian Material Handling 9820 Association Court Indianapolis.com/material-handling-store/default. All other products will ship from the designated shipping point within 6 weeks.Indianapolis. In general.e. at BASTIAN’s option. and American Express for purchases under $5.000. KY . Please call BASTIAN for specific warranty information. MO . If damage is concealed. currency.bastiansolutions. PayMent terMS SizeS The sizes shown in this catalog are not always complete lists.Fairfax. but not limited to. you must receive prior authorization from BASTIAN whereby we will issue you a Return Goods Authorization (RGA) number. • Catalog description of items being ordered: quantity.Los Angeles. MI .Evansville. Buyer must contact BASTIAN’s sales department for confirmation and shipping instructions prior to the return of any products. FL . • If it is your company’s policy to issue a confirming order following telephone orders. OH . open account terms of net 15 are extended to customers with satisfactory credit history. If the unit has not been returned after two weeks. • Complete Phone Number. and are subject to inspection for damage or misuse prior to issuance of a credit or refund.) must be paid by the buyer. mail or fax. any implied warranty of merchantability or fitness for a particular purpose.S. Prices. Unless otherwise specified by the buyer. Demo units may be used on a trial basis for a period of two weeks. • Name of Authorized Purchaser. OPening UP an accOUnt PrODUct teSting It is simple to establish an account with BASTIAN.Grand Rapids. IN . or installation fees. This warranty is exclusive and is in lieu of any other warranty. Order Placement Online StOre By PhOne By Fax (317) (260) (812) (314) (248) (616) (502) (419) (513) (561) (909) (703) (702) http://www. Buyer shall pay all such costs. state. While BASTIAN establishes open account status. If damage is severe. customers may expedite an order by including payment with the order. charges. Visa. IN . be certain the order is clearly marked as confirming. BASTIAN must be notified immediately! Buyer shall. goods will be shipped via carriers of our choice with shipping and handling charges designated as collect. pre-delivery notification or appointment deliveries.Boca Raton. IN . Louis. BASTIAN accepts Mastercard. return any damaged products to BASTIAN or to the carrier pursuant to BASTIAN’s instructions. the customer may be invoiced in full. all products not returned within 30 days of receipt will be subject to restocking charges. special routing. including area code. NV DaMageD ShiPMentS The buyer or receiving department should INSPECT ALL ITEMS for shipping damages BEFORE ACCEPTING DELIVERY. The customer is responsible for any damage incurred to the demo units while being used on sight. Customers may be required to submit their Dunn’s number. If damage has occurred. If a demo unit is available. Stock levels at BASTIAN are limited.Fort Wayne. Pricing DeMO Unit POlicy Some items in our catalog are available for on-site demonstration.Appendix Terms & Conditions ShiPPing Products highlighted in YELLOW are available for 24 hour shipment.com . buyer or receiving department should NOTE THE EXTENT OF DAMAGE IN WRITING ON THE FREIGHT BILL and call BASTIAN immediately. The 24 hour shipping schedule from the shipping point requires the order to be received at Bastian Material Handling before 12 PM EST. BASTIAN offers quantity discounts on most items. Systems can be designed to suit your specific needs. page number of catalog item etc. MI . unless they are a special order (see color chart below). please be sure to include the following information: • Purchase Order Number.St. three trade references. etc. All returns must be shipped prepaid. All products must be returned within 30 days. Apart from the manufacturer’s RGA policy. model number. Call BASTIAN for precise shipping times when ordering items advertised as in stock. Orders received after noon count as the next day’s orders and are scheduled accordingly. The return of custom orders and orders shipped direct from the manufacturer are subject to the prior approval and return goods policy of the manufacturer (which often includes restock charges). applicable federal. in re-saleable condition. Call for more information. charges. CA . Many other lengths. inside delivery. and duties. widths. our growth and reputation have been based on customer trust and satisfaction. • Ship To Address if different than Bill To Address. and local taxes. size. taxes. The prices do not include freight.Cincinnati. Please call us or contact us via our Web site. express or implied. 168 800. VA . including. colors.Las Vegas. All prices in this BASTIAN catalog reflect Buyer’s net cost in U.asp Call BASTIAN toll free at 1-800-933-2338 575-8596 489-4129 858-7308 432-2227 473-9497 235-3779 266-9499 261-4850 459-0132 866-1837 542-0215 359-8901 645-0417 . (i. color. photographs should be taken and/or the shipment should be refused. BASTIAN requires product samples for testing at the factory to confirm your application on complete systems. and specifications are subject to change without notice.Detroit.937. IN 46280 When ordering by Web. BASTIAN can generally open an account within the same day.Toledo. the customer is responsible for freight one way.Louisville. and the name of their bank.bastiansolutions.3760 www. OH . Any extra charges for services requested by the buyer. retUrn POlicy Since 1952. and duties. If a return is necessary. exclUSive Warranty All products are warranted by the manufacturer to the extent of the manufacturer’s express warranties to BASTIAN to be free from defects in materials and workmanship under normal use and service. and options are often available. special crating requirements.

) multiplied by the net stacking height(s) permitted by safety regulations and restrictions and floor load limitations with available material handling equipment and storage aids. May be used to store large quantities or cases of product.. The catwalk generally is designed to support only itself and the weight of personnel required for access to the aforementioned items. automatic Data collection (aDc): Term used to describe direct entry of data into a computer system. establishing operational standards. Symptoms can include tingling and numbness in the hand. Ball transfer: The ball transfer table is used when products are required to be manually rotated or correctly positioned. code bar. change of elevation:Vertical distance between upper horizontal track of a vertical curve to the corresponding point on the lower horizontal track. As a quantity is picked. A cantilever rack is most useful when there is a need for a full clear shelf that can be loaded form the front without obstructing uprights. Height may depend on SKU characteristics. average Peak Staffing: A method of arriving at the number of people needed to staff each warehouse department calculated between average work load and maximum (peak). normally three to four pallets high.Appendix Glossary advanced Shipment notice (aSn): An electronically communicated detailed description of the content of a shipment that has been dispatched to the recipient of the ASN. easy handling of a product. The high concentration of individual items allows for more efficient picking operations. It is also used when more than two conveyor lines converge and packages must be transferred from one line to another. and other standard relating to government and industry. and loss of dexterity and strength in the hand. standard data development. cost estimating. carton Flow rack: Flow-through storage consisting of multiple lanes and levels of gravity carton flow conveyor. and order selection operations are performed at the opposite (pick face) end. Batch Manufacturing: The production of parts or material in discrete runs.” aspect ratio: In a barcode symbol. Bulk Storage: An area in the warehouse set aside for storage of multiple pallets of a given product. Storage in warehouses of any large quantity of supplies. Bill of lading (BOl): Defined as the receipt given by a carrier or his agent for goods received for shipment or the acknowledgement of the receipt of goods for movement by a carrier and the contract for that particular movement. Bay: A cubic space with limits normally defined by functional or physical constraints. and Interleaved 2 of 5 Code).937. ANSI has been responsible for the development of design guidelines for computer workstations (ANSI/HFS 100-1988). The area within a facility or warehouse devoted to the placement of large items.com 169 . anti-Fatigue Mats: Mats or padding on the floor designed to reduce stresses on the feet and leg when standing for long periods. for example: (a) structural bay. capacity rated: The rated or design capacity of the conveying or load carrying equipment as stated by vendor. Configurable picking and stocking rules are available that relate to breaking cases and partial cases. standard barcode symbology specifications (Code 39. All replenishment operations take place at the rear (charge) end. Typically used when large numbers of orders contain the same SKUs. requires sortation and possible consolidation of products for the orders. (b) storage bay. usually in original containers. requiring the carton to be opened or broken. carton Flow Storage: Area for cartons with forward sloping shelves. interspersed with other production operations or runs of other parts or materials. Benchmarks may be used for job evaluation. the space defined by the size of a block of material stored within it. and other purposes. programmable logic controller (PLC). the space defined by four columns. Bar code: An array of rectangular bars and spaces that are arranged in a predetermined pattern following specific rules to represent elements of data that are referred to as characters. the remaining product at the location slides forward. controls or other devices not frequently used. by one to six pallets deep. or the maximum load in pounds at a given load center. such as a work station or other similar operation that requires quick.3760 www. the ratio of the bar height to the symbol length. Cushioned insoles for shoes can be viewed as “portable antifatigue mats. catwalk: An elevated service platform or walkway constructed to permit access to equipment. Designed to compromise between under and over staffing. Benchmark: A standard of measurement with enough characteristics common to the individual units of a population to facilitate economical comparison of attributes for units selected from a sample. 800. center of gravity: The point in a rigid body where the entire mass of the body could be concentrated and produce the same gravity resultant as for the body itself. ft. and draft guidelines for ergonomics (ANSI Z365). Buffer Storage: The part of a warehouse in which back-up or reserve stock is stored awaiting transfer into active storage. (b) The number of pieces. that a truck can safely transport and/or stack to a specified height. or batches. or other microprocessor-controlled device without using a keyboard. Broken case: Term used to describe an item whose order quantity is less than the master carton quantity. anSi: The American National Standards Institute. american national Standards institute (anSi): A non-governmental group responsible for the development of the standard character set of OCR. floor stocking of pallets and reserve material to re-supply forward picking areas. attainable cubic Feet (acF): The product of net storage space (sq. carpal tunnel Syndrome: A specific Cumulative Trauma Disorder (CTD) occurring as the result of compression on the median nerve that travels through the carpal tunnel in the heel of the hand. Bulk Floor Storage: Mode where pallet loads of materials are floor stacked. capacity: (a) The maximum load in pounds. volume or weight of material that can be handled by a conveyor in a unit of time when operating at a given speed. aisle Space Percentage (aSP): Defined as the proportion of facility space devoted to aisles. Primarily used for reserve storage of multiple pallet quantities for the same SKU.bastiansolutions. cantilever rack: A rack consisting of arms cantilevered from column(s). Batch Picking: An operator picks one product for a group of orders at the same time. performance rating. therefore.

or the like. The clearance required between the top of the highest load and the lowest overhead obstruction will vary depending upon local fire codes. a function character for symbol linking. it is necessary to remove the front pallet on any level to have access to the one immediately behind it. three of the elements are wide and six elements are narrow. one product at a time. Distribution: The broad range of activities concerned with efficient movement of finished products from the end of the production line to the consumer. Downtime: A period of time during which an operation is halted due to the lack of materials. rails.3. Dedicated aisles: An aisle in a warehouse serving only one function. Dock: A platform designed to align the floor of a building with the bed of a truck trailer. A character consists of three bars and three spaces.7 cpi. heating pipes. Dock leveler: An adjustable rectangular platform of approximately highway truck width built into the dock edge used to compensate for the difference between varying truck bed heights and delivery platforms. for purposes of testing the implications of possible operating scenarios without having to implement them. a machinery breakdown. with each bar or space containing one to four elements. See Simulation.Typically used when the total cube of multiple orders can be manually transported. and ties permitting a vehicle to enter the structure from one side only to pickup or deposit pallets on continuous rails. product storage. protective packaging. Special features include bar and space character parity for character integrity. the drive-through rack is not obstructed at the end by bracing. last-out storage. 4. sprinkler heads. Control may be implemented by monitoring and/or systematically modifying parameters or policies used in those functions. This aisle can be for order selection. move). Dedicated Storage: A storage policy (usually contrasted with random storage) in which a warehouse location is dedicated to house a specific SKU or SKUs. in the worst case. The structure dictates first-in. and a space). (c) The true storage capacity of a building: L x W x H. Fifty percent of all loads are immediately accessible and.0. cycle: One complete up and one complete down operation. Applies to a storage requirement for many pallets of few SKUs. in some cases it may include the movement of raw materials from the source of supply to the beginning of the production line. Special features include bar and space character parity for character integrity. market and sales forecasting. Direct labor: (a) Work which is readily chargeable to or identifiable with a specific product. customer service. Dynamic load: A moving load.bastiansolutions. Dwell time: The time spent at the bin front or storage slot or any equipment waiting for a material handling transaction. distance traveled.Appendix clear Overhead height: Distance from the floor to the lowest overhead obstruction (e. Dock-to-Stock time: The elapsed time measured for an inbound item from trailer docking to product put away. Discrete Picking: An operator picks one order.g. These trucks must turn at right angles in order to place the material in storage. computer Simulation: The creation of a mathematical model. control System: Hardware/software system that its primary function is the collection and analysis of feedback from a given set of functions for the purpose of controlling these functions. below the lowest overhead obstruction. and number of total SKUs is small. and spare function characters for expansion or unique applications. Typically used when order size. Drive-through racks: Similar to drive-in racks in that they allow the fork truck and pallet to enter the rack structure and place the pallet on rails. However. 170 800.3760 www. plant and warehouse site selection. 3. They require wide aisles (10 to 14 feet) and substantial floor capacity.7. code 18: A barcode containing a full 18-character ASCII set. inventory control. Nominal Barcode density is 9. code 128: A barcode containing a full 128-character ASCII set. The truck is equipped with load engaging means wherein all the load during normal transporting is external to the polygon formed by wheel contacts.. cube Utilization: The ratio of occupied space to total cubic space available. one placed behind the other. on which pallets may be placed two deep by a double-deep reach truck. cube: (a) The product of length x width x depth. or by preparing control reports that initiate useful action with respect to significant deviations and expectations. common carrier: A carrier engages in the business of transporting goods and /or persons for compensation without discrimination. Drive-in rack: A rack consisting of upright frames. clear Stacking height (Working head room): Distance from the floor to a point usually at least 18 in. cluster Picking: An operator picks to containers for multiple orders and will pick a product(s) for each order during a single pass through the pick area. code 39 (3 of 9): A barcode that encodes 43 data characters (0 through 9. material handling. cycle time: (a) Time for a material handling machine to perform one cycle (pick. (b) The total area inside a truck trailer. six symbols. Conventional or counterbalanced fork lift trucks carry the pallet straight out in front of the machine on permanently aligned forks. and attendant management information systems. ceiling truss.). A through Z.They are available with both electric and internal combustion power. A character consists of three bars and three spaces. order processing. and spare function characters for expansion or unique applications. (b) The total time for a process from start to completion.com . but gets its rigidity from its own overhead bracing or by tying into the overhead structure. and 1. warehousing. representing the operation under study. counterbalanced truck: Fork lift truck using rear mounted batteries and/or weights for maintaining balance. Double-Deep racks: Usually two rows of selective racks. a function character for symbol linking. etc. in some cases it may include buying activities. Each character is represented by nine elements (five bars and four spaces). usually expressed as a percentage. store. The length times the width times the height of the trailer is the cube space. or both. These activities include freight transportation. FIFO movement is possible with drive-through racks whereas LIFO movement must usually be acceptable with drive-in racks.4 characters per inch (cpi) (high density) with other densities of 8.937. (b) Work performed on a product or service that advances the product or service towards completion or objectives. with each bar or space contain one to four elements. Distribution center: Intermediate warehouse(s) where products from different sources are assembled for shipment and distribution to specific customer locations.

honeycombing: (a) The practice of removing merchandise in pallet-load quantities where the space is not exhausted in an orderly fashion. is made of hardwood. labor: (a) The ratio of standard performance time to actual performance time. usually expressed as a percentage. Part grouping may be based on geometric shapes. stairways. Floor Stacking: The stacking of unit loads directly on top of each other with the floor as a base. manufacturing. all other things being equal. indexing: Controlled spacing or feeding. 800. objects. These systems are also effective in situations requiring additional packaging. end-Of-aisle Picking System: High-density mechanized binnable parts systems such as mini load or carousel units provide dense storage and maximize the use of available storage height. or processing which would be impractical to provide on an order-picking industrial truck. enterprise resource Planning (erP): Such systems will link together all of a company’s operations including human resources. By delivering the part to the order picker. Manufactured to GMA requirements. Positioning of the truck is by hand. The lifting surface can be a platform or forks.Appendix edge load: The load on a platform edge as a result of off-center loading. In robotics. Several benefits may be obtained in flow rack applications. Fatigue: The reduction in performance ability caused by a period of excessive activity followed by inadequate recovery time. First-Out. hand Pallet truck:A truck designed to lift loads off the floor high enough to move them from one location to another. Muscle fatigue is accompanied by a buildup of lactic acid in the working muscle. FPM: Feet per minute. These systems are particularly useful when high transaction rates and large inventory levels result in unacceptably high travel times for man-to-part order picking methods. First-in. another load moves forward to fill the empty space. Conveyor may be one of several types. Second. (b) The study of work tasks with emphasis on reducing to a practical minimum the physiological cost of doing the work. group technology (gt): A technique for grouping parts to gain design and operational advantages. extendable conveyor: Used for packaged materials. inspection: A process to ensure incoming merchandise meets required standards (Synonym: quality control).. The examination consists of questioning the reason for the travel and includes determining how the progressive travel. First. Usually accompanied by a flow process chart. This results in inefficiencies due to the fact that the received merchandise may not be efficiently stored in the space which is created by the honeycomb. or units. electronic commerce (e-commerce):The buying and selling of goods and services on the Internet. defined in both area (psf) and point loading (psi) for storage rack and machines. Flow Diagram: A representation of the location of activities or operations and the flow of materials between activities on a pictorial layout of a process. may be changed or modified to achieve the utmost economics in both time and material. Family grouping: A method of storing the same or similar products in a common area. Constructed so the conveyor may be extended or shortened within limits to suit operation needs. and other structural features.This is one of the major hidden costs in warehousing. washrooms. which allow fork truck handling from all four sides.3760 www. First-Out: An inventory valuation method. indirect labor: Labor which does not add to the value of a product but which must be performed to support its manufacture. The platform unit is used for handling skids and the fork type unit for handling pallets. gravity wheel. offices. (b) The ratio of actual performance numbers (e. doors. Flow racks permit efficient stock rotation with high density storage. elevator shafts.937. eighty/twenty (80/20) rule: The theory that a large proportion of warehouse activity will be generated by a small proportion of the SKU’s. (Synonym: human factors). Flow analysis: The detailed examination of the progressive travel of either people or material from place to place and/or from operation to operation. gMa Pallet (gMa-grocery Manufacturers of america): A pallet whose dimensions are 48” x 40”. flow racks allow high-density storage. wheel. or roller conveyors. Floor loading: Measure of the load bearing capacity of a (warehouse) floor. As one pallet or load is removed from the front of the rack. or belt conveyors. Movement is at a controlled rate by means of live rail. financials. (b) The storing or withdrawing of supplies in a manner which results in vacant space that is not usable for storage of other items. Floor loading trucks: (a) A technique used for packing a truck in which pallets and stretch film are not used. Flow rack: (a) A tiered structure with multiple storage compartments with conveyors as the load supporting members. Flow racks are designed for loads to flow to the unloading position. Four-Way entry Pallet: Openings on all four sides of a pallet or container. efficiency. including roller. operation processes or both. and is forklift accessible from all four sides. or to design widely usable fixtures for part families. inventory control is simplified for either FIFO or LIFO systems. and distribution as well as connect the organization to its customers and suppliers. (b) Gravity storage or live storage non-powered conveyor lanes pitched at a slight incline so that two or more loads can be stored in one lane with gravity providing the means of movement within that lane. (b) Hand carrying (conveyors are frequently used) a load on a truck and shipping the load by leaving it on the trailer floor unprotected. ergonomics: (a) Design of working conditions to better accommodate the human body’s capabilities and limitations.g. Floor Plan: A scale drawing of the floor area on a building showing columns. checking. idle time: Time during which a worker or a piece of equipment is not working in a facility. (c) Creation of unoccupied space resulting from withdrawal of unit loads. operator travel time is eliminated. Floor Space Utilization:The ratio of occupied floor space to total floor space available. group technology is used to ensure that different parts are of the same part family when planning part processing for a work cell. in which costs of material are transferred in chronological order.com 171 .bastiansolutions. FiFO: First-In. number of pieces) to standard performance numbers. usually expressed as a percentage. or the operation. eliminating many aisles and thus providing maximum use of available space. May not be readily identifiable with a specific product or service. usually expressed as a percentage.

last-in. balance-on-hand. maintenance. and processes for the purpose of investigating the effectiveness of specific operations or groups so that improvements can be developed which will raise productivity. Methods analysis: Those parts of methods engineering normally involving an examination and analysis of an operation or a work-cycle broken down into its constituent parts for the purpose of improvement. Load length may exceed the pallet dimension with product overhang. etc. inventory control: In a complete inventory management system. layout: (a) A floor plan showing assignment of gross space for storage operations and supporting functions. and disposition of material. in warehouses and storage. load length: Maximum overall dimension of pallet or load module. Occupational Safety and health agency (OSha): Establishes standards for a vast number of safety and health requirements. inventory Shrinkage ratio (iSr): Measures loss of material due to pilferage. SKU (b) A separate item of supply on a transaction document. it includes stock levels. Order Batch: An accumulation of orders released for order picking. logistics: The science of planning and carrying out the movement and maintenance of operations. non-value added activity: Category or process task that does not add value nor move the product closer to the customer. location analysis: Details of the placement of workstations. Mezzanine: A platform supported with structural members. constructed at a height which permits movement of people and equipment below. shipper. workstation dimensions. movement. reorder points. Automated systems may store loads with length in parallel to the aisle length. Mean time Between Failure (MtBF): Defined as the average time between two failures and therefore is a measure of the trouble free time. grouped together for processing of a family of parts or assembly. niOSh: National Institute for Occupational Safety and Health. buffers. error in material shipment to customer and misplacement of inventory in storage. Manufacturing cell: A collection of machines. In straddle trucks. reach. (b) The selection of less-than-unit-load quantities of material for individual orders. (b) The average time between two failures and therefore is a measure of the trouble free time narrow aisle truck (na truck): A self loading truck primarily intended for right angle stacking in aisles narrower than those normally required by counter balanced trucks of the same capacity. item physical description. and capacity limits. Narrow aisle type equipment is represented by three basic categories of vehicle: the straddle. Management allocates the merchandise through a priority system. used for storage or operations. and from productive processes. elimination of unnecessary steps. liFO: Last-In. semi-finished and finished) to. lower. limit Switch: An electrical device.part number. single item. stock locations. rotation. improve quality. Material(s) handling: (a) An aspect of materials management relating specifically to the physical transfer of materials. Operator transaction time: The time an operator spends processing a transaction. equipment. and disregards earnings on cash flows reinvested in other projects.937. reduce accident hazards. fixed costs. usually two dimensions. A measurement utilized in determining system availability. MtBF: (a) Mean Time Between Failures. convey and/or transfer material between elevations and not limited to landings. (b) A graphical representation to scale of a facility. transporter reach.3760 www. and/or establishing and recording in detail a proposed method of performance.Appendix interlock: A device to prevent lift movement when a landing gate is not fully closed and to prevent the landing gate from being opened unless the lift platform is present at that landing. Location analysis may also be applied to location of work pieces. inventory turnover ratio: Measures the return obtained from inventory investments and provides an indication of the movement of materials. which by predetermined adjustment. stack. internal rate-of-return (irr): The rate of return which takes into account only what a project or investment earns. Also known as consolidation.The vehicle is specifically 172 800. in which costs are transferred in reverse chronological order. First-Out: An inventory valuation method. and in receiving and shipping areas. material handling equipment.com . load height: Maximum overall dimension from the bottom of a pallet or load module to the top. measured in the direction perpendicular to length of aisle for conventional fork truck handling.bastiansolutions.Typical factors to be considered are: transport time or costs. and side loading trucks. Order allocation: A procedure used when insufficient inventory is available to ship all in-house orders. are worked out. and attain other desired objectives. Order Picking truck: (a) A fork lift type machine on which the driver rides up and down on a mast in an open front cab. Order Picking: (a) Selection and gathering of items which a customer is buying in a single lot at one time. Deals with the design and development. First-Out. nec: National Electrical Code. scrap. the load is carried between the front outrigger wheels to minimize the need for counterbalancing. error in record keeping. line item: (a) A unique item of inventory synonyms . load Width: Maximum overall dimension of a pallet or load module and load in the direction parallel to an aisle for conventional fork truck handling. Administers and enforces the compliance with these rules and regulations. accesses. distribution. Always note the standard in a warehouse. class of shipment. Operations analysis: A study of an operation or series of operations involving people. Usually expressed as the ratio of annual sales to average inventory investment on hand. recipient. (b) The movement of materials (raw materials. Merging: Process of bringing together various parts of an order. Kitting: The process of grouping or packaging together different items/ SKUs to create a special. storage. Manifest: A document that captures information on the freight carrier. reduce costs. or perpendicular to the aisle for automated systems. Also know as conversions. through. and tools within a workstation. limits the rotational or linear movement of a mechanism. which have been selected in different picking areas. but sometimes in three. acquisition. and other information pertinent to the shipment. lift table: A scissors lift device used to raise.

May be used to store large quantities or pallets of product. Palletization: (a) The building of a unit load on a pallet to facilitate storing and handling merchandise. but designed to handle unit loads on gravity flow conveyor. The other method employs more complex mechanisms for forming pallet layers off line. Configurable picking and stocking rules are available that relate to breaking cases and partial cases. Also known as pickup & discharge station. (b) The placing of material on a pallet to facilitate handling with a fork truck. Pallet Width: Horizontal dimension perpendicular to stringers. Configurable picking and stocking rules are available that relate to breaking cases and partial cases. rackable. Once lifted. some palletizers can also handle sacks and bags. Pick cart: A pick cart is usually a manually propelled order picking device designed to hold small packages and tote boxes. Pick to Display (PtD): A picking device that presents the operator with an action that can be comprised of text images. primarily intended for right-angle stacking and order picking. Palletizer: Special machines capable of building a complete unit load on a pallet.000 bolts is to be picked. Pallet Flow Storage: Storage area for pallets with forward sloping shelves. If a box of 10. bolted or clipped. Performance is defined in terms of: the quality of behavior. One makes use of a fixed position or overhead gantry robot with end effectors suited to the individual loads. then two pieces are to be picked. Plastic Bin: Reusable container used for storing and shipping materials. Pick aisle: An aisle in which an order selector can pick orders. Order Picking and Stacking truck: A self loading industrial truck. Pallet Storage: Pallet storage may be used to store whole pallets of product. and mark a picking list. and a quantitative index of behavior or achievement. Pick Face: A physical opening from which product is picked to fill orders (Synonym: pick slot). and audio. Pickup & Delivery (P & D) Station: A location at which a load entering or leaving storage is supported in a manner suitable for handling by the S/R machine. Pallet identification: Computer generated pressure sensitive generic bar-coded ID label applied to a pallet of material for tracking purposes. I/O station. and handling materials and/or products in a unit load.3760 www. (b) The period of time at which a machine. Pick Module: Rack supported order selection fixturing consisting of multiple levels of shelving and/or carton flow rack and/or pallet flow rack. equipped with an operator control platform that moves vertically on the mast with the load engaging means. the remaining product at the location slides forward. such as vacuum lifts or a gripper. and connectors. Point load: A concentrated load. or other investment has produced sufficient net revenue to recover its investment costs. Performance Specifications: The specification of various important parameters or capabilities in the design and operation. Picking rate: This is usually expressed in terms of number of cases or number of lines picked by one order selector per hour. Pallet Flow rack: Flow-through selection fixturing similar to carton flow rack. (b) A manually loaded industrial truck equipped with both a load platform. facility.bastiansolutions. Pallet length: Horizontal dimension of the pallet in direction front-toback stringer boards. Although the most common application is for cases. a polymerized resin used especially for making tubing. place it into a picking container. Packing: The placing of numerous small cartons comprising different lines into an outer case to protect them during subsequent handling. Pick to light (Ptl): A computer directed picking system using display technology to identify the bin and quantity of a line item to be picked. AGV. Pallet: A horizontal platform device used as a base for assembling. flow rack. or accuracy. Pallet Jack: See Pallet truck. feed/discharge station. and shelving storage systems. film or bags for packaging. Pallet Storage rack: A structure composed of two or more upright frames. Usually made of wood. for the purpose of supporting palletized materials in storage. The operator physically pushes the forks into the opening on the pallet and “jacks” the ratcheting lift mechanism so as to raise the pallet off the floor. Pallet rack: Steel storage fixturing used for storage of palletized stock. beams. storing. Pick time: The amount of time required by an order picker to select merchandise. Pick line (Selection line): An arrangement of SKUs in some ordering system to facilitate selection to satisfy orders. Pallet rack Shelving: Standard pallet rack can be equipped with shelf panel inserts so that pallet rack can be used for storing binnable. Pallet truck: A manually powered fork truck. power. such as speed. that is only one piece. the degree to which a specified result is achieved. AEM or EMS. Pallet height:The total vertical dimension between the outer surfaces of the top and bottom decks. and then shifting or transferring each successive layer onto the pallet as it is lowered via a lift/lower table. and an operator control platform movable as a unit on a mast. May be powered. A less common palletizer application would be for special products such as sheet stock. Among the common methods of assembly are welded. Payback Period: (a) Regarding an investment. Pallet Dispenser: A pallet feeder is a device used for feeding empty pallets. one at a time.937. Piece: Is a unit that must be physically picked. the number of years (or months) required for the related profit or savings in operating cost to equal the amount of said investment. this platform supports the load when it is picked up by a forklift or pallet jack. but if the box is to be opened and two bolts picked from it. transfer station. and powered conveyor system. the load can be manually moved from place to place. OSha: Occupational Safety and Health Administration.com 173 . As a quantity is picked. 800. There are two general methods employed for automatically building a full pallet.Appendix designed for order picking and is not suitable for pallet storage/retrieval. It is often known as a pallet dispenser. Generally applied to carousels. or palletized materials as needs change. mark a picking container. Polyethylene plastic. Plastic tote: See Plastic bin.

or directly from shipping. and reporting merchandise into a facility. reporting. A row is comprised of one or more bays. receiving: (a) The function of accepting. Queue: A line formed by loads or items while waiting for processing.bastiansolutions. The number of “facings” or immediately accessible storage slots. or reserve. and document processing incident thereto. etc. which in turn broadcast to receivers. receiving Dock: An area reserved for the unloading of delivery vehicles. handling. (b) The receipt of inbound supplies. Synonyms: minimum or protective inventory. Storage locations may be on one or both sides. receiving area: Area used for checking. This is normally done on a computer. edge roughness. Ptl: (a) Pick-To-Light.Appendix Pool Shipment: Goods ordered for two or more customers and/or destinations loaded into single common carrier unit (as truck or rail car). (Generally less than 250 milliseconds). Radio frequency waves convey information. reusable container: A container intended for multiple cycles of use. real time: Continuous computer communications with a device while an operation is performed. Put-to-light: A sorting technique that uses light displays to indicate a container or bin for an order. Shelving: Used for economical storage of small hand stackable items which are not suited to mechanized handling and storage due to their handling characteristics. to a primary picking location which has become empty. Sometimes called the clear area. to fill one order. Simulation: The process of test-driving a system and warehouse prior to installation. thus providing up to the second information. The receivers convert the signals to electrical data that can be understood by other hardware such as a computer. rack-Supported Structure: A complete and independent load storage system in which the storage rack is the basic structural system. activity. that precedes the start character of a barcode symbol and follows that stop characters. PSi: Pounds per Square Inch. Selectivity is expressed as the percentage of the total storage slots which are immediately accessible. Shipping: (a) Actions necessary to deliver material to a carrier for movement to a consignee. Primary location: The slot from which merchandise is selected to fill orders. buffer inventory. voids. includes planning. Transmitters use the waves to convert electrical data to radio frequency signals. reflectance. inspecting. animal. Shrinkage: An inventory adjustment required due to pilferage. A zone may be configured to contain one or more rows. row:The walkway (aisle) between racks or a single carousel. or person for the purpose of identification using radio waves. using a mathematical model of an existing or planned operation.com . which may be rolled over the platform surface when the lift is in its fully closed position. containing no dark marks. Productivity: (a) The ratio of output to total inputs. including regularly scheduled work breaks. and encodation. Shipping Dock: An area reserved for the loading of delivery vehicles. or monthly sales data showing a more or less repetitive pattern. recording. relying on storing and remotely retrieving data using devices called RFID tags or transponders. usually provided in jobs where heavy physical work or exposure to environmental extremes occurs. Quiet zone: A clear space. (b) The function of recording. Sequential Picking:The process of order selecting the exact quantity for a single individual customer order when the picker visits an SKU. or secondary location for order selection. Serpentine Pick: A travel path used by an order selector that takes him past every picking slot in the warehouse. replenishment: The function of transferring stock from a reserve storage area.937. (b) Put-To-Light. radio Frequency identification (rFiD): An automatic identification method. quiet zone. Selectivity: Ease of accessibility of merchandise. Product inspection: A step by step review of the product for ergonomics. Seasonal: Daily. rest allowances: Recovery time. These beams are connected to the front and rear columns of a vertical truss. Every pallet face is exposed to the aisle providing 100% selectivity. (b) The ratio of actual production to standard production. or receiving error. railcar. Seasonality: Storage and shipment of material from a warehouse caused by seasonal surges in customer demands. The operator places line items of the order into the bin matching quantity on display.3760 www. Safety Stock: Quantity of an inventory item carried in stores or stock as a hedge against stockout resulting from above average or unexpected demand during procurement lead time. An RFID tag is an object that can be attached to or incorporated into a product. Rest allowances are built into the job standard so that productivity ratings recognize the need for additional recovery time in these jobs. Shelf life:The maximum amount of time material can be retained in storage and still be acceptable for use. and sending merchandise to a consumer. over or under shipment. or quantity. 174 800. (c) A standard method of measuring the efficiency of a warehouse by assessing the amount of work and rate of work attained individually and collectively by the workforce. Print quality: The measure of compliance of a barcode symbol to the requirements of dimensional tolerance. spots. prior to its delivery to storage areas. returns: Merchandise returned for credit by customer. rated load: Maximum capacity as specified by the equipment nameplate. radio Frequency (rF): Utilized in automated identification systems. Shipping area: An area used to assemble and prepare material for loading in a truck. and preparing incoming material (both new procurement and returns). applicable to either an individual worker or a group of workers. cushion. rated capacity: Maximum amount of single-axle load. Secondary location: Back-up or reserve storage. Selective rack(s): Commonly referred to as pallet racks running parallel to the aisle each consisting of a pair of horizontal beams on which pallets may be placed one deep. functionality and integration into the existing system. weekly.

and two to three in number. each of which is treated separately as well as in combination with the rest. value-added activity: (a) Any change to a product to make it more valuable to the end customer. vertical Barcode: A code pattern presented in such orientation that the axis of the symbol from start to stop is perpendicular to the horizon. If the task is of sufficient length. and shipping in warehouses and can prompt workers to do inventory cycle counts. Slotting: The process of determining which products to store in which locations. The goal is for each player in the supply chain to conduct business with the latest and best information from everyone else in the chain. distributors. and equipment to share data or applications with other components in the same or other functional areas.e. time Study: A work measurement technique consisting of careful time measurement of the task with a time measuring instrument. relatively homogeneous work elements. Stringer: The spacing boards of a pallet. or cell where product is stored. This is referred to in terms of cases. Effective management of the supply chain enables a company to move product from the point of origin to that of consumption in the least amount of time at the smallest cost. Work Methods: Physical methods used to perform tasks of a job. as order fulfillment. Supply chain Management: The use of information technology to give automated intelligence to a network of vendors. Example: one style of shirt. Moves materials vertically. A storage location stores product with the same lot number. System integrators often provide engineering services and hardware sales as well. travel time: The time for moving material. Often used as the total travel time in a larger operation. the individual bars are in an array appearing as rungs of a ladder. Storage location: A physical storage location is the zone. or tons of product per hour/day/week. Coincides with length dimension of pallet. adjusted for any observed variance from normal effort or pace to allow adequate time for such items as foreign elements. Systems integrator: Companies that connect computers. instrumentation. put away. Universal Product code (UPc): The standard barcode symbol for retail food packaging in the United States. Warehouse control System (WcS) . tote Box: A small durable container usually used for order picking and/or shipping of small items. lines. Unit of Measure: The unit of measure (i.bastiansolutions. manufacturers. Work Sampling: An application of random sampling techniques to study of work activities so that proportions of time devoted to different elements of work can be estimated with given degree of statistical validity. unavoidable or machine delays. System configuration: An iterative design process consisting of the evaluation of the factors affecting products and production tasks. Straddle truck: Fork lift truck with front mounted outriggers which straddles the load being handled. WMS: Warehouse Management System. it is normally broken down into short. picking. a system can be refined and re-evaluated. two Way container: A container whose configuration permits retrieving or discharging from opposite direction along the same horizontal axis. or predetermined motion time systems. Wave Picking: An operator picks one order one product at a time for a group of orders. Following the results of the evaluation. Typically used when orders are released to be picked during a specific time period. retailers.) UM: Unit of measure. or discarding objects. volume). Unitization: Securing material to a pallet by strapping. throughput: (a) The amount of merchandise shipped through a system or warehouse in a given time. length. rest to overcome fatigue. would be 30 different SKUs. or a person from one location to another. and a host of other trading partners. (b) The rate of movement of material through a system. wrapping. hardware.3760 www. Most support radio frequency communications. using tools and equipment. voice recognition: Process which a computer or control mechanism can accept data input by spoken command with no intermediate key entry.com 175 .Appendix Single Deep Storage: Loads stored one deep on each side of the aisle. or other means to provide a secure load for handling by a fork truck. Warehouse: A building for the storage of merchandise or commodities. 800. Ul: Underwriters Laboratories (Inc. such as time study. weight. suppliers. bay. (b) Any activity that actually makes money for the manufacturer. Staging areas: Areas between different warehouse operations where goods are temporarily stored awaiting processing by the next operation. standard data.A Warehouse Control System (WCS) efficiently directs and manages automated material handling and processing within a warehouse Warehouse Management System (WMS): Software that integrates mechanical and human activities with an information system to effectively manage warehouse business processes and direct warehouse activities. vrc:Vertical Reciprocating Conveyor. shelf. These systems automate receiving. vertical travel:The difference between fully raised height of the platform deck and fully lowered height of the platform deck. by 4 in. Also a large material handling vehicle which straddles the load and lifts it from above. allowing real-time data transfer between the system and warehouse personnel. gripping. Slave Pallet: A pallet used in an automated rack system. Universal commercial code (Ucc): A standard barcode symbol in the United States. and personal needs. guiding supply and demand into a more perfect balance. Product may be stored in multiple storage locations. in six colors and five sizes.Top and bottom boards are fastened to the stringers. selection of a design concept based on these factors. Symbol length: The distance between the outside edges of the quiet zone on the two ends of a barcode symbol. (c) Any change to the product that the customer is willing to pay for. Learning or progress effects may also be considered. Work Measurement: Generic term used to refer to the setting of a time standard by recognized industrial engineering technique. Stock Keeping Unit (SKU): Represents one unique inventory item.937. industrial truck. or discarded. work sampling. such as reaching. normally 2 in. in size. and evaluation of the performance of the selected concept. row.

zone Picking: Picking is organized into zones (i. h hP htMl httP hz iD in.3760 www. zone Wave Picking: An operator is assigned a zone and picks all products for all orders stocked in the zone during a specific time period.937.com . Or # nPv Oah Oal OaW OD OSha Pc Ph Plc PSi PtD Ptl r r.yD. tcO tcP/iP tMS UPc v vna W WcS WMS Wt. zone: An order picker’s dedicated work area. 7 Days/Week Automated Guided Vehicle American National Standards Institute Automated Storage and Retrieval System American Standard Code for Information Interchange Advanced Shipment Notice Application Service Provider Business to Business Bill of Lading Bill of Material Computer Aided Design Center of Gravity Change Notice Approval Critical Path Method Cases Per Minute Cubic Yard Depth or Deep Distribution Center Diameter Dock to Stock Electronic Data Interchange Economic Order Quantity Electronic Product Code Enterprise Resource Planning First-In. depending on what products are stored in the zone. Typically used for high speed picking for limited SKUs is needed. iP iSO iSP Third Party Logistics 24 Hours/Day.e. zone Batch Picking: An operator is assigned a zone and picks a part of one or more orders. Mhe Min.. ga. iSr it Jit l l. DtS eDi eOQ ePc erP FiFO FOB FPM FSD Ft. First-Out Freight On Board Feet Per Minute Functional Specifications Document Foot Gauge Galvanized Height Horsepower HyperText Markup Language HyperText Transport Protocol Hertz Inside Dimensions Inch Internet Protocol International Organization for Standardization Internet Service Provider 176 800. sections of flow rack or shelving) with one operator per zone and picking to all orders. xMl Inventory Shrinkage Ratio Information Technology Just In Time Length or Long Left Hand Pound(s) Last-In. and the auxiliary equipment necessary to perform the assigned function. lB(S) liFO ltl Max. First-Out Less-Than-Truckload Maximum Material(s) Handling Equipment Minimum Maintenance/Repair/Operating Manufacturing Resources Planning Mean Time Between Failure Narrow Aisle National Institute for Occupational Safety and Health Number Net Present Value Overall Height Overall Length Overall Width Outer Diameter Occupational Safety and Health Agency Personal Computer Phase Programmable Logic Controller Pounds per Square Inch Pick To Display Pick To Light Radius Right Hand Radio Frequency Radio Frequency Identification Storage/Retrieval Device Standard Industry Classification Stock Keeping Unit Standard Total Cost of Ownership Transmission Control Protocol/Internet Protocol Transportation Management System Universal Product Code Volt Very Narrow Aisle Width or Wide Warehouse Control System Warehouse Management System Weight Extensible Markup Language Abbreviations 3Pl 24/7 agv anSi aS/rS aScii aSn aSP B2B BOl BOM caD cg cna cPM cPM cU.h. D Dc Dia.Appendix Workstation: An established location in which something or someone stands or is assigned to stand or remain. MrO MrP MtBF na niOSh nO. rF rFiD S/r Sic SKU StD. galv.h.bastiansolutions. This space includes that area necessary for the operation. material being processed or worked on.

com 177 . 166 Conveyors And Sortation Systems 167 Cost Effective.Appendix Index a Adjustable Platform Step 63 Adjustable Top & Bottom Drive Case Sealers 142 Adjustable Wire Shelving 48 Adjustable Workbench 85 Adjustable Work Platform 63 Airbag Tilter 12 All Direction Ladder 64 All Welded Storage Centers With Tilt Bins 52 Aluminum Dockboards 137 Aluminum Dockplates 138 Aluminum Platform Trucks 117 Aluminum Tie Rod Work Station Jib Crane 20 Annular Ball Bearing 75 Anti-Fatigue Floor Mats 89 Articulating Jib Cranes 21 Assembly Workstation With Cabinets 85 Attached Lid Containers 72 Automatic Turntable Stretch Wrappers 145 D Delrin Bearing 75 Diamond Plate Sponge Coat Floormat 89 Diamond Plate With GritWorks! Floormat 90 Dirtban Swivel Seals 77 Dock Accessories 141 Dock Equipment 134 Dockboards 137 Dock Lifts 140 Dockplates 138 Dollies 115 Double-Shift Cabinets 54 Double Depth On-Line Shelving 43 Drive-In/Drive-Thru Rack 35 Drum Cradle Truck 110 Drum De-header 110 Drum Dollies 115 Drum Grabs 110 Drum Handling Equipment 110 Drum Truck 111 Durable Shelf Bins 66 Durable Steel Benches 86 Dust Caps 77 e Electric Power Pallet Truck 103 Enclosed HazMat Stations 57 Endura Solid Elastomer 76 Engineering Studies 158 Entertainment Industry 155 Ergonomic Drum Handler 110 Ergonomic Seating 92 Ergonomic Work Positioner 4 Ergonomic Workstations 85 Electo-Static Discharge (ESD) Containers 68 Extreme Duty Caster 82 Eyeball Lift Truck Mirror 100 B Bearing Descriptions 75 Bollards 98 Bridge Cranes 18 Bronze Bearing 75 Bulk Linen Trucks 133 Bulk Storage Rack 47 Bumpers 77 c C-Leg Series Workstation 87 Caged Containment Shelving 59 Cantilever Rack 34 Carton Flow Rack 27 Carton Flow Rack Ordering Information 27 Carton Flow Roller Track 28 Carton Flow Roller Track Ordering Information 28 Carts 108 Case Former with Pressure Sensitive Bottom Taper 142 Case Sealers 142 Casters 74 Caster Guidelines 74 Caster Ordering Information 74 Caster Steer Trailers 118 Caster Wheel Descriptions 76 Caster Wheel Selection Guide 75 Ceiling Mounted Articulating Jib Crane 21 Ceiling Mounted Workstation Bridge Cranes 18 ClearView Cabinets 54 Collapsible Containers 71 Column Protectors 98 Containers 65 Containment Shelving 59 Control System Capabilities 163 Control System Integration 164 Convertible Aluminum Hand Trucks 113 Convertible Steel Hand Trucks 113 Conveyor Aisle Guards 97 Conveyor Crossovers 63 Conveyors 134. Low Capacity Lifts 5 Custom Carts 118 Custom Containers 70 Custom Turntables 136 F Fabric Carts 133 Feeding and Off Loading 16 Flexible Expandable Conveyor 134 Floor Height Lift Table 6 Floor Level Pallet Lift 9 Floor Level Pallet Lift With Turntable 9 Flow Work Cell Workstation 87 Flush Mount Turntables 7 Food Protection Mats 90 Foot Pump Hydraulic Lift Tables 11 Forklift Accessible Pallet Containers 69 Fourth and Fifth Wheel Steer Trailers 118 Free Standing Articulating Jib Crane 21 Free Standing I-Beam Jib Crane 22 Free Standing Workstation Bridge Crane 18 Free Standing Workstation Jib Crane 20 Full Service Controls 162 g Gantry Cranes 23 Grade A floormat 90 Gravity Conveyors 134 Gravity Over/Under Conveyor 17 800.937.bastiansolutions.3760 www.

167 Pick Modules 27 Pick To Display 38 Pick To Display Ordering Information 38 Pick To Light 37 Pick To Light Ordering Information 37 Pick To Voice 39 Pick To Voice Ordering Information 39 Plain & Sleeve Bearings 75 Platform Trucks 117 PLC Development Process 164 Polymer Trucks with Shelves 132 Poly Nesting Trucks 131 Polyolefin 76 Poly Recycle Trucks 131 Poly Tilt Trucks 131 Poly Trucks 131 Polyurethane Hi-Tech 76 Portable Tilter 13 Positioners 4 Power Drive Straddle Trucks 105 Powered Drag chain Conveyor 17 Powered Over/Under Conveyor 17 Precision Medium Duty Caster 78 Precision Sealed Ball Bearing 75 Precision Tapered Roller Bearings 75 Premium Heavy Duty Caster 80 Premium Pallet Truck 108 Product Guide 166 Protective Guard Rail & Columns 94 Push Back Rack 35 J Jib Cranes 20 l Label Printer Applicators 146 Label Printers 149 Lean Manufacturing Trailers 118 Lift Table Ordering Information 16 Lift Truck Accessories 107 Lift Truck Ordering Information 107 Loading and Unloading Pallets 16 Loading Lights 141 Low Profile 90° Self-Dumping Steel Hoppers 15 Low Profile Caster 83 Low Profile Hydraulic Lift 5 Low Profile Powered Turntables 7.937.3760 www.Appendix h Handling Long Workpieces 16 Hardwood Dollies 115 Hazardous Material Storage 57 Heavy Duty All-Welded Storage Cabinets 54 Heavy Equipment Moving Rollers 114 High Density Storage 49 High Lift Skid Positioner 109 High Speed Lift Table 6 High Travel Lift Tables 4 HMI 164 Human Machine Interface 164 Hydraulic Box Dumpers 14 Hydraulic Drum Crusher 110 Modular Drawers in Shelving 44 Modular Enclosures 60 Modular Nesting Systems 73 Moldon Polyurethane 76 Moldon Rubber with Cast Iron Core 76 Monster Caster 83 n Nest and Stack Totes 65 O Online Data Validation System 149 Outdoor Convex Mirrors 100 Over/Under Conveyor 17 Overhead and Track Protector 95 Overhead Door Rail Guards 96 Overhead Safety Gate 99 i I-Beam Jib Cranes 22 IBC Tote Spill Containment Sumps 58 In Between Handling Lift Trucks 104 Indoor Convex Mirrors 100 Industrial Cycles 116 Industrial Grade Caster 79 Industrial Multitask Chair 92 Industrial Network Devices 164 Industrial Quality Storage Cabinets 53 Industry Experience 151 Inplant Offices 60 Integrated Systems 156 Interface Experience 162 Inverting Pallet Loads 16 P Packaging Depot Workstation 87 Packaging Machines 143 Packaging System 144 Pallet Flow Rack 33 Pallet Flow Rack Ordering Information 33 Pallet Positioners 8 Pallet Pullers 141 Pallet Rack End Protectors 97 Pallet Rotator/Inverter 12 Pallets 73 Pallet Stacker/Dispenser 14 PC-Based Control Systems 165 Performa Rubber 76 Personnel Hand Rail 95 Phenolic 76 Picking Technologies 36.com .bastiansolutions. 136 M Manifest Software 150 Manual Pallet Trucks 108 Manual Turntable 136 Manual Turntable with Pneumatic Blade Stops 136 Mast Type I-Beam Jib Crane 22 Medium Duty Caster 78 Medium Duty Stainless Steel Casters 82 Metal and Plastic Thread Guards 77 Mezzanine Flooring 62 Mezzanine Ordering Information 61 Mezzanines 61 Mobile Drum Carrier 110 Mobile Lift Tables 10 Mobile Scale Truck 109 Modular Aluminum Hand Trucks 112 Modular Drawer Cabinets 55 178 800.

bastiansolutions. 165 WCS 157.937. 165 Wheel Chocks 141 Wide Span Shelving 46 Wire Carts 130 Wire Containers 70 Wire Deck Bulk Rack 46 Wire Mesh Rack Decking 32 Wire Partitions 102 Wood Deck Bulk Rack 46 Wooden Platform Trucks 117 Work Enclosures 102 Workstations 85 Working Out of Parts Baskets 16 Workpiece Feeding and Off Loading 16 Workplace Ergonomics 16 Work Positioners 12 Workstation Accessories 88 Workstation Bridge Cranes 18 Work Station Jib Cranes 20 Workstation Ordering Information 88 z Zero Lift & Tilt Tables 12 t Tarca™ Bridge Cranes 19 Tech-Lock Brake 77 800.Appendix r Rack 27 Rack Armor Rack Protectors 96 Rack Decking 32 Rack Deck Ordering Information 32 Radial Ball Bearing 75 Random Size Case Sealers 142 Retail Industry 151 Returnable Plastic Pallets 73 RF Handheld 40 RF Handheld Ordering Information 40 RFID Printers & Encoders 149 Rigid Bulk Containers 70 Rivet Lock Boltless Shelving 45 Roller Bearing 75 Rotary Arm Stretch Wrappers 145 The 24/Seven Floormats 91 Thermal Barcode Printer 149 Thermal Transfer & Direct Thermal Label Printers 149 Thermo 76 Tilted Shelving 43 Tilting Aluminum Pallet Dollies 115 Tool Trolley 92 Top Track Storage 50 Torrington-Style Roller Bearing 75 Total Lock Brake 77 Totes 65 Tractor Drives for steel or aluminum track 22 Transportation 154 Transportation Management Software 151 Transporting 16 Tread Lock Brake 77 Trucks 103 S Safety Appliance Trucks 114 Safety Equipment 94 Safety Flammable Cabinet 51 Safety Mirrors 100 Safety Netting 101 Selective Pallet Rack 29 Selective Pallet Rack Pricing 31 Selevtive Pallet Rack Ordering Information 30 Self-Dumping Steel Hoppers with Bumper Release 15 Semi-Automatic Turntable Stretch Wrappers 145 Shelters 60 Side Lock Brake 77 Simulation Process 159 Single Depth On-Line Shelving 43 Sit-Stand 92 Small Parts Electro-Static Discharge (ESD) Containers 68 Small Parts Storage & Order Picking 67 SmartCart 41 Smartcart Ordering information 41 Software and Controls 167 Sortation 167 Specialty Casters & Wheels 84 Spill Carts 58 Sprinkler Guards 98 Stack Rack 34 Standard Lift Tables 4 Standard Stock Picking Ladder 64 Steel Carts 119 Steel Drum Depots 57 Steel Hand Trucks 112 Steel Hoppers 15 Steel Plate Caster 83 Steel Platform Trucks 117 Steel Shelving 44 Steel Spill Containment Pallets 58 Stockpicker Carts 129 Stock Picking Ladders 64 Storage Cabinets 51 Straight Gravity Conveyor 135 Straight Wall Containers 72 Stretch wrapper Ordering Information 145 Stretch Wrappers 145 Strip Doors 139 Sturdy Hanging Small Parts Bins 66 Super Heavy Duty Caster 81 Swivel Locks 77 System Integration Process 160 U UltraSoft Diamond Plate floor mat 89 v V-Groove 76 Versatile Work-In-Progress Containers 65 Vertical Lift Modules 42 Vertical Storage 42 W Wall/Column Mounted Articulating Jib Crane 21 Wall Bracket I-Beam Jib Crane 22 Wall Cantilever I-Beam Jib Crane 22 Wall Cantilever Work Station Jib Crane 20 Wall Systems 60 Warehouse Control System (WCS) Process Flow 165 Warehouse Control Systems 157.3760 www.com 179 .

........................................................................................ 65 Morse Manufacturing .................... 4............................................. 14.................. 102 Worksman Industrial Bicycles ....................... 11.... 33......... 54 Talon Design ......................... 142.............. 117 Floor-Mark Mfg.................................................... 134 Big Joe Manufacturing .......... 114 White Systems ............................................................ 111................................. 66-68 Aleco ....................................................... 62 Denios....................................... 110................... .............. 47................................................................................... 136 Buckhorn Inc..... Inc .......... 17................... 101 Interlake Material Handling Solutions .................................. 85-86 Savoye Logistics .... Inc .......................................... 43 Schmidt Structural Products .... 108........... ............................................................ 37-41 B&P Manufacturing ............................................. 34 K-10 Enterprizes......................................................................... 130................ 42 Wildeck ................................................ 10............. 96.. 115................................ 48-50...... 27............... 132 Midstates Manufacturing & Engineering ...... 148.......................................................................... 63............................................................................ 6-8................................................................................. 145 180 800................................... 98 Enduraveyor ..................... 52............... 92 Meese Inc............................................... Inc ..................... 34..... 99 Wirecrafters .......................................................................... 112.. 72-73 Colson Caster Corportation ............................................. Inc............ 51........................... 97......... Inc............................ 131.. 94-95...................................................................... ......................................................................................... ..... ................................ 147 Incord ............. 112 Hytrol Conveyor Company......... 133 Metro ............................. 113...................... 109 Lyon Workspace Products........................... 144 Southworth Products ...................................................................... ................................................................. 70 ASAP Automation ........................................ 7..... 103-107 Biofit Engineered Products ...................................................................................................... 13....... 30-31....................... 57-59 Eagle Manufacturing ..................................................... 97 Harper Truck...................... 111............................................................ 6................................................. 118 Molded Fiber Glass Tray Co...................................................................................................... ........................................................ 129...... 29 Vestil Manufacturing Corp.......................................................... 98 Unarco ............................................................ 14 Faultless-Nutting ..................... 38 Wearwell ........................................................... . 18-25 Handle-It ................... 139 American Wire Products (AWP) ........................................ 13................................................ 87-88 Rack Armour ............................com ...................... 141 VoCollect .................... 55-56..................................................................... 142 Akro-Mils .........Appendix Supplier Index 3M ......................... 35 Jamco Products ............. 143 Schaefer Systems International...................................bastiansolutions.................................................................................................... 12......................................................................... 63........... 114 Stronghold ............................................................................................................... 64 Best Conveyors .......................... ........ 44................................ 60 Printronix ............................................ 100 Lantech .......... 15.......................... 135 ID Technology ....................................................................................................................... 145 Lift-Rite.................................................. 71 Portafab Modular Building Systems ............... 69. 60 Stevens Appliance Truck Company ............. 110........................................................................................................................ ........................................................... 89-91 Weber Marking Systems ........................................................... 9.................................. Inc............................................................................................... 149 Production Basics ................ 116 Wulftech ....................................................................... Inc..........937.......3760 www................ 5.................. 52.................. 140 Starrco Company ................................................. 109. 115........................................................................................ 61........................................................................................ 110.......... 119-128 Jarke Corp................................ 26 Torbeck Industries ...................................................................................................... 146 Wesco Industrial Products... 99 Gorbel................................................... 12..... 96 Raymond Products Company ...... 137-138 Ballymore ............................ 32.. Inc .... 78-83 Cornerstone Specialty Wood Products ...................................... 45-46 Orbis Corporation ............... 28............................... 115 Rousseau Metal ....... 118....... 117......................................... 108............... 93 Blue Arc Engineering ....................................................................................................... ............................................................... LLC ........................ 98 Shorr Packaging ............. 53.............................................................................. 65.................................... 110........................................................... 111 Nexel Industries Inc...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

3760 www.bastiansolutions.asp 166 800. and Transfers Small Item Sorter Non-Synchronous Overhead Gravity Flexible/Expandable Spiral Lifts and Chutes Custom Fabrication Vertical Lift Request Our Full Conveyor Catalog Online: www.com .Product Guide Conveyors And Sortation Systems Belt Accumulation Belt Driven Live Roller Chain Driven Live Roller Drag Chain High Speed Sorter Low Profile/Cleated Plastic Belt Hinged Steel Belt Wash Down Belt Curves Diverters.bastiansolutions.com/catalog-sign-up/conveyor. Pushers.937.

Product Guide
Automated Storage, Sortation, and Picking Technologies

AS/RS Mini and Unit Load

Horizontal Carousel

Vertical Storage Module

Monorail System Automated Guided Vehicle (AGV)

High Speed Sortation

Small Item Sortation

“A” Frame Sortation

Tilt Tray Sortation

Overhead Scanner

Robotic Palletizing

RF Solutions

RFID Tag Integration

Labeler

Pick Module

Pick To Display (Wireless)

Pick To Display Software

Pick To Voice

Pick To Light

Software and Controls

Warehouse Management Systems (WMS) Software

Manifest Software

Control Panels

Distributed Controls

WMS with ERP Interface

Custom Controls Screens

Pre-Mounted Control Devices

800.937.3760

www.bastiansolutions.com

167

Control Systems

Complete Automation Control Experience From a Single Source
Material handling and automation systems involve the integration of a wide variety of technologies to meet your specific business objectives. These technologies must work together smoothly for your operation to achieve maximum productivity. BASTIAN has the experience necessary to bring together the entire system so that each separate piece works in harmony.

Technology experiences
• • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • Conveying systems. RFID integration. RF systems. Automated storage and retrieval (AS/RS). High speed sorters. Palletizers. Robotics. Carousels (horizontal and vertical). A-frame dispensing systems. Bowl feeders. Automated guided vehicles (AGVs). Tilt tray/cross belt systems. Packaging equipment. Fluid loading/unloading. Laser scanners, RFID, vision systems. Weighing and cubing systems. Manifesting systems. Printers and label applicators. Vision systems. Energy reduction management.

BASTIAN’S Competitive Advantage
Turnkey conTrols insTallaTion
BASTIAN serves as a single point of contact for your automation project to ensure fast, efficient installation of your project, and provide you with the benefit of improved operations ahead of your competition.

ToTal operaTional visibiliTy

Human Machine Interface (HMI) technologies provide operational visibility to track and diagnose product routing, helping to ensure operational success in your facility enterprise-wide.

Full service conTrols

Design FlexibiliTy

BASTIAN offers the entire spectrum of services required for your controls projects. We work directly with you up front, ensuring the right services at the right time to make your projects successful.

Our design process includes factors for future growth and reconfigurations. Our modular design architectures place the controls at the conveyor, making future reconfigurations quick and easy.

inTerFace experience

broaD inDusTry experience

BASTIAN has proven experience interfacing to many different systems that use a wide variety of operational features and interface protocols.

BASTIAN has a wide breadth of systems experience across many industries.Through our experience, we bring the best technologies to bear for your controls projects.

open, non-proprieTory equipmenT

cusTomizeD soluTions

Our controls utilize commercially available components and programming architectures. We specify only the most reliable, cost effective components. 800.937.3760

Our controls engineers start every project with a functional specification process that customizes our controls platforms and programs to your applications

www.bastiansolutions.com

161

Control Systems
Full Service Controls
BASTIAN offers the entire spectrum of services required for your control projects. We work directly with you up front to provide the right services at the right time. To make your projects successful, we will customize our resources based on your objectives. With the BASTIAN team you can rest assured that we are fully dedicated to your operational success.

Design:
• • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • Controls project management. Controls system design. Controls drawings. Consulting. Simulation (AutoMod). Functional specification documents. Device specification. Control panels. Runoffs. Electrical installation. Startup assistance. Maintenance manuals. UL certified panel build. Training/certifications. Failure mode analysis. Validation services.

supporT
• • • • • • • • • 24/7 support call center. Remote dial-in capabilities. Modifications/upgrades. Support contracts/services. Web based video monitoring. Cell phone/PDA supervisory alerts. Operational consulting. Planned maintenance software. Spare parts specifications.

Interface Experience
The effective flow of information to and from your material handling system is important in the just-in-time, high customer service business environment. BASTIAN’S control system acts as the real-time interface between the floor equipment and the upper level information systems. We have proven experience interfacing to many different host systems that uses a wide variety of interface protocols. information/control systems: • • • • • • • Programmable Logic Controllers (PLC). PC Based Controllers (VLC). Warehouse Management System (WMS). RFID integration. Enterprise Resource Planning Systems (ERP). Manufacturing Resource Planning Systems (MRP). Supply Chain Execution (SCE) System. interface networks/protocols: • • • • • • • • • • Profibus. DeviceNet. ControlNet. SDS. Discrete I/O. Ethernet. TCP/IP. Shared files/tables. FTP. Serial.

operations: • • • • • • • • Smart conveyor counting (WCS). High speed sortation. Quality control. Weight verification. Laser and vision scanning. Picking/fulfillment . Pick-to-Light (PTL) operations. Order management.

162

800.937.3760

www.bastiansolutions.com

and divert confirmation provide maximum operational flexibility.com 163 . compliance labeling Our systems can implement many different value-added services. proximity switches. The software is designed for sortation on a variety of technologies from pushers to cross-belt sorters. high speeD sorTaTion Using ExactaSort™. scanners. high speed sortation is maximized for reliable sorting to multiple locations. etc. vision sysTems Today’s advanced vision systems can read standard Barcodes. and optical sensors. Web baseD viDeo moniToring Offers quality images and streaming video.Control Systems Control System Capabilities Wcs .smarT conveyor Warehouse Control Systems (WCS) interfaces controls to WMS and host systems that smartly routes cartons to designated zones. Our world-class HMIs make operations easy. FielD Devices conveyor conTrols (Dcc) Provides distributed controls to speed installations. you can optimize carousel performance and inventory control. bowl feeder. and maximize future flexibility and reconfigurations. zone preferencing.3760 www. energy managemenT Built-in energy saving logic and efficient drives reduce your energy cost year after year by implementing idle time shut down controls and automatic system restart. auTomaTeD Dispensers High volume dispensing of products that incorporate a variety of automation technologies. minimize cost.bastiansolutions. 2D barcodes. such as: A-frames. to keep a close eye on the operation. Features such as priority routing. Monitoring devices include: photoeyes. from pack and label application to kitting and inspections. staffing levels. field conditions. and image match for product recognition. poWereD roller conveyors Motorized roller conveyors incorporate low voltage motorized rollers with built-in accumulation features to provide quiet.937. safe and easily configurable systems. sysTem sTaTus Monitoring devices can provide real-time feedback and allow complete visibility to system status for priority routing. 800. OCR for text conversion. carousel conTrols With customized controls parameters. etc. roboTic Technologies Our control systems provide excellent integration of robotics in a wide variety of applications from production to automated palletization.

937.Control Systems conTrol sysTem inTegraTion • • • • • • • • • • • • Turnkey control solutions System evaluation Specify system architecture Application engineering System hardware design Custom control panel design PLC/ VLC/PC software Distributed conveyor control RFID Industrial network devices ERP/WMS system interface Real-time WMS interface • • • • • • • • • • • • • Data acquisition and monitoring Statistical process control Sorters/merges/inline scales RFID integration Online multimedia training Controls project management Human machine interface WAN and web HMI visibility Installation and startup Acceptance testing Performance responsibility System specific training PC-based documentation plc DevelopmenT process • • • • • • • • • • • Specify PLC system PLC hardware design CAD PLC drawings Custom control panel design Distributed control systems Powered roller controls Control panel fabrication PLC software development Installation and startup Acceptance and validation Maintenance training human machine inTerFace (hmi’s) • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • Throughput statistics Event statistics Scanner statistics Specific alarm conditions Remote video view Highly configurable Adjustable scan rate/device Maintenance scheduling Diagnostic fault history Automatic system alerts Integrated diagnostics Remote web/WAN monitoring Predictive maintenance Barcode read rates System specific training Online help system Online multimedia training Embedded planned maintenance inDusTrial neTWork Devices • • • • • • • • • DeviceNet INTERBUS-S PROFIBUS AS-i actuator sensor interface Customer-specified network High speed control Industry standards PC connectivity Open architecture FuncTionaliTy • • • • • • • Remote web viewing Automatic pager alert Remote system monitoring CAD drawing viewer Web cam Automatic e-mail alert Internet system monitoring pc-baseD conTrol sysTems • • • • • • • • • • • • • Specify PC-based system PC-based hardware design WMS Cost effective modular design CAD system drawings Distributed control systems Powered roller controls PC software development Custom PC software Statistical process control Installation and startup Acceptance and validation Maintenance training 164 800.bastiansolutions.com .3760 www.

etc. rFiD label prinTers camera scanner pick To Display picTurevieWTm selecTive rack hanDhelD rF 800. robotics. shipping. picking.com 165 . auTomaTion Conveyor.Control Systems Warehouse Control System (WCS) Process Flow operaTions Manufacturing.937. etc. carousels. inline scales. AS/RS. putaway.bastiansolutions.3760 www. packing. sorters. receiving. bowl feeders.

bastiansolutions. Modular system designs to easily incorporate future growth opportunities. but also your long-term business objectives.937. One point of contact for all of your material handling integration needs. siMpliCitY and aCCountabilitY total life CYCle support Exceptional customer support and service through the entire project life cycle. budget/schedule maintenance.3760 www. Customized solutions that meet your unique system’s needs. integration with your existing equipment to reduce initial investment and increase your return on assets. Guaranteed operational suCCess speed to Market Dedicated engineering and project resources get your system from concept to completion fast.Integrated Systems Key Benefits of BASTIAN Integrated Systems Cut Your operational Costs Through advanced automation technologies and supply chain execution software. investMent JustifiCation (roi) BASTIAN’S Competitive Advantage BASTIAN knows the importance of making smart capital investments and the advantages associated with aggressive and timely project execution schedules.com . Maximize your capital investment while planning for future growth with modular scalable solutions. reduce operating costs to generate higher profits. and equipment. turnkey installation to minimize your operational impact and reduce risks. national networks in commercial real estate for your specific location. Cost effeCtive sCalable solutions operational Costs best of breed solutions Our broad industry experience brings the best possible technology to your business processes. experienced project management for cost/scope control. Cost justification and ROI analysis for capital appropriation. hardware. • • • • • • leasing/financing options available for software. non-proprietary equipment and control architectures. strategic supplier partnerships that increase purchasing power. smart systems that improve operator productivity and reduce errors. 156 800. building construction and financing available. Through a combination of experienced engineers and proven cutting-edge technologies. architecture. Some of the characteristics of our company that help you meet your goals include: • • • • • • • independent systems integrator with access to the best of breed equipment suppliers. resulting in very competitive price structures. Our system solutions are designed not only to meet your immediate needs. real estate/buildinG ConstruCtion inteGration We partner with the leading real estate and general construction firms to integrate the building design with the material handling systems. integrated real estate. operational success within your material handling system is guaranteed. and operational coordination. open.

Take advantage of our technology experience to tackle the challenges of integrating your next system project. 3-D system renderings. Web-based video monitoring. RF systems. Printers and applicators. Fluid loading/unloading. Remote web or dial-in access. YMS) Smart conveyor routing (AOR) Seamless integration with Exacta® SortTM (sortation software) Cross docking appliCation inteGration • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • Laser scanners. A-frame dispensing systems. OMS. Weighing and cubing systems. Pallet flow rail Conveyor and sortation systems. 24/7 support service. Facility layout.com 157 . Automated storage and retrieval (AS/RS). camera systems.Integrated Systems Complete Material Handling Solutions from a Single Source Today’s systems involve a wide variety of technologies to meet your business objectives. Specification / RFQ development. WCs Capabilities • • • • • • • Connect WMS and ERP to automation Conventional and networked controls PLC and PC based controls “Real Time” connection with supply chain execution software (WMS. Ergonomic workstation design. Our MHCS engineering team designs advanced control system solutions that coordinate material handling hardware. Order Management System (OMS). Yard Management System (YMS). autoMation • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • Pick-to-Display. Custom equipment design/build. supplY Chain exeCution softWare • • • • • • • • • • • • • Warehouse Management Software (WMS). Automated Guided Vehicles (AGVs). Equipment maintenance program. Carousels. TMS. software. Simulations. communication networks. Manning requirement analysis.937. RFID. BASTIAN specializes in integrating the entire system from material handling equipment to supply chain execution software and controls. Mechanical and controls annual support. Mezzanines/platforms. On-site operational support. Critical spare parts. Planned maintenance software. Deep lane storage. Engineered productivity standards. and allows for islands of automation. Warehouse Control Systems (WCS) Warehouse Controls Systems (MCS) is the bridge that synchronizes material flow. Rack and shelving systems. Palletizers. Event-based notification. Complete CAD services. Manifesting. Pick-to-Light. Manifest systems. Transportation Management System (TMS). Packaging equipment. Bowl feeders. and Human Machine Interfaces (HMIs). consolidates orders. enGineerinG expertise on-GoinG support value 800. Energy management. Rack supported buildings.bastiansolutions. Small item sorter. Extensive training program. Return on investment analysis. Slotting and profiling. Tilt tray/cross belt systems.3760 www. Fork truck integration. These technologies must work together smoothly for your operation to achieve maximum productivity. Robotics. Pick-to-Voice. RFID. storaGe sYsteMs • • • • • • • Pick modules.

proJeCt initialization staGe 1 : proJeCt initialization • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • Management design goals. Data requirements. System rendering with panoramic views.937.com . Critical success factors. Review capital requirements for alternatives. General description of all equipment (bill of materials). Simulation to verify material flow and manning levels.bastiansolutions. Return on investment analysis. Slotting and profile analysis to select the appropriate automation equipment. 3D CAD layout (floor space and storage requirements). Recommended information system architecture. Information flow diagram. Manning requirements. Current operational procedures and constraints. supervisors. At BASTIAN.3760 www. Optional Request for Quote (RFQ) for vendor bidding. Implementation plan. we stand behind our recommendations in the form of system guarantees on performance metrics and return on investment. We leverage a proven five stage methodology to ensure that we help you meet world class standards in overall operations. System throughput constraints and scalability. Prepare conceptual layouts and alternatives for levels of automation. 3 to 5 year volume projections. Interview operators. ConCeptinG staGe 3 : ConCeptinG staGe 4 : reCoMMended sYsteM Model reCoMMended sYsteM Model staGe 5 : final report final report 158 800. Description of operations.Integrated Systems Engineering Studies BASTIAN has several years of practical experience working with clients to specify the optimum system to meet their strategic business goals. Confirm design parameters and assumptions. Capital requirements. Known areas of improvement. Project team selection. Current sYsteM assessMent staGe 2 : Current sYsteM assessMent Current system layout and material flow diagram. and key stake holders.

With today’s advanced simulation tools. siMulation proCess proJeCt initiation teaM seleCtion data ColleCtion assuMptions doCuMent base Model developMent final report optiMization of the desiGn Model revieW Model testinG base Model validation siMulation benefits • • • • • • • • • • • Ensures that the system will meet strategic business goals. BASTIAN uses AutoMod as a simulation tool.. Allows optimal equipment configuration. AutoMod combines Virtual Reality (VR) graphics with a flexible.000 Allows the evaluation of system design Allows optimal equipment configuration 800.... which is unsurpassed for the design... Provides an in-depth understanding of your business operations. Validates the recommended system design.... BASTIAN has several highly trained simulation engineers to work with your team and confirm various operational methodologies.. powerful. discrete and continuous simulation environment. Ability to ask “what if?” questions to enhance system performance. Uses your actual order data to verify system throughput..937. Tests various operational methodologies.. Tests various operational methodologies Ensures system will meet strategic business goals budGetarY priCinG . $26.. Identifies system bottlenecks.. and emulation of complex systems.. Allows the evaluation of system design changes against a baseline.bastiansolutions....3760 www.... Presents informed decisions of how much equipment to purchase..... analysis. it makes sense to confirm your system model before spending thousands or millions of dollars in capital......Integrated Systems Let Us Simulate Your Process (Simulation Engineering) BASTIAN recommends a simulation study to verify system performance where complex or highly variable material flows and manning requirements are involved..com 159 . Verifies system staffing requirements..

The innovative products developed help companies throughout the world better compete in their individual markets and implement their strategic business goals. and operational procedures can yield huge competitive advantages.Integrated Systems System Integration Process Integrated Systems enGineerinG studies BASTIAN is dedicated to creating advanced material handling systems for the automation of supply chain logistics. Our integrated material handling systems reduce the total cost of order fulfillment and the cycle time for the end user to receive their product. BASTIAN enjoys using advanced technologies in the industrial environment to help businesses execute their strategic goals. Success through the control of material flow.bastiansolutions.bastiansolutions.com www.937. information flow.3760 1-800-264-9610 www. 3d faCilities laYouts Slow/Medium Pick Area siMulation AS/RS Unit Load Non-Conveyable Pick Area equipMent speCifiCations Robotic Palletizing Receiving Area Controls sYsteMs profilinG analYsis proJeCt ManaGeMent installation traininG Shipping Area Carton Flow Pick Module aCCeptanCe testinG Void Fill & Seal Baler AS/RS Mini Load Carousel Pick Replenishment Racks after sale and operational support 160 800.com .

Bakery.937.3760 www.com 151 .bastiansolutions.Industry Experience Retail • • • Cross docking Returns Order fulfillment • • • RFID Replenishment High speed sortation Food. Grocery • • • Cooling tunnels AS/RS Freezer buffers • • • Robotics Palletization Order sequencing 800.

937.Industry Experience Beverage • • • • Case handling Mixed pallet build Inspection Bottle handling • • • • Case packers Merge tables Palletizers and robots Integrated package lines Automotive • • • Work-in-progress buffers Tier 1 sequencing Seat handling • • • Tire handling Robotics Overhead systems 152 800.com .3760 www.bastiansolutions.

com 153 . airlines Parts kit building Maintenance Parts distribution • • Automated picking Universal STET Third Party Logistics • • • Order sequencing Co-packing Order fulfillment • • • Transaction based ASP model Replenishment Value added services 800.3760 www. buses.Industry Experience Transportation • • • • Trains.937.bastiansolutions.

937.com .3760 www.Industry Experience Catalog and E-Commerce • • • Order fulfillment Returns Kit building • • • High speed automated picking Manifesting and rate shopping Slap-n-go RFID Computer & Electronics • • • Kit building Repairs Burn-in pallets • • • Progressive assembly Work-in-progress buffers Value added services 154 800.bastiansolutions.

com 155 .3760 www.bastiansolutions.Industry Experience Pharmaceutical • • • FDA and 21 CFR validation Clean room RFID tracking • • • Lot and serial number tracking Cooler/freezer/ambient Packaging Entertainment • • • High speed sortation Automated picking Palletizing • • • In-line weight verification Timed releases Deep catalog/popular pick 800.937.

) caSe caPacitY SPeciFicationS • Minimum: 6” Length x 6” Wide x 4-3/4” High • Maximum: No Limit Length x 21-1/2” Wide x 24-1/2” High • Weight: Up to 85 lbs.....Packaging & Manifesting Case Sealers 3M-Matic™ RandoM Size caSe SealeRS Ideal for a variety of box sizes.. • Cases per Minute: Up to 15 BudgetaRY PRice .... Manual adjustments for various case sizes can be made quickly and easily... the CE-10 is a simple............. $10. (Shown here with optional infeed/exit conveyors...... the versatile 3M-Matic™ 700r Random Case Sealer seals up to 15 cases per minute..t no-tool changeovers..... The pneumatically operated packing station holds empty cases for filling and automatically centers them for sealing....................bastiansolutions........................ A unique upper and lower drive system using four belts positively conveys cases at up to 30 per minute.......... With industry-leading standard features like low-case and low-tape alarms........ This versatile system can create instant labor savings and increase production for a wide range of medium-speed applications.............250 (Highly competitive pricing on consumables) caSe FoRMeR with PReSSuRe SenSitive BottoM taPeR The Combi CE-10 is an automatic system that erects and bottom seals corrugated cases at speeds from 500 to 700 cases per hour....... $23.... The 700r features a gear motor drive for heavy-duty performance and convenient box width/height adjustment... Both taping heads can be removed easily for cleaning and maintenance..... operator-friendly solution for your packaging line....... precise..... automatically adjusting to each box's height and width.......... casters...3760 www.... The AccuGlide™ taping head precisely applies a full range of Scotch™ Brand box sealing tapes.. • Cases per Minute: Up to 30 BudgetaRY PRice ...... $7.......) caSe caPacitY SPeciFicationS • Minimum: 6” Length x 6” Wide x 4-3/4” High • Maximum: No Limit Length x 21-1/2” Wide x 24-1/2” High • Weight: Up to 85 lbs...........937.... casters... and low tape sensor..... The 700a features a gear motor drive for heavy-duty performance and convenient box height/width adjustment... and low tape sensor............450 (Highly competitive pricing on consumables) 3M-Matic™ adjuStaBle toP & BottoM dRive caSe SealeRS The advanced features of the 700a make sealing of uniform-size regular slotted containers fast.......com ............. The AccuGlide™ taping head precisely applies a full range of Scotch™ Brand box sealing tapes................... caSe caPacitY SPeciFicationS • High-Capacity powered case magazine (holds 150-200 cases) • Small footprint design minimizes floor space • Low case & low tape alarms with stack light assure continuous operation • Safety interlocked guarding restricts access to moving parts • 2 inch 3M Accuglide II+™ Tapehead • 10 case per minute operation for medium speed packaging lines • CE international certification BudgetaRY PRice ..............500 (Over 200 sizes of boxes available) 2 Week Delivery 142 800.... and fas............. (Shown here with optional exit conveyor... and productive...

training... installation.. Gluing of the lid bank . Finished product BudgetaRY PRice . Gluing of the base bank 4... for higher productivity and suitable for a fully automated picking process PRoceSS 1... and fast (16 cases/minute) • A very compact solution with only one closing machine • Savings achieved on: reduction in corrugated. on-line...... shrink tunnel.... transportation costs PRoceSS 1.........937....... BeneFitS • A tamper-evident dispatch case • A dust-proof packing concept • A case with high stacking strength • The best in packaging quality • A case with the minimum quantity of cardboard. which means less trucks on the road • A minimum quantity of cardboard used • A fully automated solution.. and high transportation costs.. Add Lid 5....... 100% fill possible • A fully automated solution.. Return on investment is about 18 months.. Gluing of the film to the sleeve outside 3...... any manipulation of the box or the film is reduced.000 (pricing includes delivery.....000 (pricing includes delivery.... • With the PAC 600® “hands-free” models....... and ships the minimal volume to your client.......... BeneFitS • The right dispatch case volume • Products secured as the excess board is folded into the box • More cases per trucks. Fold Corners 4... labor savings.. with a range of machines to adapt to your throughput requirements • An efficient solution. Cut Corners 3...... on-line. The JIVARO® is particularly useful where there are variable volumes.... no requirement for void fill material (air bags or peanuts).bastiansolutions.....peanuts / air pillows / paper etc.. Return on investment is about 22 months... Sleeve 2. The concept of this system is to erect and close the carton automatically without the requirement for void fill .... and a lidding machine... $450. Measure 2. and start up assistance) 14-16 Week Delivery 800.. and start up assistance) jivaRo® The JIVARO® is a box closing machine that adapts the case size to the fill height.. installation............. Film Shrinking of the case contents 5. $300.finished product BudgetaRY PRice .Packaging & Manifesting Packaging Machines Pac 600® The PAC 600® is the complete packaging solution (box-making... The full system consists of three machines.... small very urgent shipments.3760 www...com 143 ..... a carton erector.... training...... • No wasted volume.. There is no need to reorganize products in the box before dispatch...... product security and sealing) for those who need the best in packing quality for a wide variety of products.

25” FRee inFlataBle Packaging equiPMent with qualiFied conSuMaBleS PuRchaSe! ** Call Bastian for more details PaPeRPluS® Packaging SYSteM The PAPERplus® is a patented paper system that creates ultra-strong paper mattresses which provide the bulk and durability needed to absorb.Packaging & Manifesting Fill-aiR® ntS Packaging SYSteM Sealed air offers a variety of fast.com .8” x 5”. cushion and protect heavy. On-Demand Packaging Saves Valuable Warehouse Space Fast and Easy To Use Clean.25” x 35. The PAPERplus® patented crimping technique has been proven to provide a thicker pad while delivering significantly better compression strength than competitive paper products. • (2) Emergency stop buttons • Foot pedal control • Nine different modes of operation for full control over the operation • Available in tabletop models to double as a packing station FRee PaPeRPluS Packaging equiPMent with qualiFied conSuMaBleS PuRchaSe! ** Call Bastian for more details 2 Week Delivery 144 800. Fill-Air® Inflatable Packaging Systems provide excellent protection and efficient void fill while reducing material and shipping costs. high speed model . 1. Fill-Air® cushions can be produced in a wide range of sizes which provide numerous benefits to your packaging operation including: • • • • • • • Versatile. 8” x 8” and 8” x 12” • Overall Size . fragile or awkward items. Professional-Looking Packages Outstanding. • 110V • Paper .3760 www.42 feet/minute.36. • Standard cushion sizes . FeatuReS • Standard model .937. Lightweight Protection Enhanced Customer Satisfaction Environmental Benefits FeatuReS • 1500 packs/day • 100-120 VAC. extreme versatility makes PAPERplus the right choice for your facility requirements as well as your products protection.1 Amp. 60 Hz.bastiansolutions. recycled Kraft paper that can be used over and over. Single Phase • The auto-replenishment mode automatically keeps the cushion bin full • 92 lbs. With multiple machine configurations to choose from.0” x 67. easy-to-use systems that deliver air-filled cushions on demand.120 feet/minute • Made from 100% natural.available in single or double ply • 180º directional chute allows for easy movement for different operator heights and work environments. The Fill-Air® NTS packaging system is ideal for workstation or on-line applications.

............. one 5 ft...67................000 S2500 .................... A low-profile models also available. The semi-automatic can wrap up to 50 loads/hr and the automatic can wrap up to 100 loads/hr.................. They can also be found in stand alone operations............. • Allen Bradley PLC and Variable Frequency Drives • No thread pre-stretched carriage • Standard Conveyor 2 ½ in diameter rollers on 3” centers...000 lbs...595 ............................800 Q-300 XT Plus WCA-150 RotaRY aRM StRetch wRaPPeRS Rotary arm stretch wrappers are extremely versatile.... discharge and turntable.......937.......000-6...........600 q-300 Xt PluS ..... • Wrap height of 82”(Standard) – 128”.. • Allen Bradley PLC and Variable Frequency Drives • No thread pre-stretched carriage • Fork Lift Portable Design • Manufactures warranty 3-4 years unlimited cycles....... SPeciFicationS • Load capacity range for the Automatic 4. • Turntable size range of 51”...............000-8........................ $7.......... • Load capacity range for the Semi-Automatic unlimited.............800 SMl-150 ............................. $13...............................................Packaging & Manifesting Stretch Wrappers SeMi-autoMatic tuRntaBle StRetch wRaPPeRS Semi-Automatic Turntables are great for wrapping 25-35 loads per hour and can replace expensive hand wrapping...$26. wca-150 .. $34.. infeed..................... • Allen Bradley PLC and Variable Frequency Drives • No thread pre-stretched carriage • Fork Lift Portable Design • Standard Conveyor Configuration........... • Wrap height of 80” and higher............ • Turntable size range of 51”................. wRta-150 ...$17..... weight.....com 145 . These machines are typically found at the very end of a manufacturing or palletizing line.... SPeciFicationS • Load capacity range of 4.900 ...............77” diameter.......... $56.. one 5 ft.. • Turntable size range of 51”-77” diameter....77” diameter............... q-300 ... 52”BR • Manufactures warranty 3-4 years unlimited cycles...$12... $23.....3760 www...........750 Q-300 SML-150 autoMatic tuRntaBle StRetch wRaPPeRS Automatic Turntables are ideal for operations requiring more automation than a SemiAutomatic machine can deliver and wrapping 30-55 loads per hour................................. and unstable loads......000 lbs...........000 lbs....... and dimension of the pallet being used? Is the product hanging off the pallet? Does the application require the use of slip sheets? Does the product being wrapped need to be double wrapped? 4-6 Week Delivery WRTA-150 800..........................000 ....bastiansolutions...............595 . SPeciFicationS • Load capacity range of 4............. • Wrap height of 80” and higher. $9...... • Manufactures warranty 3-4 years unlimited cycles....................000 S2500 StRetch wRaPPeR oRdeRing inFoRMation • • • • What is the size...000-8... capable of wrapping very light to very heavy..... There are two versions the semi-automatic and the automatic.............. tall..

... verify and apply pressure-sensitive RFID smart labels to cartons and pallet loads in one automatic operation.................. self-contained units combine a high density thermal/thermal-transfer label printer with an automatic label applicator to simultaneously print and apply pressure sensitive labels to the tops................. or sides of products right along the conveyor line..........................530 2-4 Week Delivery 146 800.... • • • One system prints and applies two labels to adjacent panels Choice of high-quality print engines Handles labels up to 6” W and 4” L 5200 aPPlicatoR ........................................................ Datamax............ • • • • Prints.0” long • Speeds up to 12..... $12.. $1. bottoms..................... • • • • Unique system prints one label and wraps it around a carton corner............... and SATO units) • Three different application methods • RFID upgradable BeneFitS • Eliminate the expense and inconvenience of preprinted labels • Eliminate label obsolescence • Reduce labor costs • Provide faster......Packaging & Manifesting Label Printer Applicators Model 5200 (RFid caPaBle) These sturdy......... more precise labeling RFid Model 5200 RFID label printer applicator makes it easy to print...900 5200 Stand .................. adjacent-panel application of carton labels in line...0” per second • Flexible print engine selection (Zebra........ encode....................bastiansolutions...........0” wide and 6............or 300-dpi print engines • Print pressure-sensitive labels up to 6.... Select from the highest-quality print engines Applies labels up to 4” wide and 12” long RFID print-encode engines also available twin-taMP Model TheTwin-Tamp label printer-applicator combines a high-performance thermal/thermal-transfer label printer with a specially configured applicator to satisfy the printing and two-label................. FeatuReS • Choose from 203.com .................................... the system determines if a tag is unverifiable and rejects it prior to application................ encodes and applies EPC Gen 2 labels Senses and rejects unverifiable RFID tags Handles media up to 5” x 6” Retrofit kits available to upgrade existing Model 5200 systems coRneR-wRaP Model The Corner-Wrap label printer-applicator combines high quality label printing with a specially designed label applicator that affixes a single label around the corner of a carton as it travels on the conveyor line...........................3760 www. In addition...................937.......

the label is applied to the front panel and then to the side panel..... preserving initial investment • Easily moved from line to line • Regulators. it rejects the label and returns home... The system is designed to take data from a height detection system positioned upstream and send case heights to the indexer.....5” above the expected carton. resulting in maximum performance and minimal downtime...... electRic taMP (high SPeed veRtical) Select the electric tamp option for improved accuracy and speed when labeling products of varying heights.. If the smart tamp sensor does not see a box within approximately 2” of the expected height. construction and the simplicity of use to ensure the industry’s lowest cost of operation...Advanced microprocessor control.................. Carton throughput may increase up to 45 cases per minute when successive cartons are at or near the maximum height. functionality..... $18. a smart tamp sensor sees the box..........$20.. and the tamp assembly retracts to the home position.... After a label is printed.. An actuator then positions the label 1....... • Pneumatics Module . bottom or side label application • Quickly switch between application modules. That is almost 3 times faster than a standard pneumatic tamp option...000 ** price for base system BudgetaRY PRice . and gauges on all devices • Valve function LEDs • 1” stainless steel shaft for unwind module • Sealed bearings for longer life • Solid all-metal construction with 1/2” face plate ModuleS • Electronics Module ......000 .. making setup and replacement quicker and easier.... it is dispensed onto the vacuum grid.. • Unwind Module ...... valves..... As the product travels down the conveyor past the applicator. As the box advances........... coRneR-wRaP The corner-wrap option wraps a single label around the leading edge of a box or pallet which reduces label and machinery cost while allowing for product identification on two sides. The trailing edge of the previous box triggers a sensor attached to the Model 250. When a tamp-go signal is received.....000 ** price for system with typical options 4-6 Week Delivery 800. and the pad returns to home position to wait for the next box. scales.. BudgetaRY PRice .bastiansolutions. Its modular design features hot-swap modules...12.... fast setup and operation • Easy to integrate with PLC’s. the label is blown onto the surface.. $14. The corner wrap attachment uses a spring loaded vacuum grid with an adjacent neoprene rubber roller for consistent controlled label application.............Packaging & Manifesting Model 250 (RFid caPaBle) The model 250 delivers next-generation features.937...com 147 . The rubber roller follows the contour of the box to assure complete adhesion of the label... the label is ejected.... the tamp moves towards the box...$16...... Reset default settings by simply recalling factory settings.........5” unwind delivers a 1:1 ratio of labels to ribbons. FeatuReS • User-configurable interface allows for easy.top.................. resulting in maximum uptime...000 ..... If a taller than expected object is sensed. the front panel of the box or product strikes the vacuum grid holding the label.. including EPC Gen-2-ready print engine module for fast RFID capabilities...Single-manifold design coupled with rugged components and advanced features like LED read-outs and optional plug-in tamp blow give pneumatic assemblies optimum functionality.. A Model 250 Printer Applicator fitted with this module is able to label boxes ranging from 1”-30” in height at speeds up to 45 cases per minute.3760 www... and more • Backlit.... The system can achieve a throughput of 20 cases/minute at approximately 150 feet/minute.. easy user configuration....... and easy to read display make setup quick and simple.......... 2-line LCD and tactile membrane keypad • Can be mounted in any orientation ..

... The durable enclosure provides access to the SLPA from different angles by simply removing the panels with a screwdriver....... Users benefit from a lightweight door panel and latch for quick access to change and load media and ribbons..... while collecting defective tags on the rewind mechanism for post-mortem inspection................Aluminum panels.......................... Using “Next-Out” encoding............. for traditional bar code applications........... This enclosure is ideal for print and apply applications with extreme temperatures that require consistent and predictable environment controls..... as well as roll-on/front/back Fully integrated controller board.......... The SLPA8000r also includes the largest library of UHF RFID tags for EPC global Gen-2 and ISO specifications and is available in an RFID Ready version..................................a variety of support levels to help you successfully operate your printers Performance levels up to 100 labels per minute Field-upgradable XML forms printing option with embedded industry standard forms and templates with the XML Forms Module Printronix eXtensible Markup Language (PXML) interface enables real-time printer and job control Top and side label application orientations.. Unlike traditional OEM engine models.. the SLPA8000r provides a unique Single System Interface that consolidates both printer and applicator controls......Units can be coupled together to address higher speed requirements....................... $21.........................Can rotate nose up.................. nose down........................Three heating elements for a total of 1200 watts and a circulating fan • Electrical ..........Approximately 40” x 29” x 22” • Materials .................. the LPA8000r.....15 amps and AC outlet for SLPA • Media .......... $10........... $20.. Single System Interface – one General Purpose Input Output (GPIO) enables users to easily program the SLPA with system PLC’s for greater systems performance in a material handling environment Product Support ................Labels are applied through an opening • Available Options ................Left-open front door with locking handle • Mounting Orientation ..................358 148 800............... automated tamp door BudgetaRY PRice ..... encode.963 SlPa8304R ...... FeatuReS • Overall Dimensions ....... patented tag management system has provided users with the most reliable....... at speeds in excess of 100 labels per minute........3760 www....... reducing the costs and complexity found in a traditional Programmable Logic Controller (PLC) (Smart Label printer applicator 203 dpi) SlPa8204R ... while providing messages on system status...... The industry-leading.......... It can mount vertically or horizontally to accommodate most space requirements for production lines............... The clear plastic exterior allows visibility to monitor printer controls and media status.... tamp errors and more........1” tube stainless steel frame with removable side............................................ A heater and circulating fan maintain a constant temperature for the printer applicator.Packaging & Manifesting SlPa8000R (RFid caPaBle) The SLPA8000r has been developed specifically for high-speed production and distribution environments...... • • • • • • • • • • • • Ideal for labeling in Work-in-Process and Distribution environments Easily integrates into most enterprise IT environments with multiple print languages for compatibility with legacy data streams Print resolutions of both 203 and 300 dpi are available for both the LPA8000 and SLPA8000 printer applicators to accommodate higher bar code resolution requirements Uniwall Design –RFID or thermal printers built into the applicator wall for stability and durability Modular Connectivity For Higher Throughput .... top and bottom clear plastic panels • Accessibility .........................................937.........com ..... and horizontal positions • Controls .... fuses and an AC outlet for the SLPA • Heating . this high-speed printer applicator can verify....... The upgrade kit gives users the confidence to upgrade to RFID in the future............ print and apply 100% good tags............. cost effective method of applying only 100% readable tags to products....bastiansolutions..694 (Smart Label printer applicator 300 dpi) SlPa heated encloSuRe The SLPA Heated Enclosure was designed for manufacturing environments that can be hostile to automation equipment...... The enclosure will withstand temperatures to –20ºF....Controller box contains an Ogden Controller....... Users also gain complete visibility to the printer applicator system to monitor and manage their application process from data transmission to label application... thermal sensor..

bar codes and graphics.......... $4............................................ ultra-high frequency (UHF) transponders embedded in smart labels............................ In addition............ continuous production of in-spec bar code labels............. verifying that the bar code print image falls well within each bar code’s symbology specifications................................090 theRMal BaRcode PRinteR & online data validation SYSteM The T5000r Online Data Validation System (ODV) guarantees that bar codes are scannable..0” long..... R110Xi R110Xi ...... such as Oracle and DB2 ODV with Data Manager ensures bar code compliance while helping eliminate compliance fines... or produce a large batch of labels and rewind them in preparation for automatic application...... Online Data Validation (ODV) analyzes every printed bar code to assure that it meets stringent scanning standards..... offering a complete bar code compliant solution.......272 RFid PRinteRS & encodeRS Much of the initial growth of RFID will be linked to “smart label” technology............ The flexibility of the 140XiIIIPlus enables it to print labels one at a time..... while simultaneously printing text..........bastiansolutions...... To make certain that you are ready to meet these new RFID specifications of retailers and governments agencies. $3.... • • • 203 dpi resolution Prints and encodes labels up to 4....... In addition to efficient throughput....... In addition............ This model handles pressure-sensitive labels and tags up to 5.............. Its dual 32-bit microprocessors enable it to produce bar codes..com 149 ... The R4Mplus encodes information on very thin..5” wide and 39........... T5000r (Direct Thermal/Thermal Transfer 203 dpi Printer Includes Online Data Validator and PrintNet 10/100 Base-T Ethernet Interface) t5204R odv ...... This quality control analyzes each bar code just after it is printed.......... smart labels for use in our these RFID printers are available.................. then immediately verifies proper encoding...........0” per second..817 t5304R odv .3760 www.... • • • • • • • • Label rewind/peel Label/tag cutter Twinax/Coax interface On-line verifier Ethernet interface Label applicator interface RS422/485 interface XML-enabled printing Zebra 140XiIIIPlus 140XiiiPluS ..........937.. text and graphic images at print speeds reaching up to 12. internal reworks or charge backs.. • • • • • • • ODV stops bad bar codes from getting into your production or distribution systems – without interruption ODV’s unique void-and-reprint technology allows the system to run unattended................ $4..................... These special label printers encode data on RFID labels and tags... plus a range of pre-encoded labels and tags to satisfy associated identification applications....................Packaging & Manifesting Label Printers theRMal tRanSFeR & diRect theRMal laBel PRinteRS Zebra’s 140XiIIIPlus thermal/thermal-transfer printer offers high-speed capabilities and superior flexibility for high-volume. $3..........996 (Direct Thermal/Thermal Transfer 300 dpi Printer Includes Online Data Validator and PrintNet 10/100 Base-T Ethernet Interface) 800............. in multiple strips. the 140XiIIIPlus offers excellent resolution at 203 dpi............................... which combines the benefits of bar code labeling with the functionality of RFID by embedding an ultra-thin inlay in the label material for the purposes of transmitting a range of product data.................... numerous solutions are now provided... the printer is designed to support Electronic Product Code (EPC) RFID standards as they develop........................... minimizing cost and allowing almost instantaneous ROI Full compatibility across all Printronix printer technologies Captures and displays all bar code quality data to ensure enterprise wide remedies for error conditions Enables the storage of all bar code quality data in common database applications...5” wide and 39” long 10” per second.

FedEx. This option is generally used for lower volume operations. ConnectShip. Provided via a web interface with look-up based on customer’s purchase order number or distributor’s sales order number. Trailer load sequencing for efficient load drop offs and ORM-D type shipments are accommodated with Exacta®. and consolidators (extended supply chain) The Exacta® software interfaces to a wide variety of manifest rate engines including: UPS World Ship. manifest information is collected and associated with the specific carton data and uploaded using the export module to the host for customer invoicing. in-tRanSit tRacking Integration with the major carriers’ tracking systems (UPS. AirBorne. less automated operations and exceptions that may occur on cartons processed through an unattended manifest station. Pitney Bowes. Laser) for special shipping container marking instructions. LTL’s. tRaFFic Routing / Scheduling Real time dispatching of carriers to specific shipping docks. Freight reports and analysis are provided to gain visibility to your shipments and better manage your costs. etc. Exacta® has the capability to integrate upstream into the pack stations and generate compliant shipping labels with assigned tracking numbers.3760 www. FedEx. USPS. ShipNow and UFMS. USPS.) to tell the exact status of a shipped order. Attended manifest requires interaction by a person with the software to scan the individual cartons to be manifested.com . The shipping lane allows the use of the cube in the trailer for staging outbound orders.) Handles custom carrier discounts based on shipping volume Provides manifest rating engines to “shop” for the best freight rate Compliant labeling for your major retail customers Accommodates ORM-D and hazardous material shipping requirements Trailer load sequencing Automated “In-Line” manifesting to save labor Collaboration with freight forwarders. Kewill. The Exacta® manifest solution can operate in an unattended or attended manner.bastiansolutions. 150 800. See previous pages on label printing applications.937. Attended Manifest Unattended Manifest ShiPPing containeR MaRking Printing (Thermal. USPS Bulk Mail Center. Inkjet. FedEx or UPS Overnight Container. Working in conjunction with a scale. etc. Running in an unattended manner occurs in automated systems through the use of an omni scanner and generally in higher volume operations. • • • • • • • • • Reduces monthly freight costs while meeting customer’s delivery expectations Integrates with the nation’s leading carriers (UPS. Scheduling is based on the wave sequencing of orders or full accumulation of cartons for a trailer.Packaging & Manifesting Exacta® Manifest Software tRanSPoRtation ManageMent SoFtwaRe (tMS) Exacta® Transportation Management System (TMS) efficiently handles your transportation requirements to minimize monthly freight bills while meeting your customer’s delivery expectations.

..213 $1...................407 $1.................565 $1.......289 $1...259 $1.....520 Flexible expandable Conveyor ....056 $1..407 $1............289 $1......289 $1......... and low grade corrugated cartons that could get hung up on skatewheel conveyor............. A proven performer for trailer loading and unloading......................... bags......) Compacted/ expanded 4 to 12 5’ 4” to 16’ 6’ 8” to 20’ 8 to 24 4 to 12 5’ 4” to 16’ 6’ 8” to 20’ 8 to 24 4 to 12 5’ 4” to 16’ 6’ 8” to 20’ 8 to 24 leg Sets per Unit 4 5 6 7 4 5 6 7 4 5 6 7 roller axle Centers weight (lbs.................520 Steel (St) $828 $1............ Models also available in 170 and 300 lbs/ft..........................Dock Equipment Gravity Conveyors This model is a heavy duty.52 Per Leg Set 2-3 Week Delivery 134 800...... and the adjustable conveyor height is 28-1/2” to 41-1/2”........264 $1.....................Skatewheel BF200-18-12 BF200-18-16 BF200-18-20 BF200-18-24 BF200-24-12 BF200-24-16 BF200-24-20 BF200-24-24 BF200-18-12 BF200-18-16 BF200-18-20 BF200-18-24 4 5 6 7 4 5 6 7 4 5 6 7 215 286 357 429 252 336 420 504 215 286 357 429 Flexible expandable Conveyor .... gravity conveyor..........bastiansolutions...791 $2...... and temporary lines... Order optional leg connect brackets to lock units together.roller Heavy duty flexible-expandable roller conveyor is excellent for handling boxes........................................) price BFR-18-12 BFR-18-16 BFR-18-20 BFR-18-24 BFR-24-12 BFR-24-16 BFR-24-20 BFR-24-24 BFR-30-12 BFR-30-16 BFR-30-20 BFR-30-24 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 225 300 374 449 264 352 440 528 304 405 506 607 $1...............107 $1.............056 $1....................) price black poly (bp) $828 $1..154 $1........... $18.650 $828 $1. Other applications include work-in-process lines..95 Per Set Axle Connect Brackets (For Skatewheel Conveyor) ..................... Side rails as well as other optional equipment is available..............................$37. Model number overall width (in...627 $2.. value added operations.................................454 $1....80 Leg Connect Brackets (For Roller Conveyor) .............. Model number overall width (in..........520 $901 $1..........006 $2....................289 $1........................... flexible..........520 $901 $1......) Compacted/ expanded 3 to 12 4 to 16 5 to 20 6 to 24 3 to 12 4 to 16 5 to 20 6 to 24 3 to 12 4 to 16 5 to 20 6 to 24 leg Sets per Unit Skate wheels per axle 7 7 7 7 9 9 9 9 7 7 7 7 weight (lbs.................921 $2...154 $1.............. shipping and flexible assembly lines.....................650 $828 $1........ it is ideally suited for packaging..... $9........................056 $1................355 aCCeSSorieS Package Stop ....................... 5” swivel casters come standard on model..........26 Per Set 6” Casters .......com .................................................................056 $1.. Capacity per linear foot is 150 lbs.....) 18 18 18 18 24 24 24 24 18 18 18 18 Standard lengths (ft...........................3760 www...123 $1... $22...........................) 18 18 18 18 24 24 24 24 30 30 30 30 Standard lengths (ft........ Capacity is 200 lbs/ft...937.....................

Skatewheel Excellent for setting up temporary conveyor lines in warehousing activities.) 55 101 37 68 72 135 47 97 91 168 58 108 29 53 20 36 38 70 27 51 48 88 30 56 price $112. shipping departments.48 $195.28 $228.16 $304.3760 www. 3” axle centers 5’ Straight Aluminum.90 $163.5-5 SAR-18-1. 3” axle centers overall width (in.29 ** Other sizes available.00 $238.76 Straight gravity Conveyor .33 $93. Excellent for setting up permanent or temporary conveyor lines in warehousing activities.937. 3” axle centers 10’ Straight Aluminum. Spurs and curves also available.5-10 SSR-24-3-5 SSR-24-3-10 SAR-12-1. 3” axle centers 5’ Straight Steel. Spurs and curves also available.86 $235.00 $81.93 $117.93 $269.91 $321.96 $393.46 $134. It is important to test the angle of decline with the complete spectrum of products.51 $137.5-10 SSR-18-3-5 SSR-18-3-10 SSR-24-1. Please call Bastian for more information 24 hour delivery 800.83 $108.com 135 . 3” axle centers 10’ Straight Steel.5-5 SSR-18-1. assembly areas. The SSR has close roller spacing for small products.5-10 SSR-12-3-5 SSR-12-3-10 SSR-18-1.63 $187. 3” axle centers 10’ Straight Steel.5-5 SAR-12-1. 3” axle centers 10’ Straight Aluminum.5-10 SAR-24-3-5 SAR-24-3-10 description 5’ Straight Steel 10’ Straight Steel 5’ Straight Steel 10’ Straight Steel 5’ Straight Steel 10’ Straight Steel 5’ Straight Steel 10’ Straight Steel 5’ Straight Steel 10’ Straight Steel 5’ Straight Steel 10’ Straight Steel 5’ Straight Aluminum 10’ Straight Aluminum 5’ Straight Aluminum 10’ Straight Aluminum 5’ Straight Aluminum 10’ Straight Aluminum 5’ Straight Aluminum 10’ Straight Aluminum 5’ Straight Aluminum 10’ Straight Aluminum 5’ Straight Aluminum 10’ Straight Aluminum overall width (in. and assembly areas.roller (1 3/8” diaMeter rollerS) The model SSR is a very versatile conveyor with numerous applications.40 $152. Model number SW-12-3-10-5 SW-12-3-10-10 SW-18-3-16-5 SW-18-3-16-10 SW-24-3-20-5 SW-24-3-20-10 AW-12-3-10-5 AW-12-3-10-10 AW-18-3-16-5 AW-18-3-16-10 AW-24-3-20-5 AW-24-3-20-10 description 5’ Straight Steel.80 $160. etc. Not recommended with unevenly loaded totes. Aluminum is often used for lightweight gravity gates.Dock Equipment Straight gravity Conveyor . Model number SSR-12-1. shipping departments.81 $241.04 $119.29 $162.5-10 SAR-18-3-5 SAR-18-3-10 SAR-24-1. A minimum of 10 wheels under the product is required. 3” axle centers 10’ Straight Aluminum.16 $196. A minimum of three complete rollers under the product is normally required.50 $273.5-5 SSR-24-1.58 $114.11 $136.) 37 68 46 87 57 103 20 36 25 46 30 55 price $71.80 $190. 3” axle centers 5’ Straight Steel. 3” axle centers 10’ Straight Steel.bastiansolutions. Allows for accumulation at smaller decline angles than gravity roller.24 $97.18 $68.) 12 12 18 18 24 24 12 12 18 18 24 24 wheel per Foot 10 10 16 16 20 20 10 10 16 16 20 20 weight (lbs.76 $483.00 $81. 3” axle centers 5’ Straight Aluminum. Available in steel and aluminum frames. 3” axle centers 5’ Straight Aluminum. Can maintain product orientation and allows for better product flow on longer lengths of gravity conveyor.5-5 SSR-12-1.19 $284.5-10 SAR-12-3-5 SAR-12-3-10 SAR-18-1.44 $142.66 $143.09 $224.) 12 12 12 12 18 18 18 18 24 24 24 24 12 12 12 12 18 18 18 18 24 24 24 24 wheel per Foot 1-1/2 1-1/2 3 3 1-1/2 1-1/2 3 3 1-1/2 1-1/2 3 3 1-1/2 1-1/2 3 3 1-1/2 1-1/2 3 3 1-1/2 1-1/2 3 3 weight (lbs.5-5 SAR-24-1.

.. has (4) detent positions Includes (2) independently operated pneumatic blade stops to allow container to flow in/out of work cell Each of the manual hand valves is color coded to easily identify which valve to activate bUdgetary priCe ..............937.................................. $11............... which means no outside power required! bUdgetary priCe ...............................000 lbs....... allows operator to work out of both sides of the container without having to walk around Heavy duty welded structural steel construction The base frame is built to match slope of upstream and downstream conveyors Manually rotates by pushing handle....... shuttle car............Dock Equipment Custom Turntables ManUal tUrntable • • • • • Operators can easily rotate heavy loads to work from all sides Constructed with heavy duty welded structural steel for tough applications Heavy duty pallet load applications....3760 www...........................250 low proFile powered tUrntableS • • • • • • • • Includes a reversible chain driven live roller conveyor with powered transition rollers at both ends 460/3/60 electric motor driven The rotation of the turntable is done via an air motor drive The turntable utilizes a heavy duty Rotek style bearing to ensure long life and a compact design Includes a heavy duty welded structural steel base that can be mounted to a lift table.......bastiansolutions...... ManUal tUrntable with pneUMatiC blade StopS • • • • • • Turntables typically used for plastic returnable containers. $825 ea.....com ...........400 * for base turntable with orange stops UpStreaM/downStreaM ManUal blade StopS .. up to 3.... or anchored to the floor The top of roller elevation can be as low as 14” Includes solenoid valve and flow controls to control rotation (2) proximity sensors to sense rotation position bUdgetary priCe ............... Mechanical actuation............... $8.......................... Spring loaded detents for (4) positions Automatic blade stops (orange) that come up when turntable is turned away from home position. $4.....000 4-6 Week Delivery 136 800..

87 $1. • • • • • Up to 17.71 $576.121.17. This means that the entire load can be on the dockplate at once.79 $915.000 15.7. We have discovered that having high strength aluminum curbs preserve the life of the dockboard and keeps the board lightweight.89 $677.000 pounds.000 lbs.) (w x l) 48 x 36 48 x 48 60 x 36 60 x 48 60 x 60 72 x 48 72 x 60 Capacity (lbs.58 Capacity (lbs.the width of the dock board should be at least 18 inches wider than your widest equipment passing over the board.dock height = 4.000 14.000 .45 $981.000 15.) 10.) Slope angle 11º bend Standard 1 2 3 4 30 5 36 5.000 17.) 120 160 200 181 226 price $648.000 12.63 $662. a 60 inch dock board has 54 inches of space 3.000 7.you need to know the maximum difference between the height of the dock and the height of the highest truck bed.000 10.000 10.01 $1.000 lbs.77 $785.) 7. This curb design adds to the strength and durability of the dockboard and actually reduces the overall weight. safety curbs take up 6 inches of usable width.000 lbs.937.000 17. Please call Bastian for more information how to SeleCt the CorreCt doCkboard 1.000 lbs.02 $814.14.) (w x l) 60 x 36 60 x 48 60 x 60 72 x 48 72 x 60 Capacity (lbs. Determine Width .) 97 130 113 151 188 price $475.) 14.283.76 $920.71 $1. Capacity 3/8” aluminum 3 1/2” welded curb part number L10-4836 L10-4848 L10-6036 L10-6048 L10-6060 weight (lbs.000 14.000 12.Dock Equipment Dockboards and Dockplates alUMinUM doCkboardS Aluminum Dockboards are essential for loading and unloading anything from a truck.71 $589.05 ** Other sizes available.87 Capacity (lbs.000 .000 12.65 $813. Having aluminum curbs fully welded onto the deck allow the dockboard to flex with the weight and make sure the forklift stays on track.) 80 107 93 124 155 141 177 price $469. Capacity 1/2” aluminum 4” welded curb part number L17-6036 L17-6048 L17-6060 L15-7248 L15-7260 weight (lbs.000 5.000 10.23 $1. Remember. our dockboards can handle up to 17. Use the chart below to determine the type of dock board to use MaxiMUM height diFFerenCe (in. Determine the Capacity .5 54 9 10 60 11 66 12 72 13 78 14 84 15 90 16 96 4-6 Week Delivery 800. Determine the length . Made from high strength aluminum.3760 www.000 10.000 10.000 5.051. Max truck bed height .bastiansolutions.) 17.000 10.09 $567. Capacity 3/8” aluminum 4” welded curb part number L14-6036 L14-6048 L14-6060 L12-7248 L12-7260 weight (lbs.000 7.000 .5 6 42 7 48 8 8.108.21 $748.71 $900.add the weight of the forklift and the weight of the maximum load 2.) 146 195 244 223 279 price $725.83 $535.000 7.000 7.75 - heavy dUty Size (in. Capacity 5/16” aluminum 3” welded curb part number L7-4836 L7-4848 L7-6036 L7-6048 L7-6060 L5-7248 L5-7260 weight (lbs.com 137 .000 5.000 pound capacity Handles and chains available More durable aluminum construction Complete perimeter weld for aluminum curbs Will outlast competitor’s steel curbed models Standard dUty Size (in.

Determine the length .52 $381.800 5.300 3.not For Fork trUCk traFFiC! 1.80 $820.500 2.37 $734.000 lb. Please call Bastian for more information how to SeleCt the CorreCt doCkplate .33 N/A $455.5 72 9 78 10 84 4-6 Week Delivery 138 800.600 2.48 $606.900 eh SerieS 1/2” plate part number EH-3636 EH-3648 EH-4836 EH-4848 EH-4860 EH-5436 EH-5448 EH-5460 EH-6036 EH-6048 EH-6060 EH-7236 EH-7248 weight (lbs.196 N/A 3.700 7.37 $758.88 $600.928 2. Please review the previous page if equipment is needed for this application.68 Capacity (lbs.600 4.the difference in height between the dock and the truck floor MaxiMUM height diFFerenCe (in.45 Capacity (lbs.800 3.56 $578. As we have tested our dock plates to full capacity.) 68 87 83 107 132 90 118 146 98 129 160 118 151 price $315.23 $693.50 $394. assuming the entire load will be on the dock plate at once.900 5.900 3.04 $507.com .91 $720.67 $470.70 $958.60 $494.000 4.43 $585.) 4.) 82 108 104 137 168 114 150 185 125 164 203 145 191 price $401.514 2. we are including that extra margin for safety.200 3.000 pounds.Year Warranty Actual capacity rated Up to 10.) Slop angle 11º bend Standard 1 2 3 30 4 36 5 42 5.) (w x l) 36 x 36 36 x 48 48 x 36 48 x 48 48 x 60 54 x 36 54 x 48 54 x 60 60 x 36 60 x 48 60 x 60 72 x 36 72 x 48 Capacity (lbs.06 $393.14 ** Other sizes available. Determine the capacity .42 $502.48 $655.63 $600.300 3.600 1.16 $675. Some companies assume that only 2 wheels of the load will be on at once.343 1. select the next highest capacity 4.00 $520.977 N/A 2.00 $462.636 el SerieS 5/16” plate part number EL-3636 EL-3648 EL-4836 EL-4848 N/A EL-5436 EL-5448 N/A EL-6036 EL-6048 N/A EL-7236 EL-7248 weight (lbs. Dockplates are not for use of forktrucks.13 $768.700 2.757 N/A 2.64 N/A $410. • • • • • • • • Easy lifting handles High traction safety treadplate Bolted legs for easy repair Beveled edges for a smooth transition Engineered bend to keep the dock plate flush with truck 2 .15 N/A $430. Determine the width .37 $382.000 4.26 $384. Weight capacities are actual capacities. Made from high strength aluminum.12 $507. capacity Size (in.400 6.100 2.01 $592.) 59 76 72 94 N/A 79 103 N/A 85 111 N/A 99 129 price $309.500 1.300 4.bastiansolutions.) 1.800 3.Dock Equipment alUMinUM doCkplateS High traction.38 $911.800 2.636 1.weight of pallet jack + maximum load weight + operator weight 3.757 1. and overstate their capacity.3760 www. these dock plates are backed by a 2 year warranty and come in capacities up to 10.400 e SerieS 3/8” plate part number E-3636 E-3648 E-4836 E-4848 E-4860 E-5436 E-5448 E-5460 E-6036 E-6048 E-6060 E-7236 E-7248 weight (lbs.) 2.5.000 5.add 12” to the widest load that will go over the plate 2.300 3.72 $480. of the stated capacity.56 $550.318 2.937. 48 6 54 7 60 8 66 8. safety treadplate surface and beveled edges are only a few of the advantages of these dock plates.900 2. ** If the maximum load is within 50 lbs.

) 3x7 4x7 5x8 6x8 8x8 8 x 10 10 x 10 12 x 12 Strip width (in. Special Safety Strips .18 $220. Reduces blinding daytime glare and has the same standard properties as the standard door type.3760 www. etc.Reduces static electricity from objects or persons.35 bUlk-FUll rollS pvC Stripping part number 171105 170008 170009 170012 170013 description 8” x . Meets requirements for food service operations and USDA inspected facilities.080 x 150’ Std/Smooth 8” x . while promoting an effective seal against heat loss. Mesh strips made of 12 oz. Remains flexible in temperatures as low as -40°F.Reduces scratching and abrasions from heavy use.08 0. low-teMp .Best strip door for welding screen applications or as a partial sight barrier. anti-StatiC .Formulated with a non-stick additive that prevents strips from clinging to each other. efficient design .120 x 150’ Std/Ribbed price $105.For interior applications only.47 $183.080 x 300’ Std/Smooth 8” x .120 x 150’ Std/Smooth 12” x .Features superior scratch resistance. Lasts longer and provides a stronger seal than smooth material. PVC coated polyester for long life and durability.Formulated for indoor/outdoor applications.00 $617. Special fabrication process keeps the strips hanging straight without warping. Clear-Flex ii® . Its non-stick surface reduces static electricity while providing an easier safer entry air-Flex® .080 x 150’ Std/Ribbed 12” x .Dock Equipment Strip Doors Clear-Flex ii® Strip doorS energy Savings . computer component assembly areas. For interior applications only. Best for cooler/freezer applications.70 $274. Remains flexible in temperatures as low as -40°F low-teMp reinForCed . promoting a tighter seal between strips.95 $343. Air Flex may be alternated with clear.12 Standard Smooth price $79.08 0.20 $429.75 $128.15 $180. even under temperature extremes. Comes in light green tint for identification only. assure maximum efficiency and safety.12 0. opaqUe . Superior design features. User should determine suitability of this product for its intended use.Allows fresh air in and keeps insects out.937.Maximize safety with Clear-Flex II®’s special bright orange safety strips.Anti-insect and anti-glare. Standard Smooth is the most versatile material and it will not discolor in sun light.72 $224.08 0. For use in clean rooms.Utilizes nylon string within the material to prevent elongation or shrinkage of material due to temperature variations.08 0.71 $289. dark aMber or azteC orange . Strip door typeS SCratCh gUard® .72 $192.com 139 . dissipating it back into the atmosphere.bastiansolutions. withstanding temperatures from -10°F to 150°.Comes in black only.64 ** above pricing includes mounting hardware. oFFSet ribbed .22 $131. smooth PVC strips Standard . noise.30 $105.70 $523.26 $753.45 $335. Finished edges are rounded to prevent cupping and concaveness. Not recommended for areas where motorized traffic might be present aMberteCh™ .50 Standard ribbed price $96. and dust. 24 hour delivery 800. clearly mark the throughways to help prevent accidents.44 $418.12 0.12 0. These strips are provided at no extra charge and when hung at the extreme right and left of the door.30 $150.Reduces the amount of heated or cooled air lost through an unprotected opening. Use for conveyor opening curtains or as a total sight barrier between areas. Restricts most flying insects ability to detect attracting lights and heat.partial overlap Size of door opening (ft. Recommended for cooler/freezer applications and USDA inspected facilities. like rounded edges to prevent cutting and concaveness to promote tight sealing. Please contact Bastian for pricing on other materials and sizes.) 8 8 8 8 12 12 12 12 Strip thickness (in) 0.

200 5.Dock Equipment Dock Lifts These heavy duty lifts are ideal for cargo handling and lifting heavy industrial loads.500 7. in pit.900 3. Travels from 15º below horizontal to 15º beyond vertical for a total swing of 120º Weatherproof up/down constant pressure push button control Safety: Hydraulic velocity fuse at cylinders. appliCationS • • • • • • • • • No dock Extremely low or high dock For lift truck access to grade level For a dock with low to moderate use For a wide variation in truck heights For a dock with a narrow apron In a restricted truck area For unstable loads For loads requiring level handling tranSFer arrangeMentS FeatUreS • • • • • • • • • • • • Capacity to 20. and 5’ of hydraulic hose with power unit Typical installations: on top of grade with optional ramp.907 $7. 3 phase. flush with grade. Adjustable lowering time in flow control valve for uniform lowering speed.200 5. Heavy-plate platforms with structural reinforcements minimize deflection.) 6x8 6x8 6x8 7 x 12 7 x 12 7 x 12 7 x 12 lowered height (in.240 $23.760 ** Other sizes available.) 5.440 $18. power unit reservoir filled with hydraulic oil.937.000 5. Removable pipe rails 42” high with mid-rail. Dock lifts may be used alone. Up locks for maintenance. min.000 lb.bastiansolutions. Built-in hydraulic overload relief protects personnel and structures. and wide variations in truck bed heights.800 2.3760 www.000 16.000 10.000 Standard platform (ft. Please call Bastian for more information 4-8 Week Delivery 140 800. Bevel Toe guard platform with safety yellow accordion skirting Complete installation package includes: 20’ coiled cord on control.com .000 pounds (uniformly distributed) at heights to 59” Hinged split diamond tread throw-over plate.360 $14.) 67 69 69 75 75 75 81 nominal rise Speed (FpM) 11 11 7 9 8 6 5 elevating time (sec. Dock Lifts are for use in applications that do not justify the cost and space required for a loading dock.000 8.) 8 10 10 16 16 16 22 raised height (in.000 12.900 price Model number DL5-59M DL6-59M DL8-59M DL10-59H DL12-59H DL16-59H DL20-59H $6. 4” kick plate.478 $9. and snap chain opposite throw-over plate. level transfer of materials. or in combination with dock levelers to provide total flexibility in the dock area for handling unstable loads. roll-over capacity (static load) on “M” models & equal to lift capacity on “H” models NEMA 1 linestarter/transformer for 24 Volt controls Diamond tread deck surface Standard 208/230/460 volt.) 2.000 6. while the wide base provides increased rigidity and stability. 60 cycle (please specify voltage) Removable lifting eyes for installation Capacity (lbs. in front of dock on pad. or flush in face of dock Transfer arrangements: Rail and hinged throw-over plate locations should be indicated if other than style A (as shown in diagram at right) 10.) 27 27 42 34 36 50 60 weight (lbs.720 $15.000 20.

molded urethane. Model number PAL-12 PAL-14 PAL-16 PAL-21 PAL-LP PPC-20 PPC-40 description pulling Capacity (lbs.000 6.) 14 17 16 25 24 17 32 2 Day Delivery price Model PAL-14 Single Scissor Cam Scissor action Single Scissor Heavy Duty Double scissor Double scissor low profile 20’ of 1/4” chain w/ grab hook 40’ of 1/4” chain w/ grab hook $52. Jumbo. ozone weathering.000 5.000 5. etc. Provides uniform visibility inside trailers or around dock areas.81 Model PAL-12 800. annealed ductile cast steel. or grease. Curved surface contours to fit tires. It is supplied with a 500 watt bulb. Standard and Mini description Molded Rubber Chock (eyebolt) Extruded Rubber Chock Extruded Aluminum Chock Molded Steel Chock Mini-Urethane Chock Standard Urethane Chock Jumbo Urethane Chock Mega Urethane Chock dimensions (in. Double Strut. have a longer service life and experience less light depreciation over their lifetime.) 40 60 weight (lbs. All Dock Loading Lights are UL listed.937. paint. sold separately. yet durable. Functional design is durable in all weather conditions Aluminum Wheel Chocks .Dock Equipment Dock Accessories loading lightS Lights minimize freight damage while expediting loading and unloading operations. abrasion. Available in four sizes: Mega.000 6.12 $10. These pullers are made out of rugged steel and the heads are self cleaning and unaffected by wood particles.41 $158.24 $54.98 $17.97 $32. better energy efficiency. Incandescent lights offer good color. low replacement cost and turn on instantly even in cold environments. Double Arm Incandescent. It utilizes a 90 watt bulb.77 $34.3760 www.000 Jaw height (in. model PAR-38. Also available with a 36” high handle and/or sign Steel Wheel Chocks . Rubber resists tearing.Lightweight and easy to handle extruded aluminum chocks.bastiansolutions.) 10 16 8 18 2 5 30 54 price $15.) 5-1/2 3-1/2 5 4-1/2 4-1/2 weight (lbs. Model number LL-40 LL-60 PAR-38-90 LL-40-FAN description Incandescent.04 $30.000 5.01 $11.Constructed of reinforced rubber to provide a sure grip on virtually any surface.Made of a lightweight.00 $103.) 2-3/4 1-1/2 1-1/2 2-3/4 1-3/4 Jaw opening (in.000 6.com 141 .34 $165. fan. Features grip slot for easy pick up and positioning and maximum traction on any surface Molded Urethane Wheel Chocks .92 $68. Adjustable arm knuckle joint allows vertical and horizontal positioning.87 Model MS-15 Model RWC-8 Model number RWC-8 RMC-4 EALUM-7 MS-15 URWC-2 URWC-15 URWC-25 URWC-45 Model EALUM-7 Model URWC-15 pallet pUllerS Pallet Pullers are used to pull pallets to the rear of trailers for easy fork truck access.Made of high-strength.04 $61.38 Model LL-40 wheel ChoCkS • • • • Rubber Wheel Chocks . Incandescent lights typically provide more lumens/watt.) 22 28 1 78 price $86.76 $242. 1270 Lumens (LL) Package: LL-40 light.43 $60.77 $27.) 5.48 $68. Light turns on instantly.) (w x h x d) 7-5/8 x 6 x 8-5/8 6-1/2 x 4-3/4 x 4-1/4 7 x 8 x 10 9 x 8-1/2 x 8 7x6x8 8 x 8 x 11 14-1/2 x 14-1/2 x 17 18 x 18 x 34 weight (lbs. brackets and wiring length (in. Double Strut. Double Arm 90 Watt Halogen Bulb.

caPacity For years of service.Carts & Moving Devices Manual Pallet Trucks Full Featured Value ergonomic Pallet truck The full featured value ergonomic pallet truck is an economical way for one person to move heavy pallet loads without the use of a fork truck. Ergonomic design requires only 75 lbs.) 147 157 167 12 147 152 Price $417.20 $417.500 5. 4-way profile.) 5. and retail businesses. a new lowering valve cartridge provides superior operator lowering control.5.500 Fork Width (in.com . hand pallet trucks have been the cornerstone of numerous warehouses. trailers. This pallet truck includes two articulating steering wheels and two front load rollers.) 36 42 48 36 42 48 Fork Width (in. Proven ergonomic design has been proven to provide years of reliable usage.500 5. factories.5” Frame width trucks are used with Euro-style pallets model LCR55-A36 LCR55-A42 LCR55-A48 LCR55-B36 LCR55-B42 LCR55-B48 capacity (lbs.Designed for durability and built for forgiveness.500 lbS. • • • • • • • Sloped and rounded fork nose design User friendly entry and exit rollers Service range is 2-7/8” lowered to 7-3/4” raised Forks are 48” long and 7” wide Quick lift pump design requires only 12 strokes for full travel 6° articulating wheel assembly for uniform axle loading on uneven floors Available in 20” and 27” widths model PM5-2048 PM5-2748 capacity (lbs. Spring loaded loop handle automatically returns to vertical position when not in use.937. the high quality thrust load ball bearing and plate equipped with grease fittings makes load steering easier than ever before.20 $417.20 $417. Steering wheels include bearing dust covers for added life.500 Frame Width (in.) 48 48 2-5 Day Delivery Service range (in.500 5. and freezer models 20. Equipped with internally mounted solid steel adjustable push rods. Reinforced tripleformed steel forks provide twice the strength of standard single-formed forks.7 3/4 Weight (lbs.500 5. of pulling force when fully loaded.) 225 280 Price $299.) 5.3760 www.) 27 27 27 20-1/2 20-1/2 20-1/2 Fork length (in.) 2 7/8 . Nose wheels are located on the front edge of each fork to assist in clean pallet entrance and exit. Chrome-plated hydraulic pump piston for long seal life.7 3/4 2 7/8 .Metal surfaces are finished in durable powder coating that keeps the paint on the truck and off your product Reinforced Chassis .20 top Sellers 4-7 Day Delivery 108 800.20 $417. The pump body is cast in one piece to keep oil in the pump and off your floor. • • • • • • • • • Replacement parts available New onepiece hydraulic pump improves performance and reliability Low Rolling Resistance .) 20 27 Fork length (in.High strength non-marking Nylon wheels and rollers packed with shielded ball bearings provide superior rolling and reduce operator fatigue Quality Finish . the robotically welded chassis incorporates multiple reinforcements Solid entry brackets and steel exit rollers make pallet entry and exit easy 2-year pump warranty ** Available in low profile.20 $417.) 7 7 7 7 7 7 Weight (lbs.500 5.46 Premium Pallet truck . This new premimuim pallet truck provides dependability with its new features.46 $299.bastiansolutions.500 5.

) 399 419 327 337 Price ERG30E-20 ERG30E-27 ERG30-20 ERG30-27 Electric Electric Manual Manual $2.) 3.) 307 300 Price 272936 272938 $1.) 47-1/2 47-1/2 Weight (lbs.) 31-1/2 31-1/2 31-1/2 31-1/2 lowered Height (in.) 8 8 lowered Height (in. This truck is great for applications that need to weigh skids within shipping areas or for outbound pallets..000 3. The Ergonomic 3000 is a portable scissor lift that can move skids. The manual version comes with a “Quick-lift” feature for swift raising of lighter loads.460 $1. Once the load is in position. cut costs.bastiansolutions.460 HigH liFt Skid PoSitioner Ergonomic improvements boost productivity.) 27-1/2 22 Fork length (in.000 3. Weighing accuracy ± .000 3.000 raised Height (in. tote boxes and any other opened bottom container and is ideal for use in the printing industry.419 $1. The Ergonomic 3000 is available in both manually operated or electric powered hydraulic lift.com 109 .22 lbs. • • • • • • • • Lowest lowered fork height in the industry allows entry into many different skids and baskets Light weight design is easy to maneuver with pallet truck style steering configuration. ergonomic location for automatic battery charger and clear view of load ** Can only be used with open bottom pallets (skids) and containers.000 5.) Self-contained battery powered power pack (electric models) eliminates power source or power cord problems Electric model comes equipped with a 12 V DC battery powered and built-in battery charger (110/1/60) to prolong battery life Comes equipped with a manual pump in the event of a low battery Raised bulkhead design provides greater backrest surface. Low profile forks.) 3-1/4 3-1/4 3-1/4 3-1/4 Frame Width (in. and create a safer workplace. • • • • • • • • • • • • • Eliminate dedicated scales.) 64-1/2 64-1/2 64-1/2 64-1/2 Weight (lbs.5 oz.) 5.) 48 48 48 48 overall length (in. LCD display scale Metler-Toledo Hawk scale/sensor UL approved scale operates on six D cell batteries or AC Charge rechargeable type “D” size batteries without removing display Three position hand control 205° turning radius 7” wide forks 7” moldon polyurethane steering wheels 3” moldon polyurethane load wheels 1 year pump warranty model capacity (lbs.747 $1.937.747 $2. the lift can then be raised to the perfect ergonomic height and product can be loaded or unloaded. Direct thrust solid piston rod lift cylinder is a stronger and more reliable solution to the telescopic cylinder found in other units Quick-lift mechanism (manual pumps) provides quick lifting for lighter loads (loads under 400 lbs.) 20 27 20 27 Fork length (in.419 4-7 Day Delivery 800. model type capacity (lbs.Carts & Moving Devices mobile Scale truck This mobile scale pallet truck combines the controlling function of a very accurate weighing system with the mobility and flexibility of a hand pallet truck.3760 www. or 3. The electric version is completely self-contained and includes a battery and automatic battery charger.) 2 8/9 2-8/9 4-7 Day Delivery Fork Width (in.000 raised Height (in. This product can eliminate awkward heavy lifting and prevent injuries.

..........................28 drum grabS (dJ-55) Value drum cradle truck (36) • • • • • • • • 500 lbs.73 Patented fork truck attachment.....39 Price ..... capacity For use with fork trucks Price .. capacity For 55 gallon drum Use with model 31 tipping lever • • • • All welded steel construction for durability Cost effective way to move 55 gallon steel drums 1500 lbs................000 pounds of crushing power Drum head piercer allows drum venting Built-in fork pockets aid in transporting 6..................100 lbs..........3760 www.. capacity 30 gallon ....... 60 Hz Protective plastic cover on power unit 15 gallon oil reservoir Price . capacity Legs extended ....... 3-phase..5 Hp motor...... 700 lbs....$2..4 lbs.. $366.......... Handles most 55 & 30 gallon poly drums.....32 Poly drum grabS (PJ240148) • • Price .25 lbs..$73........... ergonomic drum Handler (dm1100) • • • • Legs retracted ..............1.42 100% non-sparking Replacement blade included Ship weight .............................. drum de-Header (272301) • • • Price .625” and 12” Vertical and horizontal locking positions Polyurethane wheels and casters......... 10.... 48” OAH x 36-41” wide (depends on leg position)...............20” (rise/stroke = 1”).....650 lbs......6...30-1/4 lbs..97 lbs.....5” x 1-3/8” solid rubber 3” X 13/16” rubber.. capacity Lift height ...... Hydraulic drum cruSHer (Hdc) • • • • • • • • 38................................202 4-7 Day Delivery 110 800............... capacity 55 gallon ...22 1/2” diameter steel drum Ship weight .......339 Price ................ $283........... transporting.............................bastiansolutions....$110.. 208-230/460V....... $208....937........... capacity Welded construction Single handle Retractable handle standard Ship weight ............. poly & fiber drums Spring loaded cam holds any rimmed drum 5” X 2” phenolic swivel casters & floor lock Price . swivel “Non-skid” feature on front rockers to prevent frame from sliding when drum is tipped Ship weight ..........$7.. 800 lbs. Price ........Carts & Moving Devices Drum Handling Equipment deluxe drum cradle truck (8818-41) • • • • 700 lbs............. $308. Ergonomic solution for lifting....97 lbs............... capacity Dual handles 43-1/2” L x 23” H x 16” W Wheels ..19” diameter steel drum Ship weight ....... $263......... 8” x 2” wheels and 4” x 1-1/4” caster Price ...71 Value drum grabS (SVg-55) • • Economically priced lower capacity grabs VG models the jaws are not adjustable mobile drum carrier (80a) • • • • • • 800 lbs...... capacity hydraulic jack for easy lifting of steel...........355 1/2 lbs..100 lbs.............. Ship weight .................... $326. & placing drums on spill pallets Up to 1.........................com ...78 Value drum carrier and diSPenSer (Vdcd) • • • • • • • • • • Economically priced Three height adjustments: 9-1/4”..06 Price ...........

. $222.......79 lbs....... Moldon rubber wheels Replaceable feet & belt Handles all poly drums... $159...... 49 lbs... capacity Dual handle Max. 86 lbs.. Spring loaded device helps ease drum onto toes & automatically returns truck to vertical position when drum is disengaged Price ........ Moldon rubber wheels Ship weight ..economy SerieS (5btW) • • • • 1..... capacity Maximum drum height ............... capacity 62” H x 24-1/2” W Polyolefin wheels Ship weight ......Standard SerieS (30bt) • • • • • 1........12 combo drum & Hand truck (156dH-Hb) • • • • 800 lbs............000 lbs capacity 59-1/2” H x 23-1/2” W..42-1/2 lbs...... drum truck (76a59) • • • • • • • Price ... Shipped knocked down-easy assembly. capacity 48” H x 19-3/4” W Moldon rubber wheels Ship weight .......52 lbs....... $298.70 Price .44” Min........ $277....82 1..26” 59-1/2” OAH x 24-1/2” OAW Wheels ..... 1............41-1/2 lbs.....200 lbs.. Drum capacity . Drum height ..... Price ..............11 drum truck ...... Price .......56 drum truck (155) • • • • Price .....53 lbs.. $254.000 lbs....... 45 1/2” L x 30” W x 12 1/2” W............600 lbs capacity.................................. Can be safely stacked 4 high.... $308......5” moldon rubber Ship weight ....48” Minimum drum height ........ Drum height ......47 1.bastiansolutions. Price .000 lbs................. Price .................... Swivel casters allow for smooth and tight turns in narrow work areas.................10” x 2..40 ergonomic drum truck (15btc) • • • • • • • 1....937......3760 www..... $277..000 lbs capacity 60” OAH x 24” OAW 10” X 2 1/4” moldon rubber wheels & 6” swivel casters 16-1/4” wide at nose Ship weight ............000 lbs...........91 4-7 Day Delivery 800...000 lbs........41 lbs.............. $140......... capacity Comes with drain stand 58” H x 23-3/4” W Moldon rubber wheels Standard with belt Ship wt...... Poly drum truck (50bt) • • • • • • 1. Ergonomic swivel design reduces operator muscle strain and fatigue..10” x 2” moldon rubber Ship weight ............ capacity Comes with drain stand 56-1/2” H x 24” W............................... drum truck (9468) • • • • • • • Price .53 Poly drum truck (40bt) • • • • • 1..............................com 111 .27 • • • drum rackS (dr2-240026) • • • • • • 1....$90..............2...000 lbs............22-1/2” 59” OAH x 24” OAW Wheels ..........Carts & Moving Devices drum truck ........ Ship wt.......82 lbs. capacity For 30-55 gallon drums 10” X 2-1/2” moldon rubber wheels Ship weight ........... $100. such as truck beds and loading docks Replaceable hard faced double beveled nose prongs Not recommended for loading and unloading pallets Self-standing kickstand Price ..

....... Lighter and stronger than steel or aluminum hand trucks • Height .54 $139...........89 $143..... $47....18” x 7...50 PgcSk16blk (*Value buy) • 500 lbs..........10” 4-ply full pneumatic on 3 piece steel hub 01 ........5” 4 ply pneumatic with two piece steel hub • Stair climbers with plastic wear strips Price ..............bastiansolutions...23 model number 56T60 56T02 56T17 56T01 Series 56t Wheel type 60 2 17 1 capacity (lbs.12” • Overall Width ...8” x 2” Performa Rubber • Stair climbers with plastic wear strips • 52” frame extension Price ....48” • Frame Width ......63 $137. $178...........................5” 2 ply pneumatic with one piece steel hub • 30” long folding nose extension Price ....55 4-7 Day Delivery ** Many other configurations available.......... $130................19 $137......................................5” • Wheels ....) 800 800 700 800 Price $124........37 52t85 (*Value buy) • 500 lbs.. 112 800..72 a7-b1-c2-d5-e1 • 600 lb...... $162..s capacity • Double grip handle with U-brace • Straight back • Noseplate ....90 EN24 (optional nose extension for above model numbers) ..................................... capacity • Loop handle • Straight back • Noseplate ......55 $140.......14” x 9” • Wheels .10” x 3.7” x 14” • Axle .......14” x 7..10” x 3-1/2” pneumatic wheels • Toe plate size ..10” Gray non-marking rubber on polyolefin core 17 ... polyurethane foam on steel hub 56T 30T 20T Series 30t Wheel type 60 2 17 1 capacity (lbs................14” x 9” • Wheels ..22 lbs.............. $170....65 ligHt WeigHt modular aluminum Hand truckS (all PartS rePlaceable) a1-b1-c1-d1 • 600 lbs.......................8” x 2” Performa Rubber Price ........5” • Wheels ...3760 www.............86 $134.................97 model number 30T60 30T02 30T17 30T01 60 . • Optional wheels available Price ..15 a11-b1-c4-d1-e1-e52 • 600 lb..... $66.............10” x 3.... $27.....s capacity • Loop handle with vertical grip • Straight back • Noseplate . capacity frames • 1-1/4” tube welded steel construction • 8” x 14” x 1/4” thick base plate • Integral stair / curb climbers • Curved back to accommodate cylindrical loads Series 20t model number 20T60 20T02 20T17 20T01 Wheel type 60 2 17 1 capacity (lbs..Carts & Moving Devices Hand Trucks induStrial grade Steel Hand truckS 20t. 30t..............) 800 800 700 800 Price $131.....79 $146....20-1/2” • Wheels .............. Please call Bastian for details..........94 $131..10” Flat-free... capacity • Composed of glass filled nylon.. capacity • Loop Handle with U-Brace • Lattice Back • Noseplate .. 56t modelS • Heavy Duty 800 lbs....46 $142...17 a2-b2-c4-d2-e3F • 500 lbs..937.............10” Solid rubber on polyolefin core 02 ..........) 800 800 700 800 Price $127..............com ... frame capacity • 1-1/4” tube welded steel construction • 7” x 14” 8-gauge baseplate • Integral stair/curb climbers • 8” x 2” rubber on Polyolefin wheels Price ......5/8” • Ship weight .....

...937... 37.Senior model: loop handle with comfort sleeve. $143............... two-in-one truck • Heavy duty tubular steel construction • 10” x 2-1/2” solid rubber wheels.... 5” x 1-1/4” casters • 700 lbs........ $330.... 41 lbs......3760 www....... Junior model: heavy duty frame with 4 cross members Specifications Overall Width Frame Width Overall Length Height as Hand Truck Height as Platform Truck Platform Bed Length Platform Height from Floor Balloon Cushion Swivel Casters Senior model 20” 12” 56” 61 1/2” 46” 51 1/2” 11” 5” x 1 1/4” Junior model 20” 12” 43” 52” 41” 38 1/4” 11” 5 x 1 1/4” Carts & Moving Devices Senior Model Junior Model Junior Price ..... $306..... Spartan Sr.......... 12” x 51” frame bed....... capacity for 4 wheels • 18” W x 8-1/2” D noseplate • Lever activated position conversion • Wheels guards • Ship weight .... SPTN-T18-PE-SR SPtn-t18-Pe-Jr .................. $185........... capacity for two wheels..... 800 lbs..... ...................15 Value conVertible aluminum Hand truckS • • • • • • • • Sturdy.............Carts & Moving Devices ligHt WeigHt conVertible aluminum Hand truckS • • • • • • • • • • Used by parcel delivery companies and beverage distributors.....41 SPtn-t18-Pe-Sr ..........77 lbs..........5 lbs..Senior model: heavy duty frame with 5 cross members.........12 Senior Price ..........bastiansolutions..........52” OAH...91 210639 4-7 Day Delivery 800........ providing better frame integrity Heavy duty tensile steel axle will not bow under maximum loads Balloon cushion caster wheels provide better rollability (wing brake standard on one wheel) 18” x 9” solid extruded noseplate High quality 10” x 3-1/2” 4-ply pneumatic tires with precision bearings Handle Type ................. lightweight aluminum frame 18” wide noseplate for large loads Extra strength noseplate cast from special aluminum alloy 10” full pneumatic wheels Non-marking 5” x 1-1/4” swivel casters Pedal release allows easy conversion from 2-wheel to 4-wheel position Spartan Jr.80 SPTN-T18-PE-JR conVertible Steel Hand truckS 210639 • Convertible............ Junior model: double grip swing arm Frame ........................... $180.... 12” x 38” frame bed........................................com 113 .......61-1/2” OAH.... Thicker and stronger frame with heavy duty side channel reinforcements Crossbars are four sided tubes with two sides ribbed for added strength Crossbars are attached with individual aircraft-grated rivets at each corner............................ • Optional wheels available • Price .............

........Carts & Moving Devices Safety Appliance Trucks Steel (Srt -m-60) • • • • • • • • • • • • • • Height ....00 magneSium (mrt) • • • • • • • • • Capable of moving large loads 500 lbs.......16” Load Capacity ................... capacity........1.....00 Heavy Equipment Moving Rollers (uP to 30... $325................. Footplate .000 lbS!) induStrial roller kit Industrial rollers are made with precision ground and hardened steel rollers that form an endless chain which revolves around a central load-bearing plate in the frame......60” Weight ...Rugged 1” x 14 gauge tubular steel One 3-ply..... HmS-2k ........ two-piece 14’ strap Ratchet strap tightener with automatic strap recoil 8” x 2-1/2” solid rubber tires with ball bearings Non-marking SNAPLOK vinyl bumpers ESCORT roller bearing crawler treads SRT-M-60 SRT-8 Price .... $338... Construction ... capacity industrial rollers and (2) 29” knocked down steering handles in a rugged steel tool box) 114 800..72 lbs.................... MRT Price ......... Industrial rollers roll easily over cracks and pitted floor areas to reduce possible damage to goods........000 lbs. 2 piece 14’ web strap with ratchet strap tightener and automatic strap recoil...00 Steel (Srt -8) • • • • • • • • • • • Height . Weight of the load is transferred directly from load-bearing plate to rollers. and 30.......000................com ......... 15..61 (Includes (4) 2...........7 gauge x 5” x 24” Frame width .......48 lbs.. 8....... protective felt Ship weight approximately 41 lbs.......bastiansolutions.....3760 www...000 lbs.......17” Load capacity ........800 lbs..... re-designed frame made form 1” x 14 gauge steel tubing One 3-ply.......... Construction: Strong... capacity 60” OAH x 17” wide Toe plate ......000....9 gauge x 5” x 24” Frame Width ............200 lbs... $338.. $485.5” x 24” One 3-ply.937....60” Weight . This eliminates axle friction and requires less force to start and move the load. Roller bearing crawler tread Bronze self-lubricating bushings in 6” x 2” cushion tread rubber wheels Padded with non-marking rubber and soft........ two-piece 14’ strap Ratchet strap tightener with automatic strap recoil Padded with protective felt Non-marking SNAPLOK vinyl bumpers 8” x 2” x 3/4” thermoplastic tread/polyolefin core wheels Patented “ESCORT” roller bearing crawler treads Retractable 3-1/2” swivel casters for supporting load during operation 55º Angle with swing released Carts & Moving Devices Price ..... Availbale in 2...... Footplate .000.....

Carts & Moving Devices
Dollies
HardWood dollieS
• • • • 1,000 lbs capacity, solid oak boards 4” gray, non-marking rubber, swivel casters with ball bearing wheel hubs and double ball bearing swivel raceways Available with standard raised, rubber capped, or flush style end boards Standard sizes are 18” x 24” and 18” x 30”

top Seller

Standard Style endboardS RD1824-SS4-485 ........................................................................................................................ $53.88 RD1830-SS4-485 ......................................................................................................................... $55.14 rubber caPPed endboardS RCD1824-SS4-485..................................................................................................................... $63.37 RCD1830-SS4-485..................................................................................................................... $64.63 FluSH Style endboardS (toP boardS FluSH) FD1824-SS4-485 ........................................................................................................................ $59.50 FD1830-SS4-485 ........................................................................................................................ $61.43
Stock Item - 24 Hour Delivery

drum dollieS

These multi-purpose dollies have a high polished bright zinc finish for corrosion resistance and (4) 3” x 1-1/4” swivel casters. Each unit comes with a 4 foot long nylon pull strap that helps in transporting down aisles or over thresh holds. Rubber-coated hook allows strap to hook on top of drum for storage.
model number DRUM-QUAD-H DRUM-QUAD-C DRUM-QUAD-CS-SS DRUM-TRI-H DRUM-TRI-C
2 Day Delivery

description Bright Zinc Finish Bright Zinc Finish Stainless Steel Bright Zinc Finish Bright Zinc Finish

caster type Hard Rubber Cast Iron Hard Rubber Hard Rubber Cast Iron

capacity (lbs.) 900 1,200 900 900 1,200

Weight (lbs.) 30 31 30 30 31

Price $60.32 $80.08 $123.76 $56.16 $74.88

tilting aluminum Pallet dollieS
• • • • • •

Easy to carry, average weight 40 lbs. Manually able to move pallet. Strong extruded aluminum frame and steel axles. Tilt construction with 360° turning. Non-tilt available. 3-1/2” rollers with sealed bearings. Frees fork lift trucks from short hauls. Greater worker safety and reduced labor time
4,000 lbs. Capacity - 6 Roller 6,000 lbs. Capacity - 8 Roller 8,000 lbs. Capacity - 10 Roller

Size Width x length 36” x 36” 36” x 42” 36” x 48” 40” x 48” 42” x 42” 42” x 48” 48” x 48” 24” x 24”

4,000 lbs. capacity - 6 roller model number 3636-6T 3642-6T 3648-6T 4048-6T 4242-6T 4248-6T 4848-6T 2424-6T Weight (lbs.) 32 34 36 36 37 37 38 34 Price $257.05 $268.94 $275.22 $278.34 $287.12 $289.64 $290.89 $240.89

6,000 lbs. capacity - 8 roller model number 3636-8T 3642-8T 3648-8T 4048-8T 4242-8T 4248-8T 4848-8T Weight (lbs.) 37 40 41 42 43 43 44 2 Day Delivery

8,000 lbs. capacity - 10 roller model number 3636-10T 3642-10T 3648-10T 4048-10T 4242-10T 4248-10T 4848-10T Weight (lbs.) 40 43 44 45 46 46 47 Price $379.08 $368.63 $374.92 $378.03 $386.81 $389.33 $390.58 -

Price $340.82 $330.37 $336.66 $339.78 $348.55 $351.07 $352.32 -

800.937.3760

www.bastiansolutions.com

115

Carts & Moving Devices
Industrial Cycles and Accessories
induStrial bicycleS
Industrial Bicycles are simply the most heavy duty bikes made. All bikes feature a dual top bar and 16 gauge steel frames (extra thick tubing), which are fully lugged. Chains are 50% thicker than conventional bicycle chains, and the wheels feature steel clincher rims. Industrial Bicycles provide a cost-efficient way of travel for empolyees or supplies and also provide large gains in productivity.
model number INB ING G1 G2 description Industrial Newsboy (Men’s Frame) Industrial Newsgirl (Women’s Frame) Small Front Basket (18” x 3” x 6”) Large Front Basket (21” x 15” x 9”) Frame (in.) 17 1/2 17 1/2 brake type Coaster Brake Coaster Brake Wheel 26 26 Price $279.50 $279.50 $15.60 $23.40

induStrial tricycleS
Industrial Tricylces are the toughest industrial tricycles on the market. The mover tricycle features a one-piece welded frame with a gigantic mainframe beam. Everything on these tricycles is over-built for strength and safety. The chains are extra thick, and the crank housing, seat tube, and rear axle are all reinforced. Rear Axles are 7/8” machined solid steel, creating an extremely durable drive chain. The wheels have a clincher rolled edge and 11 gauge spokes for added strength.
model number M2626-CB M2026-CB M2020-CB L4M M13970 M17350 description I Speed w/ 26” Wheels I Speed 20” Front and 26” Rear Wheels I Speed w/ 20” Wheels Solid Tire Upgrade (3 Wheels) Rear Steel Basket (23” x 23” x 12”) Rear Cabinet (23” x 23” x 12”) w/ Top Opening Lid brake type Front Drum Brake/Coaster Brake Front Drum Brake/Coaster Brake Front Drum Brake/Coaster Brake Price $741.00 $734.50 $728.00 $58.50 $102.70 $128.70

top Sellers

Value tricycleS
Value Tricylces perfectly fill the need that some companies have for inexpensive, light-duty or medium duty tricycles. Both models feature two-piece, bolt together, easy step through frames, making them ship quickly and economically. These tricylces also feature super comfortable 13” wide seats with extra cushioning and have a load capacity up to 350 lbs.
model number EAG-CB EXEC-CB ST24T description brake type Price

Light-Duty w/ 1 Coaster Brake Medium-Duty w/ 1 Coaster Brake Airless Tire Upgrade (3 Wheels)

Front Caliper Brake/Coaster Brake Front Caliper Brake/Coaster Brake -

$331.50 $648.70 $58.50

5 Day Delivery

116

800.937.3760

www.bastiansolutions.com

Carts & Moving Devices
Platform Trucks
Wooden PlatForm truckS
• • • • • 2,000 lbs. capacity 1-1/4” thick premium oak deck Standard with 8” x 2” performa rubber casters One fixed blue steel crossbar handle Options include - removable handle, corner and wrap around bumpers, floor locks, and other caster options available
dimensions (in.) 24 x 42 24 x 48 27 x 54 30 x 60 Price $164.72 $168.33 $182.42 $198.69

model number PT2442-FH1-01 PT2448-FH1-01 PT2754-FH1-01 PT3060-FH1-01

top Seller

add-on oPtionS Floor Locks (add FL to Model Number) ................................................................................................................................................................................................ $20.00 Donut Bumpers on Handle (add DB4 to Model Number) ................................................................................................................................................................ $10.00 Corner Bumpers on Deck (add CB to Model Number) ...................................................................................................................................................................... $6.00 Wrap Around Bumper (add SB to Model Number) ............................................................................................................................................................................ $55.00
** includes corner bumbers as well 1-2 Week Delivery

aluminum PlatForm truckS
• • • • • • •

2,000 lbs. capacity Lightweight, easy to handle, and clean Choice of diamond tread plate or smooth deck Removable, reversible handle. Corner handle sockets - fixed, solid welded members, integral with frame 8” x 2” gray, non-marking Performa Rubber casters Options include - full protective perimeter bumper, additional handles with crossbars, floor locks, and carpeted deck
diamond tread Plate deck Smooth deck Price $329.45 $353.00 $432.12 model number PT-2436S-150-850 PT-2448S-150-850 PT-3060S-150-850 dimensions (in) 24 x 36 24 x 48 30 x 60 Price $313.28 $334.27 $410.28
** Shown with diamond tread plate and optional perimeter bumper.

model number PT-2436T-150-850 PT-2448T-150-850 PT-3060T-150-850

dimensions (in) 24 x 36 24 x 48 30 x 60

1-2 Week Delivery

Steel PlatForm truckS
• • • • • • •

2,000 lbs. capacity One piece 14 ga. formed steel deck with cross and full-length steel members All welded construction with gray enamel finish Lightweight and easy to clean Standard with 8” x 2” moldon rubber casters with cast-iron core Steel pipe sockets with “wrap around” flat steel welded to deck Optional casters and handles available
dimensions (in) 24 x 36 24 x 48 27 x 54 30 x 60 36 x 72 Price $275.37 $282.08 $282.10 $313.40 $347.40
3-4 Week Delivery

model number 33-003-013 33-003-014 33-003-015 33-003-016 33-003-064

800.937.3760

www.bastiansolutions.com

117

...... Fifth wheel is grease plate type Options .....79 $928.......polyurethane ..Carts & Moving Devices caSter Steer trailerS • • • • • Capacities to 6.. Heavy duty steel frames Decks are sheet steel or kiln dried hardwood with heights ranging from 8-1/4” to 27” Wheels available ...com ....... and polyurethane. rotate parts to allow easier assembly comPonent cartS Component carts feature a design that has a place to hold each component.222.000 4 Week Delivery cuStom cartS & lean manuFacturing trailerS lean trailerS Lean trailers are used to move heavy product easily form one location to another.. aSSembly cartS Assembly carts are used to hold....29 $985....An extra Fifth wheel plate assembly to tow wagon from either end Forth wheel steering provides better tracking and a shorter turning radius Dozens of standard sizes available......49 $1..95 4 Week Delivery • model number 304UR3060 304UR3672 304UR4272 308UR3060 308UR3672 308UR4272 312UR3060 312UR3672 312UR4272 FourtH and FiFtH WHeel Steer trailerS • • • • • • • • Capacities to 40.............163. pneumatic..937...........47 $1.3760 www...000 lbs heavy duty steel frame with round corners Standard with hook and eye couplers. ranging from 24”x 42” to 60”x 144”.......... Various coupler/hitch styles available budgetary Price ...bastiansolutions.moldon rubber.000 lbs....20 $811..... 118 800.196..89 $827...... Two pockets on each end outside frame on 23” centers Cross bar handles on both ends available as an option Decks are sheet steel or kiln dried hardwood with heights ranging from 13” to 14-3/4” Double ball bearing swivel casters and roller bearing wheels (rubber ..$3...12 $1........79 $968.....steel) dimensions (W x l) (in) 30 x 60 36 x 72 42 x 72 30 x 60 36 x 72 42 x 72 30 x 60 36 x 72 42 x 72 Price $776........ raise/lower..

.. with durable 12 gauge steel shelves....56 $18......56 $15.08 $282... 3/16” thick angle corners... $5...........27” 5” urethane casters priced below................ Also available in thermorubber and steel 1-1/2” shelf lips down (flush) on top shelf and lips up on bottom shelf (see options) Clearance between shelves .12 $28.88/ Sq.16 model number SL260-U5 SL348-U5 SL360-U5 SL472-U5 Width x length 24 x 60 30 x 48 30 x 60 36 x 72 Weight (lbs...........Carts & Moving Devices Steel Carts rugged.. for easy replacement and superior cart tracking 5” diameter urethane caster...model Sl • • • • • • • • • Capacity ..........200 lbs..........937.......32 $230....bastiansolutions............................) 84 100 102 122 Price $184........................32 $262.................. $5..........com 119 ........................... $92................... general uSe ..s........40 Vinyl matting on top shelf ................. Other caster options and top shelf heights available oPtionS • All swivel casters ........ and 12 gauge caster mounts for long lasting use Raised offset handle (10” above top shelf) Bolt-on casters...........12 $42......48 $28....................... Also available in thermorubber and steel 1-1/2” shelf lips up for retention Clearance between shelves .................... • Pneumatic casters with brakes . • Wheel brakes on (2) swivel casters ............56 $208......... Ft....... All welded construction......56 $208..... No Cost Locking drawer with 2 keys ............. (2) swivel & (2) rigid...............80 $196..48 $42. with durable 12 gauge steel shelves......3760 www..... model number SL136-U5 SL148-U5 SL236-U5 SL248-U5 Width x length 18 x 36 18 x 48 24 x 36 24 x 48 Weight (lbs.......... • All swivel casters ...........24 $367.........08 $282....) 82 98 100 120 Price $184......... All welded construction.................. No Cost Both shelves lips down (flush) ....92 5 Day Delivery 800...........) 142 144 168 224 Price $250.16 model number SB260-U5 SB348-U5 SB360-U5 SB472-U5 Width x length 24 x 60 30 x 48 30 x 60 36 x 72 Weight (lbs.... loW ProFile .............17” Top shelf height ..................32 $262..92 oFFSet Handle.................................... • Floor lock ..................1........... Other caster options and top shelf heights available oPtionS • Wheel brakes on (2) swivel casters ...25” Overall height .............. $92....... for easy replacement and superior cart tracking 5” diameter urethane casters............. Ft............32 $230...... and 12 gauge caster mounts for long lasting use Tubular handle with smooth radius bend for comfort and uniform appearance Bolt-on casters.... 3/16” thick angle corners.........................) 140 140 164 216 Price $250....................... model number SB136-U5 SB148-U5 SB236-U5 SB248-U5 Width x length 18 x 36 18 x 48 24 x 36 24 x 48 Weight (lbs................24 $367... $18...... No Cost Top shelf lips up .............00 • • • • Top shelf lips down (flush) ...40 Vinyl matting on top shelf ...........................................35” 5” urethane casters priced below.. No Cost Locking drawer with 2 keys ...1..............00 • • • • Bottom shelf lips down (flush) ............... (2) swivel & (2) rigid....80 $196.88 / Sq...................... • Pneumatic casters with brakes ........... • Floor lock ................ $15.......200 lbs....model Sb • • • • • • • • • Capacity ............

) 154 156 180 234 Price $287...........1......44 $351... 12 gauge caster mounts..... (2) swivel & (2) rigid............... • Pneumatic casters with brakes ........ $92...........80 model number LB136-U5 LB148-U5 LB236-U5 LB248-U5 Width x length 18 x 36 18 x 48 24 x 36 24 x 48 Weight (lbs..........88/ Sq........ $5.......................Carts & Moving Devices HeaVy duty tranSPorter ........28 $267....... 3/16” thick angle corners.$5.....200 lbs.... 12” full width writing stand All welded construction Durable 12 gauge steel shelves............ 3/16” thick angle corners............model lb • • • • • • • • • Capacity .....200 lbs............................. (2) swivel & (2) rigid..................... $16.....................36 model number LB260-U5 LB348-U5 LB360-U5 LB472-U5 Width x length 24 x 60 30 x 48 30 x 60 36 x 72 Weight (lbs................. Ft... and tubular handle with smooth radius bend..40 model number SO136-U5 SO148-U5 SO236-U5 SO248-U5 Width x length 18 x 36 18 x 48 24 x 36 24 x 48 Weight (lbs...........20” Overall height ........52 $245......... • Floor lock ....00 $179.... All welded construction (except casters) Durable 12 gauge steel shelves............... Other caster options available............ No Cost Both shelves lips down (flush) ..............1....................... oPtionS • All swivel casters ........................................12 model number SO260-U5 SO348-U5 SO360-U5 SO472-U5 Width x length 24 x 60 30 x 48 30 x 60 36 x 72 Weight (lbs..............com ...............88 5 Day Delivery 120 800........... $15....30” 5” urethane casters priced below................ Also available in thermorubber and steel 1-1/2” shelf lips down (flush) on both shelves (see options) Clearance between shelves .52 $245..............20 $404...3760 www.............. No Cost Vinyl matting on top shelf ................. oPtionS • All swivel casters .............00$221........bastiansolutions......56 $15.. for easy replacement and superior cart tracking 5” diameter urethane casters...) 136 134 158 210 Price $233....... Also available in thermorubber and steel 1-1/2” shelf lips up for retention Clearance between shelves ....................76 $233.....................76 • • • Both shelves lips up for retention ...04 $319.12 order Picking . $28..................model So • • • • • • • • • • Capacity ... Ft...........00 • • • • Vinyl matting on top shelf ..56 • Wheel brakes on (2) swivel casters ... No Cost Locking drawer with 2 keys ... 12 gauge caster mounts for long lasting use Bolt-on casters.88/ Sq...... Other caster options available........ Top shelf lips down (flush) ..... $18..........12 $42........35” 5” urethane casters priced below......) 94 110 114 134 Price $221.. for easy replacement and superior cart tracking 5” diameter urethane casters............. $18...937..76 $191............ $42........52 $213...........12 • Floor lock .......28 $265... Tubular push handle . Bolt-on casters............... • Wheel brakes on (2) swivel casters ...........................48 $28...48 • Pneumatic casters with brakes ........25” Top shelf height .....28 $299...........) 76 92 94 114 Price $168............

...20”..00 • Vinyl matting on top shelf ......48 $42.model ab • • • • • • • • • • Capacity .....34” (38” with full pneumatic casters) 5” urethane casters priced below...........................16 Wood top 3/4” plywood .......... steel...34” (8” casters)...................... 12 gauge caster mounts for long lasting use Tubular handle with smooth radius bends for comfort and uniform appearance Bolt-on casters.......80 5 Day Delivery 800.....64 oPtionS • Pneumatic casters with brakes ......... 3/16” thick angle corners..............00 $414............1.......................96 $426..12 $374...... (2) swivel & (2) rigid..200 lbs... $16.....80 tool rePair ............40 6 Outlet power strip ...... durable 12 gauge steel shelves........................................................ and 12 gauge caster mounts for long lasting use Tubular handle with smooth radius bends Bolt-on casters................... Top shelf has front lip down for flush work area and 3 lips up 2 locking drawers (keyed alike) with 2 keys ....... Top shelf height ....... $104... Also available in 5” thermorubber................ and 8” full pnematic casters Bottom shelf lips up for retention Clearance under drawers ........model Sr • • • • • • • • • • • • Capacity .. $104....bastiansolutions....... $28. Also available in 6” full pneumatic and 5” polyurethane casters 1-1/2” shelf lips down (flush) on both shelves (see options).... inStrument cartS . Other caster options and top shelf heights available model number SR236-U5 SR248-U5 SR336-U5 SR348-U5 Width x length 24 x 36 24 X 48 30 X 36 30 X 48 Weight (lbs.. Other caster options available model number AB236-N8 AB242-N8 AB248-N8 Width x length 24 x 36 24 x 42 24 x 48 Weight (lbs. non-conductive vinyl matting All welded construction (except casters)..............00 • • • • Both shelves lips up for retention .. $92...................72 $532............................ Top and bottom shelves covered with shock absorbing.. 31” (6” casters)............937. $28... $16. $67...) 144 164 160 204 Price $468...16 Conductive drag chain ........................ • 6” Diameter casters with brakes ............ 3/16” thick angle corners.........................................20 Drawers keyed differently ..... $42..........com 121 ................12 $18.. • Floor lock .........................5” H x 16” W x 20” D All welded construction (except casters) Durable 12 gauge steel shelves................ $5............ for easy replacement and superior cart tracking 5” diameter urethane casters.............) 130 140 150 Price $329........56 • Floor lock .................. Clearance between shelves ............................. cushioned..28 $351...................................................00 oPtionS • Pneumatic casters with brakes ....... • Wheel brakes (2) on swivel casters .......... 30” (5” casters) 8” full pneumatic casters priced below.................................... No Cost Locking drawer .............. $28...... (2) swivel & (2) rigid 8” diameter full pneumatic casters..19” Top shelf height ..............56 • Wheel brakes on (2) swivel casters ..Carts & Moving Devices angular Frame.200 lbs........... non-slip..................56 $15..................1........3760 www....88 • • • • 6 Outlet power strip ......

Carts & Moving Devices
HigH dual Sided, louVered PanelS - model re
• • • • • • • • • • • Capacity - 1,200 lbs. Double sided louvered panels accept different size plastic bins All welded construction (except casters) Durable 12 gauge steel shelves and 12 gauge caster mounts for long lasting use Tubular handle for comfort and uniform appearance Bolt-on casters, (2) swivel & (2) rigid, for easy replacement and superior cart tracking 8” diameter full pneumatic casters. Also available in 5” thermorubber, steel, and urethane Size of louvered panels 50” H x 36” W Overall height - 64” (add 4” for full pneumatic casters) Louver tabs per panel (each side) - 12 wide x 24 high 8” full pneumatic casters priced below. Other caster options available

model number RE336-N8

Width x length 30 x 36

Weight (lbs.) 190

Price $453.60

oPtionS • Pneumatic casters with brakes .......................................... $28.56 • Wheel brakes on (2) swivel casters ................................. $15.12 • Floor locks .............................................................................. $42.00

PlaStic binS & PackageS • 7” H x 8-1/4” W x 11” D .............................................. $5.46 EA. • 5” H x 5-1/2” W x 11” D .............................................. $4.20 EA. • 3” H x 4-1/8” W x 7 1/2” D ......................................... $1.26 EA. • 48 Large ................................................................................. $262.08 • 96 Medium ............................................................................ $403.20 • 192 Small ............................................................................... $241.92 • 16 Large, 48 Medium, 48 Small ........................................ $349.44

2 draWer - model JH
• • • • • • • • • • • Capacity - 1,200 lbs. Lockable handle on 12 gauge door(s) (keyed alike) with 2 keys. All welded construction Durable 12 gauge steel shelves, 14 gauge sides, and 12 gauge caster mounts for long lasting use Tubular handle with smooth radius bends for comfort and uniform appearance Bolt-on casters, (2) swivel & (2) rigid, for easy replacement and superior cart tracking 5” diameter urethane casters. Also available in 5” thermorubber, steel, and 8” full pnematic casters Top shelf front lip down, 3 other lips up for retention Bottom shelf lips down (flush) Overall height - 40” (44” with full pneumatic casters) 5” urethane casters priced below. Other caster options available

oPtionS • Wheel brakes on two swivel casters .................................$15.12 • Pneumatic casters with brakes .......................................... $28.56 • Floor locks .............................................................................. $42.00

• • • •

Vinyl matting on top shelf ....................................... $5.88 Add middle shelf lip down .................................................. Wood top 3/4” plywood ..................................................... Eye level half shelf riser (12 gauge) ...................................

/ Sq. Ft. $50.40 $67.20 $67.20

model number JH236-U5 JH245-U5

Width x length 24 x 36 24 x 45

Weight (lbs.) 176 204

Price $352.80 $466.00

5 Day Delivery

122

800.937.3760

www.bastiansolutions.com

Carts & Moving Devices
one draWer, one door - model Je
• • • • • • • • • • • • • Capacity - 1,200 lbs. One (1) lockable drawer and one (1) locakable 12 gauge door 36” Cabinet with drawer size of 5” H x 16” W x 20” D 45” Cabinet with drawer size of 5” H x 20” W x 20” D All welded construction (except casters) Durable 12 gauge steel shelves, 14 gauge sides, and 12 gauge caster mounts for long lasting us Tubular handle with smooth radius bends for comfort and uniform appearance Bolt-on casters, (2) swivel & (2) rigid, for easy replacement and superior cart tracking 5” diameter urethane casters. Also available in 5” thermorubber, steel, and 8” full pnematic casters Top shelf front lip down, 3 other lips up for retention Bottom shelf lips down (flush) Overall height - 40” (44” with full pneumatic casters) 5” urethane casters priced below. Other caster options available

model number JE236-U5 JE245-U5

Width x length 24 x 36 24 x 45

Weight (lbs.) 180 214

Price $425.04 $478.80

oPtionS • Wheel brakes on (2) swivel casters ................................. $15.12 • Pneumatic casters with brakes .......................................... $28.56 • Floor locks .............................................................................. $42.00

• • • •

Vinyl matting on top shelf ........................................ $5.88/ Sq. Ft. Add middle shelf (behind door) ........................................ $50.40 Wood top 3/4” plywood ..................................................... $67.20 Eye level half shelf riser (12 gauge) ................................... $67.20

4 draWerS, one door - model JF
• • • • • • • • • • • • • • Capacity - 1,200 lbs. Lockable drawers (keyed alike) with 2 keys 36” Cabinet with drawer size of 5” H x 16” W x 20” D 45” Cabinet with drawer size of 5” H x 20” W x 20” D All welded construction (except casters) Durable 12 gauge steel shelves, 14 gauge sides, and 12 gauge caster mounts for long lasting use Lockable handle on 12 gauge door Tubular handle with smooth radius bends for comfort and uniform appearance Bolt-on casters, (2) swivel & (2) rigid, for easy replacement and superior cart tracking 5” diameter urethane casters. Also available in 5” thermorubber, steel, and 8” full pnematic casters Top shelf front lip down, 3 other lips up for retention Bottom shelf lips down (flush) Overall height - 40” (44” with full pneumatic casters) 5” urethane casters priced below. Other caster options available
model number JF236-U5 JF245-U5 Width x length 24 x 36 24 x 45 Weight (lbs.) 240 296 Price $708.96 $809.76

oPtionS • Wheel brakes on (2) swivel casters ................................. • Pneumatic casters with brakes .......................................... • 5” Diameter casters with brakes ...................................... • Floor locks .............................................................................. • Vinyl matting on top shelf ....................................... $5.88

$28.56 $25.20 $12.60 $42.00 / Sq. Ft.

• • • •

Add middle shelf (behind door) ......................................... Wood top 3/4” plywood ...................................................... Drawers keyed differently .................................................... Eye level half shelf riser (12 gauge) ....................................

$50.40 $67.20 $16.80 $67.20

5 Day Delivery

800.937.3760

www.bastiansolutions.com

123

Carts & Moving Devices
tool cart WitH Peg rack and 2 draWerS - model Sm
• • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • Capacity - 1,200 lbs. 2 locking drawers (keyed alike) with 2 keys - 5” H x 16” W x 20” D All welded construction (except casters) Durable 12 gauge steel shelves, 3/16” thick angle corners, 12 gauge caster mounts for long lasting use Top shelf has flush work area (front lip down, other lips up) 14 gauge peg rack (angle frame) - 24” x 36” Tubular handle with smooth radius bends Bolt-on casters, (2) swivel & (2) rigid, for easy replacement 5” diameter urethane casters. Also available in 5” thermorubber, steel, and 8” full pneumatic casters Bottom shelf lips up for retention (models SM & SN) Clearance under drawers or between shelves - 19” Top shelf height - 34” (add 4” for full pneumatic casters) Overall height - 58” (62” with full pneumatic casters) Other bins available 5” urethane casters priced below. Other caster options available

model number SM236-U5 SM336-U5

Width x length 24 x 36 30 x 36

Weight (lbs.) 172 188

Price $468.72 $502.32

oPtionS • Wheel brakes (2) on swivel casters ................................ • 5” Dia. Casters with brakes ................................................ • Floor lock ................................................................................ • Pneumatic casters with brakes ..........................................

$25.20 $12.60 $42.00 $25.20

• • • •

Vinyl matting on top shelf ....................................... $5.88 / Sq. Ft. 6 Outlet power strip .......................................................... $104.16 Wood top 3/4” plywood ..................................................... $67.20 Drawers keyed differently ................................................... $16.80

tool cart WitH louVered bin Panel, 32 binS and 2 draWerS - model Sn
• • • • • • • • • • • • • • • Capacity - 1,200 lbs. 2 locking drawers (keyed alike) with 2 keys - 5” H x 16” W x 20” D All welded construction (except casters) Durable 12 gauge steel shelves, 3/16” thick angle corners, 12 gauge caster mounts for long lasting use Top shelf has flush work area (front lip down, other lips up) Louvered panel (angle frame) - 19” x 36” that accepts different sizes of plastic bins Includes 32 yellow plastic bins (3” H x 4-1/8” W x 7-1/2” D) Tubular handle with smooth radius bends Bolt-on casters, (2) swivel & (2) rigid, for easy replacement 5” diameter urethane casters. Also available in 5” thermorubber, steel, and 8” full pnematic casters Bottom shelf lips up for retention Clearance under drawers or between shelves - 19” Top shelf height - 34” (add 4” for full pneumatic casters) Overall height - 58” (62” with full pneumatic casters) 5” urethane casters priced below. Other caster options available
model number SN236-U5 SN336-U5 Width x length 24 x 36 30 x 36 Weight (lbs.) 174 190 Price $509.04 $530.88

oPtionS • Wheel brake on (2) swivel casters .................................. • Pneumatic casters with brakes .......................................... • 5” diameter Casters with brakes ...................................... • Floor lock ................................................................................ •

$25.20 $25.20 $12.60 $42.00

• • • •

Vinyl matting on top shelf ....................................... $5.88 / Sq. Ft. 6 Outlet power strip .......................................................... $104.16 Wood top 3/4” plywood ..................................................... $67.20 Drawers keyed differently ................................................... $16.80

5 Day Delivery

124

800.937.3760

www.bastiansolutions.com

........................00 $688...................... $16......................... All welded construction (except casters) Durable 12 gauge steel shelves.....60 4-Shelf ..................................................... (2) swivel & (2) rigid 6” diameter phenolic casters......... 12 gauge caster mounts for long lasting use Tubular handle with smooth radius bends for comfort and uniform appearance Bolt-on casters.............. for easy replacement and superior cart tracking 6” diameter phenolic casters........... $42...cd CD148-P6 CD248-P6 CD260-P6 CD360-P6 Width x length 18 x 48 24 x 48 24 x 60 30 x 60 Weight (lbs...Carts & Moving Devices 4 & 5 SHelF Stock truckS .......24 oPtionS • Wheel brakes on (2) swivel casters ...............com 125 .12 • Pneumatic casters with brakes ............................................................................... 3/16” thick angle corners.... Also available in 6” rubber and urethane casters Clearance between shelves ...........08 $492........57” Other shelf spacing available 6” phenolic casters priced below.....................60 Writing stand ....................................................... $36............... $42..000 lbs..............00 3 SHelVeS ..80 • • • • All shelves lips down .......................bastiansolutions...... $75......00 • Ergonomic handle ............................00 $566.................................937..ce CE148-P6 CE248-P6 CE260-P6 CE360-P6 Weight (lbs..... $18..) 194 234 274 332 Price $438...48 • Pneumatic casters with brakes .............. Also available in 6” rubber and urethane casters 1-1/2” shelf lips up for retention (see options) Clearance between shelves .3................................................88 $430........................00 5-Shelf ... (2) swivel & (2) rigid................15” 1-1/2” shelf lips up for retention (see options) Overall height ..60” 6” phenolic casters priced below.... No Cost Fork lift pockets ............................3............20 • Floor lock .....00 $540..... $25...............00 $496................. 3/16” thick angle corners.... $75.96 5 Day Delivery 800... and 12 gauge caster mounts Tubular handle with smooth radius bends for comfort and uniform appearance Bolt-on casters.... Two sided entry for ease of access Two ends of flattened 13 gauge expanded mesh 4’ high All welded construction (except casters) Durable 12 gauge steel shelves...00 $600.....00 $618......... Other caster options available model number EC242-P6 EC248-P6 EC260-P6 EC360-P6 Width x length 24 x 42 24 x 48 24 x 60 30 x 60 Weight (lbs.....................000 lbs............3760 www.40 $404..........................................model cd • • • • • • • • • • Capacity ..............00 • All shelves lips down ....15” Overall height ........... $25.........) 232 282 330 390 Price $502...................) 194 210 240 286 Price $386................. Other caster options available oPtionS • Wheel brakes on (2) swivel casters ............................... No Cost • Fork lift pockets .................... $15.............20 • Floor lock .............................................model ec • • • • • • • • • • • • • Capacity ......................................................................................................................................

..... 3/16” thick angle corners............................. $38................................................................................................................................................................... 12 gauge caster mounts for long lasting use Tubular handle with smooth radius bend for comfort and uniform appearance Bolt-on casters........................................................................... (2) swivel & (2) rigid..... Two sided entry for ease of access Two ends of flattened 13 gauge expanded mesh 4’ high All welded construction (except casters) Durable 12 gauge steel shelves........................................... no cost Fork lift pockets .......57” Other shelf spacing available 6” urethane casters priced below......................................................................................................................80 Pneumatic casters with brakes .... Full access on one side Three sides of flattened 13 gauge expanded mesh 4’ high All welded construction (except casters) Durable 12 gauge steel shelves............................................................................................... Floor lock ..........................................................................................) 284 302 342 386 Price $435.................................................................................................... Also available in 6” rubber and phenolic casters Clearance between shelves ...... for easy replacement and superior cart trackin 6” Diameter urethane casters..................3................................ $16.............................................. (2) swivel & (2) rigid.............92 3 Sided meSH WitH 2 SHelVeS ..........................................................................20 Floor lock ...80 Wheel brakes on (2) swivel casters .000 lbs.....................22” 1-1/2” Shelf lips up for retention (see options) Overall height ..........................model Zb • • • • • use • • • • • • • • oPtionS Tubular handle with smooth radius bends for comfort and uniform appearance Bolt-on casters...............model Fb • • • • • • • • • • • • • Capacity . $25...... for easy replacement and superior cart tracking 6” diameter phenolic casters....................................................................... 3/16” thick angle corners................ $16........................................................................................................44 $535..........................................bastiansolutions.....64 Three sides of flattened 13 gauge expanded mesh 5’ high ...............64 Ergonomic handle ............ model number FB242-P6 FB248-P6 FB260-P6 FB360-P6 Width x length 24 x 42 24 x 48 24 x 60 30 x 60 Weight (lbs....80 All shelves lips down (flush) .................................12 $451.........................com .................................................. Also available in 6” rubber and urethane casters Clearance between shelves .....................................................15” 1-1/2” shelf lips up for retention (see options) Overall height ...56 5 Day Delivery 126 800....3...............57” Other shelf spacing available 6” phenolic casters priced below............................000 lbs.............................................................. $70....... $38.......... Other caster options available oPtionS • • • • $16...80 • • • • • Wheel brakes on (2) swivel casters ...... 12 gauge caster mounts for long lasting • $16...........................Carts & Moving Devices 3 Sided Solid truck WitH 2 SHelVeS .............3760 www.................... Other caster options available Capacity ............92 $475..........................................................................937..... $126......00 Ergonomic handle ...............................

.................................44 $463............................................................................80 • All sides flattened 13 gauge expanded mesh 5’ high ........................ • Full access on one side • 1” x 3/16” steel slats on 6” centers.......................................... for easy replacement and superior cart tracking • 6” Diameter urethane casters.......20 • Floor lock ..937.......... Also available in 6” rubber and phenolic casters • Clearance between shelves .........) 156 178 202 204 232 294 Price $357........000 lbs............................... 2 swivel & 2 rigid....... Other caster options available oPtionS • Wheel brakes on (2) swivel casters ......................... (2) swivel & (2) rigid......................................................................................................................... no cost 5 Day Delivery 800... Other caster options available • oPtionS • Wheel brakes on two swivel casters ..................84 $388.........................................................................3...............72 3 Sided Slat truck WitH 2 SHelVeS ..............com 127 .................... $16.............. 3/16” thick angle corners...........64 • Ergonomic handle ..................... $70.....................................................................................................96 $433...............................model Va • • • • • use Capacity .................................................... $16................. $16.............................................................. 12 gauge caster mounts for long lasting use • Tubular handle with smooth radius bends for comfort and uniform appearance • Bolt-on casters...........................................3760 www..................................................................................................................72 meSH Security truck WitH 1 SHelF ................. $168.......80 • Pneumatic casters with brakes .....................08 $414........... $16... 12 gauge caster mounts for long lasting • • Tubular handle with smooth radius bends for comfort and uniform appearance • Bolt-on casters.Carts & Moving Devices model number ZB236-U6 ZB248-U6 ZB260-U6 ZB348-U6 ZB360-U6 ZB472-U6 Width x length 24 x 36 24 x 48 24 x 60 30 x 48 30 x 60 36 x 72 Weight (lbs............................................................................................................................. $25...................................................................80 • Pneumatic casters with brakes ...........................bastiansolutions......model Hb • Capacity ................... for easy replacement and superior cart tracking • 6” Diameter urethane casters..............................000 lbs...................... $38.................... Also available in 6” rubber and phenolic casters • Shelf lips down (flush) • Clearance between shelves . $25...........................................................................................56 model number HB236-U6 HB248-U6 HB260-U6 HB348-U6 HB360-U6 HB472-U6 Width x length 24 x 36 24 x 48 24 x 60 30 x 48 30 x 60 36 x 72 Weight (lbs...............................96 $433..68 $552.......... 4’ high and top cover 2 Flattened 13 gauge expanded mesh doors on one side with lockable hasp (padlock not included) All welded construction (except casters) Durable 12 gauge steel shelves........44 $463...................................................................................................................................................................................2.................... $38.................... no cost • Fork lift pockets ...........08 $414............................................................... Four sides of flattened 13 gauge expanded mesh...... 3/16” thick angle corners......84 $388........22” • 1-1/2” Shelf lips up for retention • Overall height ....46” • Overall height ...........57” 6” urethane casters priced below........................................................................................................................................64 • Ergonomic handle ............. 4’ high on 3 sides • All welded construction (except casters) • Durable 12 gauge steel shelves..............................................................................................................................................80 • All shelves lips down (flush) ............................................................................68 $552.................................................................) 162 186 212 214 242 306 Price $357............20 • Floor lock ....................................................................................................................57” • Other shelf spacing available 6” urethane casters priced below...........00 • Shelf lips up .............

.... $70..................................... 12 gauge caster mounts for long lasting use Tubular handle with smooth radius bend for comfort and uniform appearance Bolt-on casters... $25..........1....................20 box on WHeelS .................................... 3/16” thick angle corners. Also available in 5” thermorubber................................................com ..................... steel..76 Width x length 18 x 36 24 x 36 24 x 48 30 x 48 30 x 60 oPtionS • • • • Wheel brakes on (2) swivel casters Pneumatic casters with brakes Floor lock $38..........48 $287....... $16.......80 • 12” High box (40” OAH) .. • 4 Sides are 20” high 12 gauge steel • All welded construction (except casters) • (1) 12 Gauge steel shelf..... $70........................56 model number VA248-U6 VA260-U6 VA348-U6 VA360-U6 VA472-U6 Width x length 24 x 48 24 x 60 30 x 48 30 x 60 36 x 72 Weight (lbs.................... no cost • Solid hinged top lid with lockable clasp ......see options 5” urethane casters priced below.... $12...................................... (2) swivel & (2) rigid 5” Diameter urethane casters...............28 $320............60 $25.........................64 Shelf lips down (flush) no cost $12......................model bl • Capacity ....84 $735.....................80 5 Day Delivery 128 800.. Other caster options available • • • • • oPtionS • Wheel brakes on (2) swivel casters ................................................................. Sides are 20” high 12 gauge steel Top shelf (deck of box) is 20” high All welded construction (except casters) (2) 12 Gauge steel shelves.............. and 8” full pnematic casters 1-1/2” Shelf lips up for retention (see options) Clearance between shelves ...56 Other caster options • Handles on both sides .... Ft.........76 $863......bastiansolutions....92 $270.......................... and 8” full pnematic casters Overall height ...............................) 152 180 216 238 276 Price $241................ 3/16” thick angle corners..............40” (44” with full pneumatic casters) 5” urethane casters • Fork lift pockets ............................... 2 swivel & 2 rigid.................200 lbs.27” (30” with full pneumatic casters) ..84 $732..........88 $347. 4 SideS .. Also available in 5” thermorubber...........................80 / Sq............1.... steel.model bd • • • • • • • • • • • • priced below................................ Weight (lbs....... $16................200 lbs............ available model number BD136-U5 BD236-U5 BD248-U5 BD348-U5 BD360-U5 Capacity .......20 • Ergonomic handle .) 254 286 280 318 398 Price $693.937.....................Carts & Moving Devices • Fork lift pockets .........................48 $767....... for easy replacement and superior cart tracking 5” Diameter urethane casters.......12” Overall height (see options) ...............................................................3760 www...................................52 Solid box truck..... 12 gauge caster mounts for long lasting use Tubular handle with smooth radius bends for comfort and uniform appearance Bolt-on casters......................................... $16....................................................60 • Pneumatic casters with brakes ......

com 129 . The springs then return the ladder to the raised position once the person exits the step.) 156 168 230 270 230 270 Price SPA-HD-2252 SPA-HD-2852 SPS-HD-2252 SPS-HD-2852 SPS-HF-2252 SPS-HF-2852 $687.4” x 2” mold-on rubber.000 Weight (lbs.) 13-1/2 13-1/2 13-1/2 13-1/2 27 27 top Shelf Height (in. The convenient spring loaded step ladder holds the cart securely in place while a person is standing on the ladder.000 1.35 Hi-duty and HigH-Frame These oversized units are perfect for large jobs.000 1.20 $469.937. boxes. and supplies.bastiansolutions.000 1.60 $582. • • • All shelves have 2” lip to prevent items form falling off.000 1.000 1.000 Weight (lbs.60 $601. (2) swivel with wheel brakes Steel units powder coated blue as are the ladders of the aluminum units model number SPA2-2236 SPA2-2840 SPA2-2848 SPA3-2236 SPA3-2840 SPA3-2848 SPS2-2236 SPS2-2840 SPS2-2848 SPS3-2236 SPS3-2840 SPS3-2848 number of Shelves 2 2 2 3 3 3 2 2 2 3 3 3 type of construction Aluminum Aluminum Aluminum Aluminum Aluminum Aluminum Steel Steel Steel Steel Steel Steel bottom Shelf (W x l) 22 x 36 28 x 40 28 x 48 22 x 36 28 x 40 28 x 48 22 x 36 28 x 40 28 x 48 22 x 36 28 x 40 28 x 48 Shelf clearance (in.000 1.80 $531.) 660 660 660 1.000 1.75 $957.85 $736.95 800. These units feature a spring loaded ladder for sure.) 330 330 500 500 500 500 total capacity (lbs.30 $516. Designed to minimize any risk of injuries that can occur when attempting to stock or unstock shelves from a ladder while pushing a cart.05 $838.000 1.3760 www.75 $635.25 $359.000 1.) 35 35 35 35 35 35 35 35 35 35 35 35 capacity per Shelf (lbs. Casters .30 $422. Hi-duty and high frame stockpicker carts are ideal for over-sized cartons.35 $445.) 330 330 330 330 330 330 550 550 550 550 550 550 total capacity (lbs.) 500 500 1. (2) rigid.) 98 135 147 125 150 180 200 210 225 260 275 298 Price $454. (2) swivel with wheel brakes Durable steel or aluminum construction Steel units and ladders are powder coated with a blue finish model number unit type Hi-Duty Hi-Duty Hi-Duty Hi-Duty Hi-Frame Hi-Frame type of construction Aluminum Aluminum Steel Steel Steel Steel bottom Shelf (W x l) 22 x 52 28 x 52 22 x 52 28 x 52 22 x 52 28 x 52 Shelf clearance (in.65 $499.Carts & Moving Devices Stockpicker Carts medium duty Combine the mobility of a cart with the versatility of a step ladder with these stock picker carts.65 $668.) 35 35 35 35 63 63 capacity per Shelf (lbs. parts.4” x 2” moldon rubber.000 1.10 $384. Steps have non-skid footing with a self-cleaning surface. safe climbing and loading. The crutch tip ladder prevents the cart from moving while stocking.10 $406.) 27 27 27 13-1/2 13-1/2 13-1/2 27 27 27 13-1/2 13-1/2 13-1/2 top Shelf Height (in. (2) rigid.000 1. • • • • Each unit features 3 shelves Casters .

3760 www. and makes relocation of shelves quick and simple.90 $378.10 $350. • • • Casters . Polyurethane casters are also available.50 $363. Donut bumpers included. posts. A standard unit consists of four shelves.) 18 x 36 18 x 48 18 x 60 21 x 36 21 x 48 21 x 60 24 x 36 24 x 48 24 x 60 Shelf Quantity Finish Weight (lbs.HeaVy duty cartS These heavy duty.60 $324.70 $395.30 $299.10 24 Hour delivery 130 800.5” swivel with resilient or polyurethane tread.) 41 44 49 53 55 65 51 55 63 68 71 71 Price 2SP Super Erecta Brite Super Erecta Brite Super Erecta Brite Super Erecta Brite Super Erecta Brite Super Erecta Brite Super Erecta Brite Super Erecta Brite Super Erecta Brite Super Erecta Brite Super Erecta Brite Super Erecta Brite $262. The modular shelf construction makes units easy to assemble with positive placement.80 $321.50 $279.60 $320.) Price N336BC N356BC N366BC N436BC N456BC N466BC N536BC N556BC N566BC 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 Nickel Chrome Nickel Chrome Nickel Chrome Nickel Chrome Nickel Chrome Nickel Chrome Nickel Chrome Nickel Chrome Nickel Chrome 60 72 88 69 81 98 76 92 112 $297. highly maneuverable carts can handle and distribute a large volume of material safely and efficiently.) 18 x 36 18 x 42 24 x 36 24 x 42 24 x 48 24 x 60 18 x 36 18 x 42 24 x 36 24 x 42 24 x 48 24 x 60 Shelf Quantity 2 2 2 2 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 Finish Weight (lbs.Carts & Moving Devices Wire Carts mobile Wire truckS The open wire shelf design minimizes dust and increases air circulation and visibility. donut bumbers.50 $332.70 $357. plastic split sleeves.937. The wire shelves have a bright.30 $296.com . model number 2SPN33DBR 2SPN34DBR 2SPN53DBR 2SPN54DBR 2SPN55DBR 2SPN56DBR 3SPN33DBR 3SPN34DBR 3SPN53DBR 3SPN54DBR 3SPN55DBR 3SPN56DBR dimensions (W x l) (in.30 $329.80 $296.50 $276. Carts also available in chrome and stainless steel.70 $422. • • • • • Chrome shelves 63” chrome-plated posts 69” overall height (2) swivel casters resilient rubber casters (2) brake casters resilient rubber casters model number Shelf dimensions (W x l) (in.35 $387. 39” height (floor to handle) Can customize cart for many applications.10 SP SerieS .bastiansolutions. and 5” rubber casters.35 $350. sanitary and modern appearance. with an open construction that minimizes dust accumulation and maximizes visibility and air circulation.50 $340.

which cuts the number of trips required for collection and delivery.) 34 x 24 37 x 25-1/2 39-1/2 x 27-1/2 39-1/2 x 29-1/2 43 x 31-1/2 43 x 31-3/4 45-1/2 x 33-1/2 51 x 35-1/2 overall Height (in. and custom colors available and can be organized by department in your facility Available in recycled (re-ground) material top Seller model capacity (cu.68 $368.) 21 24 25 28 28 30 30 30 2-4 Week Delivery Price 39-6 39-8 39-10 39-12 39-14 39-16 39-18 39-20 $183.Carts & Moving Devices Poly Trucks (comPare WitH rubbermaid©!) Poly tilt truckS Polyurethane tilt trucks are excellent in food handling and pharmaceutical industries.24 $200.88 800.) 38 38 43 43 48-1/2 48-1/2 inside depth (in.44 $226.42 $387. full-perimeter base for hauling full loads of almost anything. retail.) 32 32 37 37 41-1/2 41-1/2 Price P-303S P-303H P-305S P-305H P-307S P-307H $429. This model features metal reinforcing braces set near the upper rim and at the mid-section to strengthen key load bearing areas and handle even heavier payloads.bastiansolutions.) 28 27 39 28 32 32 Price 54P-16R 54P-18R 54P-26R 50P-12R 50P-14R 50P-16R $269. yards) 3/5 3/5 1-1/10 1-1/10 1-1/2 1-1/2 capacity (lbs.) 42-1/2 x 28-1/2 53-1/2 x 28-1/2 53-1/2 x 28-1/2 35-1/2 x 24-1/2 39-1/2 x 28-1/2 43-1/2 x 28-1/2 overall Height (in.79 Poly recycle truckS These durable polyurethane recycling trucks speed material collection and promote efficiency in overthe-road transport. powder coated steel under-frame around entire perimeter Four industrial duty casters Nest when empty for low-cost delivery. • • • • • Sturdy. per trip in a standard 53 foot trailer Rotationally molded in a single unit of weatherproof polyethylene Heavy-duty base combined with 5/8” painted marine plywood Six industrial strength swivel casters Optional locks. Models available with a choice of caster configurations and colors. casters.000 lbs.com 131 . 21 cubic feet of capacity 17.36 $579.06 $484.28 $299.25 $243.46 $609.) 25 28-1/2 29 32 32 34 34 34 depth (in. • • • • • • • Payloads up to 400 lbs. It measures a precise 28-1/2” and can be rolled straight onto and straight off of the trailers without being turned around. sunlight. snow.51 $274. The recycling cart also fits neatly three across in standard trailers to maximize space efficiency during over the road transportation.28 $328.55 $633. punishing operation and is virtually immune to rain.33 $763. schools.937.) 750 1250 1000 2000 1250 2000 outside dimensions (in. They nest inside of each other for stackable.) 34-1/2 33-1/2 45 34-1/2 38-1/2 38-1/2 inside depth (in.91 $216. and cleaning chemicals.56 Poly neSting truckS These nesting trucks feature a durable plastic body with a safety rolled top rim in a wide range of capacities set on a galvanized steel pan. spacesaving storage Optional lids. Their rotationally molded polyethylene construction withstands non-stop. and roll easily with ergonomically engineered designs. feet) 7 10 12 15 17 20 22 24 capacity (bushels) 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 outside dimensions (in. These trucks handle up to 2.85 $265. They are also excellent for trash handling by hospitals. colors and paper feed dividers for grade separation Lockable. model capacity (cu. feet) 18-1/2 22-1/2 33 13 19 21 capacity (bushels) 16 18 27 11 16 18 outside dimensions (in. and general industries. space-efficient storage and over the road transport. sliding hinged lid available model capacity (cu.3760 www.) 54 x 26 54 x 26 70 x 32 70 x 32 79-1/2 x 40-1/2 79-1/2 x 40-1/2 overall Height (in.66 $269.59 $243.000 lbs.

dividers. lift-out baskets.) 71 91 111 78 94 110 69 89 109 78 94 110 Price $590.) 19 x 21 x 1 1/2 16 x 21 x 1 1/2 39 x 21 x 1 1/2 36 x 21 x 1 1/2 capacity (lbs. The optional full shelf extension offers increased storage capacity compared to standard shelving and carts.40 $572. bins.) 51 51 72 72 additional SHelVeS model number SXSWQ-KD SXSWAR-KD SXDWQ-KD SXDWAR-KD dimensions (W x d x l) (in. The Starsys™ is a system of polymer components that can be configured as tall or short units.60 $651.038.80 $669. can and tray racks.70 $1. base and (4) swivel casters (2 with brake) Shelf (W x d) 23 x 27 23 x 27 43 x 27 43 x 27 Shelf Quantity 2 2 2 2 Weight (lbs.20 24 Hour delivery 132 800.70 $812.50 $82.00 $669.80 $147. $82.) 150 60 300 125 Style Stationary Full Extention Stationary Full Extention Weight (lbs.Carts & Moving Devices Polymer truckS WitH SHelVeS metromax Q™ • Provides quick adjustment through the patented Corner Lock release • No tools or disassembly required for shelf adjustment. Glides snap into posts without tools 5” rubber casters Features stationary top and bottom shelves with 4 posts.) 36 x 18 48 x 18 60 x 18 36 x 24 48 x 24 60 x 24 Weight (lbs. which is a compound that inhibits stains and odor causing bacterial growth.60 $102.80 overall Height (in.20 $728. double or triple widths.20 $994. mobile or stationary.80 $121. enclosure panels. solid and open-grid mats.) 79 79 79 79 79 79 69 69 69 69 69 69 Shelf (W x d) (in. Shelf mats carry a lifetime warranty • Posts are epoxy coated and carry a 15 year warranty • Accessories to customize the application include ledges.bastiansolutions.90 $652.00 $467.40 $826. Some benefits of the StarSys™ system are: • • • Full extension shelf levels are height adjustable in 1” increments.00 additional SHelVeS model number 1836GX2 1848GX2 1860GX2 2436GX2 2448GX2 2460GX2 dimensions (W x d) (in.20 $116.60 $116.00 StarSyS™ truckS The Starsys™ system is a productivity focused.937.60 $848.60 $747.) 10 13 20 22 Price $61.60 $87.) 175 187 66 118 Price $725.90 $51. Multiple piece shelf design provides maximum storage flexibility • Shelf mats and support beams can be removed in seconds to convert a shelf into an open frame • Shelf mats made of Microban®.) 12 16 20 15 19 23 Price ea. high density transport and storage system that adapts to change and provides safe and comfortable access to the material it stores. label holders and covers. and in single. crevice-free polymer surfaces clean easily overall Height (in.com .40 $729.) 36 x 18 48 x 18 60 x 18 36 x 24 48 x 24 60 x 24 36 x 18 48 x 18 60 x 18 36 x 24 48 x 24 60 x 24 Weight (lbs. and casters • Smooth.3760 www.

Carts & Moving Devices Bulk Linen Trucks 72P The 72P Series bulk linen truck is a dependable workhorse for commercial laundries and delivery companies serving hotels. Its cutaway design speeds loading and unloading. model capacity (cu.3760 www. Price 72P 90P 90PL 90PSL 95PSL 100P $441 $561 $825 $899 $1. resorts. resorts and other properties where a premium is placed on visual appeal. lockable doors with the versatility of a round tripper suitable for both clean linen delivery and for soiled linen pick up and return. dry and secure. The 90PL comes with two permanent horizontal shelves. Solid. model 32 GM-6 32 GM-10 32 GM-14 32 GM-18 32 GM-24 capacity (bushels) 6 10 14 18 24 dimensions (in) (l x W x d) 30 x 20 x 20-1/2 36 x 24 x 25 40 x 28 x 27-1/2 42 x 30 x 30 54 x 34 x 30 overall Height (in.44 800. closed roof keeps linens clean. The 90P bulk linen truck features a novel round trip design that enables commercial laundries and laundry service companies to use the same cart for delivering finished. nursing homes.28 $188.) 30 38 47 51 70 2-4 Week Delivery Price $135. set in a weatherproof. The punctureproof vinyl liner attaches to the rugged frame with a breakthrough Velcro strap.20 $207. hospitals. attractive clean linen delivery truck designed for upscale hotels. and longevity. Fabric carts feature durable canvas liners set in wire frames atop rugged. hotels. and the optional closure secures goods during transport and storage. all-plastic cart that can’t harbor bacteria and wipes clean. spas and other lodging and institutional facilities. health clubs.) 27 31-1/2 34 36-1/2 37-1/2 Weight (lbs. lockable doors with the versatility of a round tripper suitable for both clean linen delivery and for soiled linen pick up and return. 95PSl The 95PSL delivers payloads of up to 900 lbs. Handles loads up to 700 lbs. 90Pl 90P The 90PL is a high-capacity. 90PSl This truck features a breakthrough design that combines the double protection of a solid rooftop and durable.09 $150. restaurants and other institutions. The 90P comes with a choice of wire or plastic horizontal shelves that after delivery. folded goods and for picking up and returning soiled linens. It combines the double protection of a solid rooftop and durable. low profile transport or space-saving storage. safely and smoothly with 3 shelves for the ultimate in volume and organization. with two shelves. structural integrity and load bearing capacity of the cart versus other carts on comparable footprints. This cart can also come with an innovative wire frame and removable liner that allows it to be knocked down for easy. Bowing out at the top rim under extreme loads is virtually impossible.54 $267.350 $759 Fabric Carts Fabric carts are often used in return centers for storage. More than a dozen different styles and sizes are available in a range of colors. durability. nursing homes. high carbon steel bases and industrial strength casters. feet) 48 38 38 38 49 38 capacity (lbs) 38 32 32 32 32 32 outside dimensions (in) 48 x 28-1/2 48 x 28-1/2 48 x 28-1/2 48 x 28-1/2 63-3/4 x 58 48 x 28-1/2 overall Height (in) 66-1/2 62 62 62 72 62 inside depth (in) 59 54 54 54 30-3/4 54 100P The 100P bulk linen truck features a breakthrough internal rib design and steel-top ring that nearly doubles the strength. It’s easily removed and replaced by one person and enables a soiled liner to be replaced without replacing the entire cart. one person can easily slide into a vertical position for use as a bulk laundry cart.bastiansolutions.937.com 133 . each molded in a single piece of smooth polyethylene. resorts. Developed for commercial laundry services.

24-volt industrial battery or battery pack. Drive tire can be removed with one nut Model number PTE45-2748-40 WPT-40-24 WPT-60-24 Capacity (lbs. Travel speed remains constant relative to throttle position.5” x 5” polyurethane. Automatic resetting circuit breaker and fused circuit protection complete the 24V electrical system • Brakes .) 4000 4000 6000 Battery Volts 24 24 24 Dimension (in) a 28 34 34 B 69 75 75 C 75 82 82 Weight (lbs. Transmission Mount: Vertical thrust and horizontal tapered load bearings. Designed to allow operation with either hand. and solenoid actuated.Lift cylinder is hard chrome.Travel lift/lower functions are located in the ergonomic operator handle. No directional contactors. All trucks are fully seam welded. The PTE-45 pallet truck features a tight turning radius and compact design to maneuver in confined areas. and Reversing Switch • Battery . regardless of load on truck.937.Drive: 10.15” x 4. pressure compensated lowering valves) is mounted high in the power compartment for ease service • Electrical . AH capacity minimum/maximum 135/255.Removal of one-piece power head cover exposes major components for inspection and maintenance. Wrap around guard. Battery compartment dimensions are 29.86 mph loaded • Weight . Connector is SB-175 Gray • Speed .5” of vertical or 28.7” from horizontal handle position • Controls . Thumb Control. The PTE-45’s design is proven under harsh industrial conditions. Key Switch.Drum brake is mounted on motor armature shaft. which means low maintenance. Time proven basic design allows for long life and ease of maintenance • Bearings . Load Wheels: Sealed ball bearings.com 103 .919 $9. HD Fork Linkage: Self lubricated heat treated bushing. Minimum battery weight 480 lbs. which multiplies the braking power through the double reduction transmission. and horn are standard • Transmission .bastiansolutions. OptiOns • Traction tire • Load backrest • Spring loaded stability casters • (2)12V 135AH maintenance free battery pack with built-in 110VAC charger • (4)6V 180AH maintenance free battery pack with built-in 110 VAC charger (1)24V 255AH industrial battery Features • Standard Equipment .75” x 29” tall. Pump unit (including motor. Its powered movement promotes user productivity when moving heavy loads all day and is simple to operate by all personnel.Horizontally mounted drive motor is direct mounted to gear housing.66 mph empty. gear pump.Curtis SepEx™ transistor travel control variable from 0 mph to 3. reversing switch.500 lbs Capacity) The PTE-45 is a quality powered pallet truck for almost every pallet moving application.3760 www. Hour Meter BDI Combo Gauge. no lubrication needed • Accessibility .140 8 Week Delivery 800.Curtis Transistor Travel Controller. Horn.Pallet Trucks 24-Volt Electric Power Pallet Truck (4. Oil bathed double reduction helical end spur gear drive train transfers power to axle. Master contactor operates with main on/off switch.25” x 8. Brake is applied when control arm is within 12.855 lbs less battery • Tires . Load: 3.150 $8. thumb control.Curtis SepEx™ transistor travel controller and separately excited Class H drive motor provide high torque throughout entire drive range.) 1085 1833 1833 price $4.75” polyurethane • Hydraulics .Drive Wheel: Tapered roller bearings sealed in oil bath. Variable from 0 mph to 2.

465 $4. power lift trucks are the economical choice for a wide variety of applications such as loading and unloading trailers at street level.263 $4.Seam welded mast with heavy duty mast rollers provide smooth. even lift.194 $3. 24” Load Centers ** Please Call Bastian for pricing 14 Week Delivery 104 800.500 lbs. industrial 12 volt rubber-clad battery with overload resistant charger offers 120 to 150 AH power.000 to 2. The IBH is simple to operate by all personnel and its design is proven under industrial conditions.937.369 $3.Built-in relief valve protects against overload conditions Lowering control valve provides variable lowering speeds for precise load position speCiFiCatiOns • Battery & Charger: Long-lasting. which means low maintenance.087 $4.279 $3.5 77 89 101 77 89 101 69 75 81 87 93 69 75 81 87 93 66 71 78 83 90 C 34 34 34 50 50 50 50 50 50 38 38 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 D 26 26 26 42 42 42 42 42 42 30 30 42 42 42 42 42 42 42 42 42 42 42 42 42 e 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 10 10 10 10 10 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 F 24 24 24 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 G 36 36 36 36 36 36 36 36 36 36 36 36 36 36 36 36 36 36 36 36 36 36 36 36 H 55 55 55 55 55 55 55 55 55 55 55 55 55 55 55 55 55 55 55 55 55 55 55 55 Weight (lbs) price adjustable Fork & non-telescopic.com . depending on model Charger plugs into standard 110 volt electrical outlet • Caster Wheels: 4” diameter x 2” wide steel • Load Wheels: 4” diameter x 2-1/2” wide steel • Gradeability: Please call Bastian for information • Recharge Time: Approximately 8 hours • Running Time: Intermittently for one 8 hour shift Model number Capacity (lbs.002 $4. All trucks (excluding XT models) have double chain lifts supplying added lifting stability and safety for heavier loads • Brakes . Features • 1. capacity • Structure . or stacking in narrow aisles or confined areas. All trucks are fully seam welded.625 $3.917 $4.289 $4. 24” Load Center 1524-A5 1524-A6 1524-A7 2024-A5 2024-A6 2024-A7 2524-A5 2524-A6 2524-A7 1524-T8 1524-T9 1524-T10 1524-T11 1524-T12 2024-T8 2024-T9 2024-T10 2024-T11 2024-T12 2524-T8 2524-T9 2524-T10 2524-T11 2524-T12 1500 1500 1500 2000 2000 2000 2500 2500 2500 1500 1500 1500 1500 1500 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2500 2500 2500 2500 2500 760 800 830 975 1015 1055 985 1025 1065 940 970 1030 1050 1080 1285 1305 1365 1385 1405 1315 1335 1395 1415 1435 $3.) Dimension (in) a 57 69 81 60 72 84 60 72 84 96 108 120 132 144 96 108 120 132 144 96 108 120 132 144 B 71. used as a portable lift table or leveler.374 $4.In Between Handling Lift Trucks These manual drive.545 $3.5 95.Pallet Trucks IBH .550 * * * * * telescopic Mast & adjustable Forks.Dual self-adjusting floor locks insure secure grip • Hydraulic System .bastiansolutions.178 $4. Rigid box straddles furnish lateral stability and strength.3760 www.5 83.204 $4.710 * * * $3.

632 Adjustable Fork & Telescopic Mast.Two industrial 12 volt rubber clad batteries. Units with adjustable straddles: unloaded 8% & loaded 5%.Fully fuse protected. All trucks are fully seam welded.167 $8.Direct drive. These trucks are simple to operate by all personnel.10” x 4” rubber press-on • Load Wheels .3760 www. smooth stopping and better load control up and down ramps.444 $7. heavy-duty transmission that operates at a low gear ratio for plenty of power and longer life for transmission. mast.Activated by push-button on the steering arm. “Belly-button” safety switch in the steering handle reverses truck direction if an operator is backed into a confined area.000 2.000 96 108 120 132 144 72 78 84 90 96 38/50 38/50 50 50 50 30/42 30/42 42 42 42 10 10 10 10 10 24 24 24 24 24 36 36 36 36 36 60 60 60 60 60 68 68 68 68 68 1375 1400 1425 1455 1475 $8. Long-life industrial batteries are selected for power requirements of each model. All cables and wires are coded for easy servicing.Pallet Trucks Power Drive Straddle Trucks These trucks are a less costly alternative to a riding fork lift truck. and straddles form an integrally welded structure built to withstand industrial use.000 2.) price rigid Fork & non-telescopic. and engages the disc brake to stop the truck. Electrical System . Gradeability . Includes 12 volt. modular design makes maintenance simple and fast. increasing the productivity of your staff. All units are in compliance with OSHA.Two-way disc brake produces stopping power when the steering arm is all the way up or all the way down.000 2.bastiansolutions. The operator has complete control from light breaking to a full stop. They feature a tight turning radius and their compact design allows access to narrow aisles and confined areas.Units with rigid forks: unloaded 10% & loaded 5%. Dynamic Brake . 15 amp charger with timer. Plugs into 110 volt outlet • Drive Wheels .000 57 69 81 75 87 99 34/50 34/50 34/50 26/42 26/42 26/42 6 6 6 24 24 24 36 36 36 60 60 60 68 68 68 1275 1300 1325 $7. at both 18” and 24” load centers • Lift Range .258 $8. deactivates the travel power. Drive Motor . Built-in relief valve protects entire system from overload conditions.000 2. which means less maintenance. 24” Load Center PDI 2024-T8 PDI 2024-T9 PDI 2024-T10 PDI 2024-T11 PDI 2024-T12 2.937. Features • • Structure . Dual lift chains provide excellent load carriage control and safety.347 Adjustable Fork & Non-Telescopic. 150 AH of power provides 24 volt power source. • • • • • • pDi .000 60 72 75 87 25 25 17 17 15 15 26 26 30 30 57 57 59 59 1175 1200 $7.2.000 2.) Dimension (in) a B C D e F G H i Weight (lbs. a battery disconnect handle is accessible to the operator. 24” Load Center PDI 2024-A5 PDI 2024-A6 PDI 2024-A7 2.250 $7.5’ to 12’ • Power System . horn to alert others of the truck’s presence. Spring Balanced Steering Arm allows operator to precisely control the lowering speed. Disc Brake . As a safety measure.535 $7. Power drive straddle trucks employ power drive and power lift for quick movement of pallet loads.451 14 Week Delivery 800.000 lbs.24 volt with built-in fully automatic charger • Battery & Charger .355 $8. Easy access.070 $8.4” x 2-3/4” polyurethane Model number Capacity (lbs.Chassis.com 105 . Their rugged design is proven under harsh industrial conditions.000 2.interMeDiate Duty **Sold with Pallet Positioner (Page 8) teCHniCaL inFOrMatiOn • Lifting Capacity . “Dead-man” feature returns the steering arm to upright position. produces electrical braking for accurate payload positioning.Chrome plated lift cylinder provides smooth lift/lower performance and long seal life. Hydraulic System . features 3-speed forward and 3-speed reverse controls which provide maneuverability. 24” Load Center PDI-2024-R5 PDI-2024-R6 2.000 2.

.000 to 3.) a 60 60 60 106 130 154 106 130 154 106 130 154 B 77 77 77 71 83 95 71 83 95 70 71 83 Weight (lbs.3760 www.537 adjustable Fork & telescopic.295 $10.170 $10.556 $9.10” x 4” rubber Load Wheels .680 $9.60” to 154” Power System .432 $9.) price rigid Fork & non-telescopic. 30 amp charger with timer.922 $10.bastiansolutions.2000 & 2500 lb. 2000 and 2500 pound trucks .798 $9. 24” Load Center PDM 20-60 PDM 25-60 PDM 30-60 PDM 20-106 PDM 20-130 PDM 20-154 PDM 25-106 PDM 25-130 PDM 25-154 PDM 30-106 PDM 30-130 PDM 30-154 2000 2500 3000 2000 2000 2000 2500 2500 2500 3000 3000 3000 1480 1540 1555 1830 1910 1990 1890 1970 2050 1905 1985 2065 $9.046 $10. 24” Load Center 14 Week Delivery 106 800.937.12 volt Turning Radius . .Pallet Trucks pDM .com .4” dual tandem Recharge Time: Approx.400 AH power Drive Wheels .798 $9.000 lbs. 8 hours • • • Model number Capacity (lbs.300 AH of power.Two long lasting industrial 12 volt rubber clad batteries and a 12 volt. 3000 lb.2.3 speeds forward and reverse Battery & Charger .From 58” Travel .065 $9. at 24” load center Lift Range .) Dimension (in. 3000 pound trucks .4” x 2-3/4” polyurethane.413 $10. Plugs into a standard 110 volt outlet.MeDiuM Duty truCk teCHniCaL inFOrMatiOn • • • • • • Lifting Capacity .

......... rough....... 12” lowered height at hook...... capacity at 18” load center. pDM......... Fits rigid or adjustable forks. Call Bastian LiFt truCk OrDerinG inFOrMatiOn • Load Center and Capacity .. aLL truCks Price ...........All Big Joe industrial batteries and battery compartments meet OSHA and UL requirements................... Add the load and any truck accessories when calculating the total height........ pDM...... Secures to rigid or adjustable forks.......... capacity (with proper straddles) complete with winch...... an 18” load center is sufficient.350 $1.. Are casters designed for soft...450 BOOM WitH HOOk Portable crane operation. Slips onto and locks to rigid forks.375 $1... pDM........300 $1. Loads too heavy for capacity cause excess wear on mechanical parts......... Carefully calculate your truck needs or please call Bastian for assistance...........$250 to $600 paper rOLL rOtatOr Similar to a drum tilter..Consider the conditions in which the truck will be operated.. 48” high from forks........... 1000 lbs................ Rigid or adjustable forks......... non-slip diamond plate optional............... iBH........ Several sizes.......... Working Conditions ..... Incorrect load centers...... Call Bastian rOLLer BeD Slip-on roller bed for side or front loading..... Large grip pads available as an option..... $500 LOaD pLatFOrMs steer WHeeL Reduces steering effort and rolling resistance while improving maneuverability and ease of operation. iBH.. 36” high guard rails with chain opening (specify front or either side).. If the pallet is more than 36” long.... & 72” high mesh guard between operator & mast (overhead guard is available as option)......... pDi... Recharging usually takes about 8 hours..Pallet Trucks Lift Truck Accessories reMOte LiFt/LOWer COntrOLs Remote lift only in handle. nonskid deck...... pDM...... R6 & R7 models) Price ...........................In general...... Many different battery and charger combinations are available. All standard chargers plug into a standard 110 volt outlet...... the truck capacity decreases... Not for personnel use.......... 26” x 26” square roller area.. capacity (higher available).. standard 300 lbs......... Rollers on 3” centers......... load capacities.. or uneven surfaces needed? Will you have to move the loads a long distance? If so... $675 Removable and permanent platforms in several sizes. 1000 lbs... pDi ..937............ • • • • 800.. pDi Price ... iBH.. consider a power driven model.. & remote lift lower with push button box & 3’ cord....Will the straddles fit into your pallet racks? Are adjustable straddles needed for diverse applications? Consider a counterbalanced model to eliminate straddle incompatibilities.. rollers on 3” centers...... 24 volt batteries are recommended for ramps and for constant lifting conditions...... capacity................... use a 24” load center...........400 $1.$150 to $200 LOaD BaCk rest Useful safety accessory for high cubic loads and especially for tilting feature on PDC models.$300 to $500 raM For coil and roll handling.. slip-on type for adjustable forks.. Straddles .............. if your pallet is less than 36” in length......bastiansolutions.. pDi Price ...Make sure the collapsed masthead will fit through entry and exit ways.......... iBH... and forks that are too short could cause the truck to tip........... Electrical .. 2-1/2” x 26” is standard length.......... iBH............ Mast Height ................ pDH Price ..$3.. Consists of dual 8” x 2” phenolic resin wheels and swivel caster with spring loaded “T” bar handle.. Remote not available on power drives. 26” square roller area...... iBH OnLy (excluding XT......... If the truck will remain stationary......... If the pallet load center is larger than 24”.... 26” long to hook............3760 www. $500 Die puLLer Front-load roller platform.... remote lift/lower in handle........ 44” grip range........ 500 lbs...... They are designed to work for one continuous 8-hour shift before recharging is required................com 107 ......... pDi Models: Dimensions 36” x 36” 36” x 42” 36” x 48” 42” x 42” 42” x 48” 48” x 48” price $1... Battery specifications are aimed for use under normal conditions and capacities......... aLL truCks Price ........ Xt... pDi Price ...... Price .550 OperatOr saFety pLatFOrM Lock-on platform has built-in remote control. Xt... iBH.. pDM............ manual drive is best.. Consider the telescopic models if the mast is too high...... pDM............................ Smooth surface standard...... Has rubber-lined jaws standard.........250 $1............

09 $65. in-plant offices.21 115.09 $129.60 66. valuable equipment and personnel. water mains.06 $73.16 $56. steel base plates E-Z installation: Hardware kits include anchor.88 ** Quantity discounts available model number GR-03L GR-04L GR-05L GR-06L GR-07L GR-08L GR-09L GR-10L Description Lift-out Rail Lift-out Rail Lift-out Rail Lift-out Rail Lift-out Rail Lift-out Rail Lift-out Rail Lift-out Rail price $69.74 132. double rail styles All columns are 5” x 5” with 1/2” thick.14 82.3760 www.Safety Equipment Protective Guard Rail & Columns Protective guard rails and columns are safety equipment for structural platforms.71 $51.16 $96.000 lb.) 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 Wt. single rail and 42” high.28 60.25 $87. inplant offices.67 99.937. conveyors.09 $105. load at 4 mph rating Simple layout with universal column Simple installation with all the hardware included Bright.94 $38.63 price $29. valuable equipment and personnel speciFications • • • • Available in 18” high. hole caps & post caps 12” x 12” base plate columns model number CA-1 CA-2 Description 18” Column .07 49.25 $47.bastiansolutions.88 3-5 Day Delivery ** 10 Day Delivery for quanties over 15 94 800.99 $83.31 ** NOTE: Add “–LO” to the model number for lift out rails and columns. conveyors.Single Rail 42” Column . water mains.Dual Rail price $33. Features • • • • • • 10.com .99 $123. 33.06 $113. OSHA yellow finish on columns Designed to AISC specifications Strong protection for mezzanines.94 $78. model number GR-03 GR-04 GR-05 GR-06 GR-07 GR-08 GR-09 GR-10 Description Guard Rail Guard Rail Guard Rail Guard Rail Guard Rail Guard Rail Guard Rail Guard Rail length (ft.09 $89.

ex: 3CHRK-4 3-5 Day Delivery ** 10 Day Delivery for quanties over 15 Overhead and Track Protector Features • • • • • • • Protects overhead mechanical lines and conveyors Protects automatic overhead doors and reduces costly repairs in plants. warehouses.Safety Equipment Personnel Hand Rail Personnel hand rail is an economical and versatile handrail system for plants.) 10 11-1/2 to 12-1/2 11-1/2 to 16-1/2 price $905 $996 $1.84 $85.54 $85.3760 www.937.38 $107.156 model number STH-10 STH-12 STH-16 3-5 Day Delivery ** 10 Day Delivery for quanties over 15 800.bastiansolutions.04 $142. add “3” to the model number.com 95 .38 ** For three-rail application. and distribution centers. etc. easy installation Adjusts to fit width/height required Bright OSHA yellow finish Description 10’ H Clear 12’ H Clear 16’ H Clear Width (ft. Features • • • • • • • • • • • • • Quick.54 $222. easy installation Corrosion resistant 1-1/4” Schedule 10 steel pipe Lightweight and reusable Bright yellow finish OSHA two-rail and BOCA three-rail compliant Polished aluminum fittings To protect dock areas and drop offs Mezzanines As machine guards To protect personnel and vulnerable equipment To designate walkways For crowd control applications model number CHRK-4 SHRK-4 EHRK-4 CEHRK-4 3CHRK-4 3SHRK-4 3EHRK-4 3CEHRK-4 Dimensions (in. warehouses. Includes “Banger Bar” “Banger Bar” warns operator Quick.87 $107.21 $112. shipping areas.) 4’ x 4’ Corner (2-Rail) 4’ Straight Run (2-Rail) 4’ Extension (2-Rail) 4’ x 4’ Corner Extension (2-Rail) 4’ x 4’ Corner (3-Rail) 4’ Straight Run (3-Rail) 4’ Extension (3-Rail) 4’ x 4’ Corner Extension (3-Rail) price $210.

the door rail guard bolts into the floor and wall. Features • • • • • Eliminates damage to door tracks.com .) 5-3/4 8-3/4 Depth (in. Fits most 3” wide rack columns and another model for 4” wide. tough and inexpensive device to significantly reduce the costs of racking damage. over the whole 24” area. Easy to install. and the bright yellow color help guide the fork truck drivers. which includes a pair of guards and all the mounting hardware required for installation. The innovative design allows for quick and easy installation. Rack Armor uses a new improved approach to forklift impacts. model number DTG-02 DTG-04 Height (ft.H. forklift travelling at 4 M.) 2 4 Width (in.M.M. no anchor bolts. Rack Armors hard outer polymer shell diffuses the point of impact.400 lb.A. and no installation costs Clip it on and it’s working for you Features Works in Freezers down to -40 F° Ideal for SEISMIC Rack. S. The round shape is difficult to hit.34 $175.Safety Equipment Overhead Door Rail Guards Door rail guards can save you money and aggravation by extending the life of your roll-up doors.25 $21.E.) 24 12 column Width (in.) 40 80 price $115. Available in 2’ and 4’ heights. No anchoring Unaffected by fire.K. mold. The simple but tough design eliminates the frequent repair of door tracks that are damaged by forklift trucks and pallet jacks.) 6-1/4 6-1/4 Weight (lbs.) 3 3 price $36.E. relocate and re-cycle No drilling. The foam inner core absorbs the remaining kinetic energy. The guards are shipped as a kit. Available in 2’ and 4’ height (standard). Comes complete with floor mounting and wall-mounting hardware. It saves up to 80% of the cost of damaged uprights. 1/4” steel plate construction. the European F.bastiansolutions.76 3 Week Delivery Rack Armor Rack Protectors (saves up to 80% oF rack Damage) Rack Armor is an innovative.3760 www. alkaline and most solvents 3” and 4” profiles fit most popular racks Height (in. as well as custom heights. Steel guards or increased rack thickness absorbs impacts before cracking bending and then being torn out of the concrete. acid. tests.P. • • • • • • • • • • • • Tests have proven that Rack Armor withstands repeated impacts from the forks of a 4. tests and the Australian NZ tests.25 model number RA-3A-24-Y RA-3A-12-Y ** Quantity Discounts Available 10 Day Delivery 96 800. Guards are constructed of 1/4” steel plate and brake-formed to protect the rail on its three exposed sides. You can re-use . It is the only Rack protector in the world to have passed all tests.937. Rack Armor has passed the U. does not protrude into aisle or beam space One person can install in minutes.

Extension angles are available for the standard 48” protectors and may be field cut.) 44 56 67 82 93 105 115 128 68 68 price $99.00 $209.23 $183.bastiansolutions.) 4 x 6 x 1/2 4 x 6 x 1/2 4 x 6 x 1/2 3-1/2 x 6 x 5/16 3-1/2 x 6 x 5/16 3-1/2 x 6 x 5/16 Description Weight (lbs. using furnished 1/2” wedge anchors Barriers are designed to withstand impact to keep conveyor stands safe from forklift traffic Conveyor guard sections are constructed of sturdy 7 gauge steel formed into 12” high × 6” wide units 5 strengthening gussets are welded to the back of 6’ through 10’ sections. Rack Protector “Lite” is ideal for lighter traffic areas such as storage areas.98 800. When properly anchored to the floor.98 $150.67 $100. Mounting anchors are included.54 $231.3760 www.937.46 $282.50 $253.) 48 48 48 48 48 48 end cap Height (in.67 $67.14 $76.36 $148.) 90 90 75 61 61 39 price Left Side Rack Protector Right Side Rack Protector Rack Protector Extension Angle Left Side Rack Protector “Lite” Right Side Rack Protector “Lite” Rack Protector Extension Angle Lite” $100.25 $64. 48” extension angles are also available and may be field cut.06 1-3 Day Delivery Conveyor Aisle Guards Conveyor guards are floor-mounted protection equipment that serves as a barrier between forklift traffic and conveyor pick-up points. • • • • • Easy-to-use instructions allow the heavy duty steel guard sections to be installed correctly. They are painted safety yellow and have been designed to withstand extreme lift truck punishment. The sections can be joined to make a continuous straight run in one inch increments. rack protectors will protect your investment and help you avoid costly repairs and downtime. Conveyor guard systems consist of guard sections from 3’ to 10’ long in one foot increments.com 97 . tool cribs. Shorter sections have 3 gussets Sections bolted together through matching vertical gussets and bolting with the supplied 5⁄16” bolts model number CG-3 CG-4 CG-5 CG-6 CG-7 CG-8 CG-9 CG-10 CG-R CG-L overall Height (in) 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 overall length (ft) 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 5 5 Description Conveyor Guard Conveyor Guard Conveyor Guard Conveyor Guard Conveyor Guard Conveyor Guard Conveyor Guard Conveyor Guard Right 45° Conveyor Guard Left 45° Conveyor Guard 4-7 Day Delivery # of gussets 3 3 3 5 5 5 5 5 3 3 Weight (lbs.25 $76.Safety Equipment Pallet Rack End Protectors Pallet rack end protectors provide a simple and cost effective solution for increasing warehouse safety and preventing damage to expensive rack and inventory. The wide range of standard single and double-sided rack protectors available can be adapted to virtually any distribution center or warehouse without affecting traffic flow patterns. Rack Protector “Lite” is an economical solution that can add an extra measure of protection to your warehouse equipment. model number WGR48-L WGR48-R WGR48-EX WGR48L-L WGR48L-R WGR48L-EX length (in.74 $150. allowing you to customize your application. allowing you to customize your application. starting at 3’.74 $125. Turns of 90° are accommodated through joining two opposite hand 45° conveyor guard sections. and storage lockers.) 12 12 8 8 angle Dimension (in.

. model number 1704 1706 1708 1710 1712 Description 4” ....14 $168.200 201 ..89 (Lime Green or Orange Structural Column Protectors come with Reflective Straps) 2 Week Delivery Sprinkler Guards Sprinklers in the uppermost pallet racks are often not visible from floor level.48 $168........09 $43. Bollards are also excellent for segregating vehicles from people.70 model number B-1 B-2 BC-1 BC-2 3-5 Day Delivery ** 10 Day Delivery for quanties over 15 Column Protectors Column protectors are an affordable protection for warehouse and factory columns and beams.com .4’ Quantity 10 .80 $50..6” Narrow Column Protector 6” Structural Column Protector 8” Structural Column Protector 10” Structural Column Protector 12” Structural Column Protector Weight (lbs.1000 1000 + price each $51.4’ 2’ 6” ..94 $40.......14 $168....81 model number SG-04 SG-04 SG-04 SG-04 SG-04 ** $500 set up fee.3760 www....62 $81..) 16 40 40 40 40 price $97. As a result.14 $168. $12.25 lm/or: aDD to cost above ..937... Bollards Features • • • 42” high in 4” and 6” diameters Bright OSHA yellow finish Optional High Density Polyethylene (HDPE) covers for “no maintenance” finish Description 6” Diameter Pipe 4” Diameter Pipe 6” Cover 4” Cover price $149..24 $74.....4’ 2’ 6” ...50 51 . These blow-molded 100% high density polyethylene protectors fit 6”..... Features • • • 5/8” diameter hot-rolled steel bar stock with welded 1/4” mounting plates Comes complete with mounting hardware Easy to install Width (in) 2’ 6” . they can be accidently damaged by forklifts depositing or retrieving loads.500 501 ....bastiansolutions... 10” and 12” round or square supports.4’ 2’ 6” ..... 8”.90 $63. A bigger problem can be the ensuing water damage to your products caused by water pipe and sprinkler head breaks......Safety Equipment Instant protection for dock doorways and building passages. No tools required... 3 Week Delivery 98 800...... The sprinkler guard retrofits quickly and easily to existing pallet racks.. The sprinkler guard protects the sprinkler head without eating up valuable storage space... Surface mount for quick installation..19 $47....4’ 2’ 6” . Two halves attach with easy-to-install straps. All sizes are available in high visibility orange (OR) and lime green (LM) with reflective straps........

. it has a release backing that is removed before applying..64 $43... balanced design allows easy gate operation during mezzanine loading and unloading When one side opens.... $4. unlike paint that requires harsh chemicals to remove.... Because of this.48 price (case) $613.. indoor environments at temperatures above 40°F (5°C).... avoiding foot injuries Integral kickplate keeps objects from falling off mezzanine Unique leveling mechanism resists gate binding Coated cables provide smooth........ the other closes Spring assist slows descent of gate.. the Overhead Safety Gate occupies a small footprint and protects workers and material from falling off the mezzanine.20 $613.... 2..Safety Equipment Overhead Safety Gate The Overhead Safety Gate is committed to safely and efficiently move palletized material to and from your mezzanine........225 1-3 Day Delivery Floor Mark This product can be used on the floor just like tape or paint.....bastiansolutions......... Floor Mark does not stretch and curl like traditional floor tape....... • • • • • • • • Does not snag and curl up like tape Does not require chemicals to remove like paint Available in many colors Choose from 1. This material is thinner than traditional tape so it does not snag as easily. Floor Mark can be removed by applying heat. quiet operation Track guarding resists damage during loading and unloading Quality design ensures reliable service life Shipping weight: 550 lbs..... Unlike tape.3760 www..... (with hardware) Installation footprint .. but with some significant differences...937... Wash with soap and water when necessary Can be removed by applying heat 100’ per roll price (roll) $10.60 $613...74 $32...65” W x 65” D x 98” H Assembly hardware and instructions included Pallet / Load clearance . Features • • • • • • • • • • • • • • Solid.05 # rolls/case 60 30 20 15 Diameter (in) 1 2 3 4 1 Week Delivery 800..20 $613......com 99 ..87 $21. Designed for smooth and reliable operation. 3. and 4 inch widths Designed for dry.57-1/2” W x 60” D x 82” H Painted safety yellow for high visibility Meets applicable IBC codes and OSHA safety standards speciFications buDgetary price .........

................................................................................................................................... providing a view of an entire area..................................................45 outDoor convex mirrors Ideal for in-plant traffic control safety where employees and equipment cross paths............ the operator will have a proportionate view of the load directly in front of them.................................................bastiansolutions...................................................28 ** With Bracket Assembly............. A pendulum-style installation kit is available for 30”...................................................... whether approaching from the center...51 18” rounD FrD-018-HD ........ $175........................................................................................................................15 36” rounD FrD-036-HD ......11 ** For ceilings 25’ and higher 42” 360° Dome W/ kit For 4-Way intersection HF42360 ................................................. 36” 180° Dome W/ kit For “t” intersection HF36180-Fe ............. allowing in-plant vehicles and/or personnel to move safely through the facility........... Smaller sizes come with T-Bar ceiling mounting clips and are also predrilled for screw-mounting.................................. if preferred. right or left...............com .............. 36” 360° Dome W/ kit For 4-Way intersection HF42360 ...................... $85............................42 24” rounD FrD-024-HD ................... $42......................937............................................................. The Eyeball® will reduce the reflected image while amplifying the total view of surroundings......... The 18” and 24” diameter mirrors can be attached to T-bar ceilings with the provided mounting clips........................ The 180° Hemisphere is available with a fully enclosed top and back..31 24” rounD FrD-024 ...... loading dock areas and parking ramps or garages..............................Safety Equipment Safety Mirrors inDoor convex mirrors Use for in-plant safety and detailed vision situations...................................... This style also used for outdoor installation in blind alleys............... $323. $62.......................................... 12” rounD FrD-012 .............................. chains and hardware for suspended installation of 36” and 42” sizes for installation in warehouses and factories... $60................. 36” and 42” diameter mirrors........ Black Steel 360° HemispHere mirror Properly positioned and suspended from the ceiling with an installation kit........................................... In addition to seeing everything behind and to the sides................................................ $42................................................................ 8” Diameter eblts-45s-b .... 12” rounD FrD-012-HD . $136..................................... or they can be screw mounted to the ceiling or wall.31 ** For ceilings 25’ and higher 180° HemispHere mirror This very popular mirror provides maximum visibility at 3-way (T) intersections................................................................. $50........ this mirror sees around every blind corner...........................................01 36” rounD FrD-036 ............90 ** Outdoor Convex Mirrors feature plastic backs! eyeball® liFt truck mirror Eyeball® Mirrors eliminate lift truck operator’s blind spots..............50 ** For ceilings 25’ and higher 3-5 Day Delivery 100 800.......... $71..................... $50.....3760 www.............. The bright distortion-free image provides excellent vision for quality inspection of assembly lines or machinery production areas............. $120.....51 18” rounD FrD-018 .

.../Ft../Ft../Ft... visual barriers. $1.... The durable containment nets for storage safely provide protection for plant personnel working under or near conveyor lines. peel. conveyor guard...... non-porous liners for water and other non-hazardous liquids are available to catch fine particles or as drip/liquid guards.. yellow.. gray...76 sQ.............. m-500 • • • • The economical meduim duty conveyor and rack guard mesh 2” mesh size 500 ft-lb capacity Color availability .......Black.. It’s easy to install conveyor safety net systems and solid liners. Solid...Safety Equipment Safety Netting Safey netting is a solution for passive overhead protection on racks and shelves. white (add 10% to price below) m-3000 • • • • Most popular style mesh for protecting against full pallet falls 4” mesh size 3......... and partitioning types oF netting l-100 spillex • • • • Reinforced polyethylene with a web border and grommets 1’ O. rot or dent like metal containment systems... Various different mesh size openings and colors are available... price ..................../Ft. price . m-250 • • • • Ideal for conveyors and small rack protection.com 101 .6”) and can be custom manufactured to meet most applications Nets range from 250 to 6.Black./Ft.Black..000 ft-lb capacity Mesh is lightweight. white....... opaque or clear-translucent m-1250 • • • • Used in heavy duty conveyor applications & rack systems 2” mesh size 1..5” mesh size 6.. $0.. orange price ........43 sQ.Cream........ white m-6000 • • • • The heaviest mesh system for large loads or high traffic areas 3../Ft....937. is impervious to most common chemicals and is mildew resistant. $0. cargo control 1” mesh size 250 ft-lb capacity Color availability ..... non-porous 100 ft-lb capacity Color availability ...04 sQ. Can be pressure washed. Excellent in bottling or food applications Used as rack guard.Black only price .000 ft-lb capacity Color availability .... allowing you to color code conveyor lines or specific areas.... water based coating that will provide maximum protection inside and out).250 ft-lb capacity Color availability . ** Price reflects netting at least 10’ x 10’ in dimension.Black.. $1.... mezzanine guard.. Safety netting reduces product loss and protect workers if products should fall. price . • • • • • • • Synthetic mesh has the advantage of stretching to absorb shock loads.. blue. $2....000 ft-lb capacity Color availability .... or sand/tan price .. Please call Bastian for special pricing on dimensions smaller than 10’ x 10’ 2 Week Delivery 800..82 sQ....3760 www...74 sQ..... then returns to its original shape Comes in a variety of mesh size openings (1/4” .. Fire retardancy option is available on special order Solid.......70 sQ.... Nets won’t rust..C....... making it easy to install..... thus reducing labor costs Treated with Iron-Kote™ (a non-toxic....... $0..bastiansolutions.....

. Please call Bastian for more information 48 Hour Delivery on stock items ** 10 Day Delivery for custom orders 102 800. Bolts are only accessible from inside Fast installation ...3760 www....................... Base plates welded on posts allow direct floor anchoring Secure . add $520......................panels bolt directly to support posts...... and sliding doors available............................................................twenty basic panels and a “building block” approach can accomplish virtually any layout Strong ............................30 / lineal foot 12’ to 5-1/4” high ............ Angle frames give clear access to all mounting hardware Straight lines and clean exterior makes a handsome finishing touch.937.............. and vertical rise gates available....................... 1’ to 10’ in one foot increments Two heights: 4’-0” and 5’-0” Full height partition walls built by stacking two+ panels between posts Mesh: 10 gauge wire woven into 2” x 1” rectangular openings Frame 1-1/4” x 1-1/4” x 1/8” steel angle Custom size panels available Doors ................................ Full line of hinged..... System sets up fast with standard hand tools.........................com .............$35................................ secure............................... $40................. Separate.............. or storage areas of any size or configuration... HVAC... tool cribs.................................................................................................................................................................................................................utilizes the heaviest assembly hardware in the industry.........80 / lineal foot 3’ x 7’ Hinge Door .... hydraulic................ secure once in place.......... add $325.................................................easy to reconfigure as needs change Features • • • • • • • • • Comes in ten widths.............. and easy to reconfigure as needs change..... and fire suppression systems throughout secured areas......electric............ Open but secure design allows free circulation of building’s lighting......10 / lineal foot 10’ to 5-1/4” high ..00 8’ x 8’ Slide Gate ........bastiansolutions..... Flexible ............................................................... security enclosures................................... $46...................... or to divide large buildings into smaller sections.................................... or store valued items with this easy to install system...................................... enclosures.................................................fewer parts than standard partition systems.Hinged................................... and sliding door Standard and custom locks available buDgetary pricing 8’ to 5-1/4” high ...................... tunnel..................... Service windows are also available Door Openers .................................................... Unique design conceals all hardware from the exterior of secured area....................... add $390.............................................00 ** Pricing Based per application............................. sliding........................................Safety Equipment Wire Partitions and Work Enclosures Partitions can be used to build free standing secured storage areas.. Use twenty standard sized panels and steel support posts to build partitions..00 5’ x 8’ Hinge Door ......... beneFits • • • • • • Modular Design ........................ Standard 3/8” wedge anchors hold partition firmly in place.............................. pneumatic...................................................

They offer an optimized workspace...........3760 www..42 30 ....) 60 x 30 72 x 30 72 x 36 WSA4050 WSA4051 WSA4052 Assembly workstations are used to increase operator efficiency and productivity.. $3...........231 $1...002 laminate Wood top WSA2050 WSA2051 WSA2052 laminate Wood Price $1.. as well as cabinets for storing tools and hardware of all sizes..... • • • • • • (2) 27”D x 27”H open legs for lift system Hydraulic lifting system Anti-skid leveling glides 12” vertical adjustment (30” ......166 $1..... The adjustable workbench is available in many dimensions and offers a variety of table tops.....com 85 .. laminated wood top...) 30 . and two steel shelves with adapters......400 dimensions (W x h) (in...244 Plastic laminate top WSA3050 WSA3051 WSA3052 Plastic laminate Price $995 $1......42”) 17” high stringer 825 lb...42 30 .....064 dissipative dissipative Price $1......bastiansolutions... Assembly WorkstAtion With cAbinets r5Wh5-2003 60”W x 30”D x 80”H workstation with one heavy duty cabinet and laminated wood top........118 $1..172 $1....452 2 Week Delivery 800........ • • • • • • • • • • • (1) Overhead workstation light (1) Tool Rail (1) Balancer trolley with tool balancer (2) Plastic bin rails with (4) bins (1) Power outlet channel (1) Tiltable shelves (4) Partial dividers (2) Storage cabinets with doors (1) Document holder (1) Monitor tray with double arm (1) Keyboard and mouse tray Price ... industry-standard heights....42 steel top WSA1050 WSA1051 WSA1052 steel Price $948 $963 $1.... capacity Adjustable height (in.................028 $1..... Their robust components make them ideal for industrial applications........ while their attractive design fits perfectly in any high tech environment.471 Price ....Workstations & Accessories Ergonomic Workstations AdjustAble Workbench The adjustable workbench is an ergonomic solution that features a hydraulic lifting and lowering system to accommodate for different sized employees.. • • • • • • • • • • (1) Tiltable shelf (2) Partial dividers (1) Vertical Adapter for electrical and air outlets (1) Power strip outlet (1) Steel Shelf (1) Pair of structural shelf supports (1) Privacy panel with panel bracket kit (1) Louvered panel (2) Deep plastic bins (5) Small plastic bins r5Wl5-2003 72”W x 30”D x 80”H workstation with two heavy duty cabinets....... $1...937.....

94 $731...........................................11 $940............... $30........64 Wood composite $774.07 1 .............................. $95........24 $14......53 Wood composite $599..64 Steel Riser Shelf ........ Call Bastian if assembly is required..........................24 $336.......includes one shelf with a recessed base 3 Drawer Cabinets ........88 Plastic laminate $766............ $69......... Riser Shelf Supports w/ electrical outlets on both sides Riser Shelf Backstop Sidestop Accessories 2 ......83 $556...........................47 Wood composite $928..00 $765.................Workstations & Accessories durAble steel benches These durable and attractive workbenches feature modular 18”W x 27” D x 28” H storage pedestals (inside dimension of 14-1/2” W x 19-1/2” D)....................98 $975.................Price for complete unit Wood top $1.............................Cabinet contains 4 ...........................................................6” Drawer ...................03 $246............. Door Cabinet ..........................94 $1........29 steel $719. Lower Steel Shelf .......6” drawers with a recessed base...77 Plastic laminate $591.............75 E F 60 x 30 72 x 30 model dimensions (in.....) Work surface ............................................ Each drawer is accessed with full-width aluminum handles and lock.. $14.84 $796......................................... heavy duty steel construction...........) Work surface ........ factory welded..... and 100% full-extension ball bearing drawers..................................................................86 A B 60 x 30 72 x 30 model dimensions (in........................................................Price for complete unit Wood top $402.. The overall height of these workbenches is 34”.............................6” drawers and 1 .........................3760 www........29 $30................................77 $886...............................) Work surface ...................................11 Plastic laminate $279..................................35 Wood Riser Shelf . • • • • Work Surfaces .. Lower Steel Shelf ...........24 $12.......69 C D 60 x 30 72 x 30 * Price is for unassembled unit...................bastiansolutions....... Sidestop ....12 steel $874.......com .......... $85........52 steel $233...............Price for complete unit Wood top $889....80 Wood Riser Shelf ...........15 $820.18 steel $544.. Backstop ...) Work surface ........49 60” 72” 30” 60” 72” 60” 72” 60” 72” 60” 72” Backstop ...........87 Wood composite $287............12” drawer with a recessed base model dimensions (in..19 $456.......55 2 Week Delivery Drawer Unit Lower Steel Shelf (shown w/ 2 shelves) 86 800..Cabinet contains 2 ........13 Steel Riser Shelf ................. $33..............3” Drawers .........71 Plastic laminate $921. $76................ $82.......35 Plastic Laminate Riser Shelf .....23 Plastic Laminate Riser Shelf .04 $645.....................095...73 $621..........................................937............................1-3/4” thick with a 90° radius front edge for more comfort (not available with the steel work surfaces) 4 Drawer Cabinets .....................93 $311........................043.............13 $33..67 $951...............Price for complete unit Wood top $714............. $125..................09 G H 60 x 30 72 x 30 model dimensions (in...

.................3760 www....... 14” universal mounting arm................... $2.......... and 64” high back frame) Price As shoWn .. Improve product accessibility and efficiency with a Modular Flow Rack system........tools and accessories can be added above or below the work surface to increase functionality Heavy duty frames and legs create a durable base for daily tasks (height adjustable and modular) Several work surface styles and materials available bAse Price . inventory is highly visible for easy management Ergonomic ......................... spacers......................place them exactly where the operator needs them to reduce fatigue and injury Heavy duty frames and legs create a durable base for daily tasks (height adjustable and modular) Several work surface styles and materials available bAse Price .............. tool trolley.... paper roll holder..... • • • • • Efficient ....... (6) 9” wide x 48” long carton flow conveyors........ 15” deep under shelf with 4 dividers.... fewer trips to retrieve supplies and products............... 3” high drawer unit...... $1......... uprights.............. • • • • • Modular Components .......... 18” deep x 72” wide upper laminate shelf............... and extra dividers) 4-6 Week Delivery 800........ and support beams) Price As shoWn ....................................... Modular double-sided frames and shared legs bring you closer to an ergonomically sound facility that is ready to grow.234 (Includes 36” x 72” maple top work bench............. heavy duty adjustable legs.529 (Includes 30” x 60” laminate worksurface. adjustable C-legs...........add and reconfigure workbenches based on your business needs Integrated back frame for accessories keeps work surface uncluttered for optimal productivity Micro-adjustable accessories ............................. tool trolley and a 30” x 30” portable scale table) PAckAging dePot WorkstAtion The RTW Table is a versatile....... $1........................Workstations & Accessories c-leg series WorkstAtion Create cells and unique configurations with C-Leg Series workbenches...937... Many other configurations are available....................... 72” power strip.................. Gravity flow track makes it easier for you to organize and monitor inventory........ 72” air rail. Includes a support leg and work surface Add mobiltiy to your workstation with thermoplastic casters with swivel locks and brakes Several work surface styles and materials available bAse Price ........... $1....... $558 (Includes 36” x 72” laminate worksurface....... • • • • • • Height Adjustability ............. basic workstation with standard height adjustability.............................. peg board....................842 (Includes base unit plus an overhead light with mounting arms.... tool balancer......................................... binder holder arm......simple and stable design at a fair price Add-on corner to create wrap around configurations.........................inventory storage at the workstation..............height adjustable work surface........540 (Includes a monitor arm.................. overhead light with mounting arms...bastiansolutions.... rear posts...... and tool storage hanger) FloW Work cell WorkstAtion Watch your daily picking and packing efficiency soar.... angled conveyor reduces reaching Modular ............... parts bin panel with double arm...........comfort while performing sitting or standing tasks Robust construction with 14-gauge steel and industrial laminate provides years of performance Economical ... 72” high double-sided back frame...................... The 4-post design provides superior stability and simplicity that allows you to focus on productivity............ 6” high drawer unit............278 (includes base unit plus a 60” power strip...........................................com 87 . 18” deep adjustable tilt upper shelf with 4 dividers...... $1. and a 14” deep x 6” high supply compartment) Price As shoWn ............................

937.com .Workstations & Accessories WorkstAtion Accessories (c-leg series only) universAl shelving Wire shelving lAminAte shelving bin PAnel bin rAil tool storAge bAll trAnsFer Work surFAce drAWers grAvity FloW rAck ** More accessories available. size.3760 www. capacity. what range? What type of accessories are needed? 88 800. materials. function? What is the facility/department layout? What is the quantity? What is your project time frame? What type of work surface area do you need? What size (W x L) of work surface area do you need? If material conveyance is required.bastiansolutions. Below are a list of questions in deciding which options to choose: • • • • • • • • • • • What is your application? Are there requirements? Weight. what is the size and weight of the material? Does the unit need to be mobile? Is height adjustability required? If so. Please call Bastian for more information WorkstAtion ordering inFormAtion Custom options are non-standard workstations designed and manufactured to the customer specifications.

093.all dry work areas Stock sizes .19 UltraSoft UltraSoft Sponge Sponge 414. resulting in enhanced employee productivity and morale. 9/16” Edges .23 $98.) 2 x 75 3 x 75 2 x 75 3 x 75 Weight (lbs.60 2-5 Day Delivery gray $1.00 black/yellow $1.safety beveled Color .21 $1.80 $39.) 225 338 166 244 Price black $1. and a high-tech.39 $113. Please call Bastian for more information Price Per roll model (roll) UltraSoft-Roll UltraSoft-Roll Sponge-Roll Sponge-Roll Part number 414.05 black/ chevron $49.13 $1.81 $1.black. UltraSoft ultimate comfort and long-term performance makes everyone happy.3760 www.bastiansolutions.63 $794. all while relieving fatigue throughout the day. high-tech diamond-plate surface resists abrasion and most chemical spills and is available with colored borders for maximum safety awareness.89 $82.937.93 $124.71 800. and reviving morale.13 $1.1516x2x3 414.64 $82. Its double-thick Nitricell sponge base is a PVC loaded with Nitrile rubber for exceptional comfort. enhancing productivity.Workstations & Accessories Anti-Fatigue Floor Mats the diAmond PlAte FAmily ultrAsoFt diAmond PlAte Floor mAt UltraSoft Diamond-Plate mats and matting provides unparalleled comfort.38 $35.49 black/chevron $1.07 gray $45. 3’ and 4’ widths up to 75’ in OAL Thickness .com 89 .approx.black.133.038.41 $1.vinyl surface with a nitricell sponge base Offers complete package of comfort.486. Application . the popular.1516x2x75 414. • • • • • • • • • • • Application .1516x3x75 415.621.vinyl surface with a double thick nitricell sponge base Provides unparalleled comfort. long life.05 Black most unique Gray Black/Chevron border black/yellow $45. Designed for heavy-use areas. resulting in enhanced employee productivity and morale Special formulation of nitrile rubber provides exceptional rebound and resilience Designed for heavy use areas Abrasion and chemical resistant Available with colored borders for maximum safety awareness Black/Yellow diAmond PlAte sPonge coAt FloormAt Diamond-Plate SpongeCote is the most popular anti fatigue mat and matting in the industry because no others offer such a complete package of exceptional comfort.20 $1. Diamond-Plate’s safety-engineered surface adds traction and durability to the mat.077. All edges are safety beveled.87 $31.28 $32.safety beveled Colors .916x2x3 415.564.2’. enhanced productivity.75 $114. and lends itself to heavily trafficked areas.247.43 $1.1516x3x5 415. rebound and long life.038.approx.97 $837.2’ x 3’ or 3’ x 5’ Custom sizes: 2’. gray Compound .74 $1.135. long term performance and an industrial image Nitricell sponge base is a standard 3/8” thick Available with colored borders for maximum safety awareness Can be customized in virtually any width or dimension to fit even the work area model Part number size (ft) Weight (lbs) solid black $41.790.14 $1. 3’.56 $103.2’ x 3’ or 3’ x 5’ Custom sizes .916x2x75 415.401. Its exceptionally resilient Nitricell sponge base defines the mat by providing true comfort. gray Compound .229. 15/16” Edges .916x3x75 size (ft. industrial image.18 $895. and 4’ widths up to 75’ in OAL Thickness .28 $76.all dry work areas. • • • • • • • • • • • Stock sizes .916x3x5 2x3 3x5 2x3 3x5 9 21 8 18 ** Quantity discounts are available as well as non-stock sizes.

937.96 ** Quantity discounts are available as well as non-stock sizes.1516x2x3 416.Roll GritWorks! .Roll 416.2’ x 3’ or 3’ x 5’ Custom sizes .23 $116. citrus.black Close-Up Compound .20 GritWorks! GritWorks! GritWorks! GritWorks! GritWorks! . ft.916x2x75 416. animal fats.bastiansolutions.1516x3x75 416.946. rebound and long life. Nitricell sponge is PVC loaded with Nitrile rubber for exceptional comfort.79 $1.20 $8.60 $8. 3’ or 4’ widths up to 75’ in OAL Thickness .Workstations & Accessories diAmond PlAte With gritWorks!® FloormAt Diamond-Plate SpongeCote is now available with a GritWorks! surface.vinyl surface with a nitricell sponge base or a double thick nitricell sponge base Gritworks is a carbide grit that increases traction by over 50%. Please call Bastian for more information Food Protection mAts grAde A FloormAt The first mat designed specifically for the food production and manufacturing industries.49 $1.60 $10.79 $153.molded safety bevels on all four sides Color .com .12x30x60TC size (ft) 30 x 36 36 x 60 thickness (in) 1/2 1/2 Weight (lbs) 14 22 Price $55.76 custom (sq. Its specially formulated anti-bacterial Nitrile rubber composite is designed to withstand solutions used in a wide variety of food processing environments: vegetable oils.1516x3x5 416. GritWorks! is a carbide grit that increases traction by over 50%.primarily dry areas with slight overspray or where grease and oil get tracked onto the mat Stock sizes . Available in two thicknesses.412. rebound and long life model Part number size (ft) 2x3 3x5 2x3 3x5 2 x 75 3 x 75 2 x 75 3 x 75 thickness (in) 15/16 15/16 9/16 9/16 15/16 15/16 9/16 9/16 Weight (lbs) 9 21 9 21 236 354 177 260 Price standard $73. • • • • • • • • • • Application .Roll GritWorks! .Wet and greasy food production areas Stock sizes .2’.916x3x5 416.10 $1.approximately 1/2” Edges .) $10.30” x 36” and 30” x 60” Thickness . Nitricell sponge base.available in a standard 9/16” and an ultrasoft 15/16” Edges . and fish oil.1516x2x75 416.48 $1.3760 www. It’s ideal for primarily dry areas with slight overspray or where grease and oil get tracked onto the mat.terra cotta Compound .447.100% nitrile rubber composite Built-in handles to ease pick-up and cleaning of the mats Hygienic porthole and solid underside design of the mat simplify cleaning and virtually eliminates areas where food and bacteria can collect Substantial underside knobs allow quick drainage and increases the comfort level of the mat Flat. • • • • • • • • • Application .047.Roll GritWorks! . while also increasing the chemical resistance and durability of the surface Nitricell sponge is PVC loaded with nitrile rubber for exceptional comfort.37 $83.safety beveled GritWorks® Color . but textured surface increases traction when greasy and wet model Grade A Grade A Part number 482.916x2x3 416.916x3x75 ** Quantity discounts are available as well as non-stock sizes. All mats come with safety-beveled edges.12x30x36TC 482. Please call Bastian for more information 2-5 Day Delivery Food & Beverage Production 90 800. Diamond-Plate with Gritworks! has a super resilient. a standard 9/16” and an UltraSoft 15/16”.51 $50. while also increasing the chemical resistance and durability of the surface.

nitrile The NBR is exceptionally resilient. Please call Bastian for more information 2-5 Day Delivery 800. new CFR rubber compound is resistant to mineral oil based cutting fluid and other industrial fluids. 570 has a solid surface for use in mostly dry areas Both versions available in GritWorks! that provides 40% more traction Both styles are available in three unique compounds to address the diverse environments found in typical work applications All PurPose Used in general purpose applications.937. 570 Solid No. Nitrile resists petroleum-based fluids.3760 www.58x3x3GRBK 572. Optional yellow and black borders provide safe access.Solid No. 576 (CFR). 576 Drainage stock sizes model 24/Seven 24/Seven 24/Seven 24/Seven 24/Seven 24/Seven 24/Seven 24/Seven 24/Seven 24/Seven Part number 570.com 91 . This solid surface design is best in moderately wet areas.33 $70. 574 (NBR) or Drainage No.21 $63.58x3x3NBRBK 576. paraffins and petroleum distillates. naphthenes. 24/Seven mats are very substantial in design (5/8” thick). usually defined as dry. 576 (NBR).bastiansolutions.51 $113. For additional traction use the Nitrile Gritworks! . Use model 570 (grease resistant solid) or model 572 (drainage).58x3x3NBRBK 572. $38. use the CFR Gritworks! .20 $80. For additional traction. or as areas with water or debris.58x3x3NBRBK size (ft) 3x3 3x3 3x3 3x3 3x3 3x3 3x3 3x3 3x3 3x3 thickness (in) 5/8 5/8 5/8 5/8 5/8 5/8 5/8 5/8 5/8 5/8 type All Purpose CFR Nitrile All Purpose CFR Nitrile CFR Nitrile CFR Nitrile Price ea. The 3’ x 3’ size is perfect for a single workstation. No.58x3x3GRBK 570.58x3x3CFRBK 572. cFr (cutting Fluid resistAnt mAteriAl) Its unique.68 $49.58x3x3CFRBK 576. 572 has a drainage surface while 24/seven solid no.Workstations & Accessories the 24/seven FloormAts 24/Seven modular anti-fatigue mats really do work 24/7 to keep employees comfortable. 574 (CFR) or Drainage No. yet exceptionally resilient.58x3x3CFRBK 574. These include petrochemicals such as hydrocarbons.99 $54. but each mat also interlocks on all four sides to cover large areas.58x3x3NBRBK 574. • • • 24/Seven no.79 $88. 572 Drainage No.58x3x3CFRBK 570.32 ** Quantity discounts are available as well as non-stock sizes. 574 Solid No.12 $99.Solid No.56 $34.

... New seats and backs are 40% thicker for greater comfort.. Gold.................. while providing a maximum amount of comfort for users.................. $213.............................937...... $328.............. Reduce worker fatigue and maximize comfort and productivity... The industrial chair comes in Platinum....... 2” back height adjustment 10-3263 .................................... $407............. The new patent-pending Gravity Lock System allows infinite interval seat height adjustment within a generous 14” range.. 2” back depth adjustment 10-3262 ............ 18” wide seat..................................................... Unlimited seat height adjustment within a 14” range Gravity lock system Seat angle adjustment within a 20° range Seat rotates left and right with memory return to 12 o’clock position 2092n .......................................... independent control deluxe seat mechanism with free-float seat and 25° back adjustment............... padded polyurethane seat.... If you need more height....................................17 2088n ........ and Silver models and incorporates premium components in its cutting-edge design for maximum durability....... Designed for a maximum weight of 250 lbs.................... Seat backs with ventilation ridges are designed to promote good posture and lumbar support....... 25° back adjustment.................... but not at all bulky... 2” back height adjustment tool trolley Tools are never out of reach with this stool............. Seat capacity . non-marking glides are standard.. seat plate with 3” back height adjustment and back pivot................................................. Rugged polyurethane footrests provide an extra measure of safety........... $457. 20” wide seat..87 26” base with top footrest and 2 intermediate footrests......15 19-1/2” ........... 3” soft tread casters for hard surfaces.......... 15-1/2” ......................................... Extremely stable....... • • • Independent clutch controls allow infinitely variable tilt adjustments to both seats and backs..................bastiansolutions....................... 15-1/2” ................. Steel dividers keep tools in place............ and provides positive locking at the set-height.....Workstations & Accessories Ergonomic Seating sit -stAnd The Sit-Stand is engineered to maximize worker comfort while reducing worker fatigue.....3760 www........ • • • • • • • Base design allows positioning up close to work station or production lines.............................. 10-3261 ............ $135........... the manually adjustable collar gives you up to 10 additional inches.20-1/2” seat adjustment and 19-1/2” ................................. Softer durometer of polyurethane seats and backs provide exceptional durability and long term support...... And they’re all affordable enough to accommodate the constraints of tight budgets.26-3/4” seat adjustment 2-3 Day Delivery 92 800.........................41 26” base with 1 intermediate footrest......... bending or kneeling in maintenance and service operations....63 26” base with 2 intermediate footrests... 18” wide back......250 lbs..... Comes in two models. Casters are available as an option......72 industriAl multitAsk chAir These chairs are designed to survive in tough environments............................ Dust cover included....... Five high impact. Ergonomically formed..... 20” wide seat............... back tilt adjustment.. $140............... They’re securely mounted to heavy 14 gauge 1-1⁄4” tubular steel bases... 18” wide back..............20-1/2” seat adjustment 2087n ..................26-3/4” seat adjustment.The pneumatic lift allows an automatic 8” adjustment while you’re seated..................................com ............ 16” wide back........ • • • • Stool with 18” diameter tool tray ends squatting............

26 21 . model number RTT1722R RTT1924R RTT1926R RTT2128R RTT2328R RTT2732R Adjustment range (in.24 19 .45 $163.05 $204.85 $219. These stools are standard-equipped with round.26 21 . self-skinned urethane seats and soft touch pneumatic controls.30 ** Quantity discounts are available Price $200.) 15 .20 17 .22 17 .28 23 .com 93 .00 tXt series The TXT series stools are stout steel stools.05 $258.75 $208. 18-guage steel seat. They also feature a rugged 5-legged tubular steel base with 20” diameter attached footring.) 14 .05 $219. backrest tilt and backrest-height adjustment. 23” leg spread.55 3 Week Delivery 800.15 $166. oily and grimy environments. model number CXT1520R CXT1722R CXT1724R CXT1926R CXT2126R CXT2530R Adjustment range (in. Available with casters or glides. These stools feature a round 13” diameter.24 19 .25 $29.bastiansolutions. Available with casters or glides.Workstations & Accessories cXt series The CXT series is thick skinned for messy environments. Available with casters and glides. They also come with a Soft Touch pneumatic seat-height adjustment.40 rtt series The RTT series stools are sturdy stools with added back support to reduce fatigue on the back and legs caused by long periods of stool usage.28 ** Quantity discounts are available Price $159.26 25 . The RTT Series stools have a powder-coated finish as standard or an optional chrome-plated finish. 23” leg spread. The stools within this series are designed to deliver extremely durable performance in environments where things can get rough. TXT series chairs have a powder-coated finish as standard or an optional chrome-plated finish.30 $264. 23” leg spread.25 $261.3760 www.22 17 . The RTT series stools features a 15” diameter seat with 2-1/2” of high-resilience molded foam cushioning.25 $177.21 15 .25 $177.19 16 .24 19 . fixed rearward seat tilt of 3-1⁄2°.) 17 . Pneumatic seat height controls are also standard.05 $276. Resilient urethane skin covers the seats and allows for easy wipe-off cleaning. Stools within this series are specially designed to deliver durable performance in wet.22 19 .85 $200. They also feature rugged 5-legged tubular steel base with 20” diameter attached footring. 14” diameter x 1 1/2” thick.32 ** Quantity discounts are available Price $258. and featurea a rugged 5-legged tubular steel base with 20” diameter attached footring.45 $159. model number TXT1419R TXT1621R TXT1522R TXT1724R TXT1924R TXT2328R Adjustment range (in.28 27 .937.24 23 .

carpet etc. .ranging from light duty casters to heavy duty industrial models that carry thousands of pounds each. maintenanCe All bearings need to be lubricated with a high quality grade of multi-purpose grease that has good extreme-pressure and antiwear characteristics. Casters should be periodically inspected for metal fatigue cracks (especially under shock-loading conditions) and wheels should be checked for wear. Normal operating conditions. as defined by the ICM.. phenolic or steel wheels are recommended. Caster ordering inFormation Our casters are available in more than 35. Retighten caster mounting bolts when necessary.Casters Caster Guidelines The heavier the load. The weight of the load also influences the wheel mobility. extreme duty Caster 8. If you do not see a model that fits your specific application. For floor protection on vinyl. Conditions of excessive temperature and/or dirt will reduce ratings.250 lbs. the larger the wheel required for the caster. check weldments for cracks. Simple preventative maintenance will greatly extend caster and wheel life.bastiansolutions. All bearings must be properly lubricated. usual shipment is 1-4 weeks. tracks. If casters are welded to equipment. Roller or ball bearings are recommended for loads over 400 lbs.300 lbs. 74 800. polyolefin. For example. Bastian can help solve this problem by offering casters capable of operating in temperatures from -70ºF to 500ºF.500 lbs. precision medium duty Caster 325 lbs. tile. super industrial grade Caster 1. UnUsUaL Conditions Each wheel material has certain characteristics which will give the best results where unusual conditions exist. Models highlighted in yellow are in stock at Bastian and are guaranteed 24 hour shipment of receipt of that order. When possible. ** Do not exceed the capacity ratings published in this catalog. Roller bearings carry heavier loads. ** Capacity per caster heavy duty Caster 1. roLLing ease The larger the wheel. consist of manual operations on a relatively smooth surface (such as concrete) with normal minor obstacles. CapaCity ratings Caster and wheel capacities shown in this catalog are based on normal operating conditions as defined by the Institute of Caster Manufacturers (ICM). use polyurethane or Performa rubber wheels.000 lbs. Ball bearings roll easier but carry lighter loads. Otherwise. but extreme cold or heat can be a problem. where acids. industrial grade Caster 1. polyurethane.3760 www. oils. chemicals and other conditions harmful to rubber are present. (Estimated 2 weeks for most orders). use the largest ball bearing wheel for the best results. Load Weight FLoor Conditions Make sure the wheel you select is large enough to pass over cracks in the floor. and other obstructions. the easier it rolls. please call Bastian and we will assist you in finding the right model. extreme CLimates Room temperatures are not a problem for most casters.com .000 different models. moldings.937.

Please contact Bastian. steam cleaning.1200 700 .250 1000 .bastiansolutions. Wheels with Delrin bearings are well suited for applications where brine conditions. 480° continuous service 525° intermittent service. Torrington-style caged drawn cup bearings have a steel cage which provides inward retention of the needle rollers.1700 1000 . It is capable of absorbing excessive friction when a load tips and can be used where high speed operation is essential.com 75 . and help absorb thrust friction. Best suited for light to medium duty loads. or where excessive water or liquids are present.3500 800 .3760 www. roLLer Bearing torrington-styLe roLLer Bearing Capable of carrying a greater load than the same size diameter ball bearing.1500 100 .8000 300 . Combination seal/thrust retainer washers protect bearing from dirt.1450 75 .1400 -45° to 180°1 -45° to 180° -45° to 180° -45° to 180° -45° to 180° -45° to 180° -45° to 180° -45° to 180° -45° to 180° -45° to 180° -45° to 180° -20° to 160° -70° to 575°2 -45° to 525°3 -40° to 230° -45° to 350° 65(±5)A 70(±5)D 55(±5)D 70(±5)D 65(±5)D 70(±5)A 45(±5)D 85(±5)D 75(±5)A 63(±5)D 85(±5)D                                                           * *                           *                               * **                                                180° intermittent service. rete Linole um asph alt terra zzo Woo d smo oth s teel ribbe d ste el tile Wate r Capacity (lbs.325 1000 . Spanner bushing is the same hardness as the bearing rollers. and the entire unit is mounted in the wheel.1140 600 . Quiet operation for medium to heavy duty loads. This design provides maximum cage strength consistent with long service life. annULar BaLL Bearing Precision type bearings with machined.937. hardened raceways. 120° continuous service 525° intermittent service.900 300 .4000 540 .4800 200 . water. Recommended for maximum rolling ease with no maintenance lubrication required.Casters Bearing Descriptions deLrin® Bearing pLain & sLeeve Bearings A DuPont engineered plastic. Available on many wheels.1000 60 . Available on Endura Solid Elastomer and 2” tread width Performa Rubber wheels. For applications where maximum rolling ease and quiet operation are needed. chemicals. Only recommended when rolling ease is less critical.) temperature durometer Performa Rubber Moldon Nylon Polyurethane Hi-Tech Polyurethane (Round Tread) Polyolefin Phenolic Moldon Rubber Moldon Polyurethane Cast Iron Forged Steel V-Groove Pneumatic Thermo ThermoTech Endura Maxim 1 2 3 60 . Metal Sleeve is inserted in wheel and rests directly on the axle. Bronze Bearing The bronze bearing is durable under a wide range of temperature and humidity conditions and is corrosion resistant. Available on 2” tread width wheels only. precision-type bearings. Bearing is pre-assembled. The axle need not be hardened since the bearing has a hardened race. 490° continuous service Intermittent contact at room temperature only Consult Bastian for harsh chemicals Chem icals ** oil & grea se meta l Chip s high heat (+250 extre °F) me C old (45°F) anim al Fa ts noise redu ction Floor prote ction Cush ion L oad                                                                          Caster Wheel Selection Guide Floor surfaces operating Conditions et Brick Carp steam Conc mild 800. It has a split outer race shell into which the roller assembly is inserted. is extremely durable under a wide range of temperature and humidity conditions and is corrosion resistant. preCision tapered roLLer Bearings preCision seaLed BaLL Bearing (Optional-Consult Bastian) The tapered roller bearing is the most effective bearing for heavy loads. It is highly recommended for high heat or wet applications. Light oil or grease lubrication is always recommended.4000 1400 . radiaL BaLL Bearing Shielded. They are used in pairs and press fitted into the wheel hub.340 600 .

Performa wheels also have weatherability. “V” groove surface and face are machine finished. Standard color is black. chemicals. and reject floor debris such as metal shavings. CapaCity) Medium to Heavy Duty. low temperature flexibility. phenoLiC (Up to 4. near zero water absorption. oils. and reject floor debris such as metal shavings. protect floors. Standard color is black. non-marking. Performa wheels roll easily and quietly. around. CapaCity) Medium to Heavy Duty. low temperature flexibility. and resist chemicals.000 LBs. greases. Tread is molded in. 475°F continuous service). Tread is permanently bonded to a durable core. Cast iron & Forged steeL (Up to 4. Offer excellent resistance to chipping.800 LBs.500 LBs. low temperature flexibility. chemicals. This adds design strength for loads subjected to shock and hard impacts. These wheels are quiet in operation and absorb shock and vibration. It has a very high strength-to-weight ratio and is capable of long service under heavy loads. Offers superior resistance to most oils.com . Should be specified when excessive load weights are involved and floor protection is not a factor. Non-marking tread is permanently bonded to a durable core. Medium to Heavy Duty. CapaCity) thermo (Up to 1. CapaCity) Medium to Heavy Duty. protect floors. Performa wheels also have weatherability. Performa wheels roll easily and quietly. CapaCity) Medium to Heavy Duty. perForma rUBBer (Up to 325 LBs.937. poLyUrethane hi-teCh (Up to 1.000 LBs. 76 800. Phenolic resin wheels filled with macerated fabric. Designed for hard impacts and heavy loads. yet impact strength is far superior to hard rubber wheels.200 LBs. v-groove (Up to 8. These wheels are strong and easy rolling. and resist chemicals. CapaCity) Medium to Heavy Duty. and through a ribbed extension of the core to prevent debonding. CapaCity) Medium to Heavy Duty. CapaCity) Light to Medium Duty. Injection molded rubber is bonded to cast iron core. They should not be used if noise is of major concern or if loads are fragile. CapaCity) Medium to Heavy Duty. water and acids. moLdon poLyUrethane With Cast iron Core (Up to 4. Medium to Heavy Duty. Performa wheels also have weatherability. resist impacts with a cushion ride and are durable. Resists hard impacts. solvents and acids. and resist chemicals. Wheels are cast with reinforced section at maximum stress points. ultra durable wheel. Offers superior resistance to most oils. endUra soLid eLastomer (Up to 1. petroleum products and solvents. flat spotting. Very light in weight.3760 www. Standard colors are red tread on gray core. water and steam. high load capacities and long service life. CapaCity) poLyoLeFin (Up to 900 LBs. resist impacts with a cushion ride and are durable. yet impact strength is far superior to hard rubber wheels. cooking fats and acids. Quieter than steel or aluminum. Stain resistant. Superior impact strength. CapaCity) Light to Medium Duty. grease. and abrasion. CapaCity) moLdon rUBBer With Cast iron Core (Up to 1. perForma rUBBer (Up to 600 LBs. Also used with hand or conveyor trucks. Unique ribbed design adds strength. A lightweight. around and through a ribbed extension of the core to prevent debonding. Offer non-marking floor protection. High strength to withstand sharp impacts. poLyoLeFin (Up to 300 LBs. gasoline. Well suited to applications where a light-weight wheel is needed without loss of load capacity.700 LBs. provides superior floor protection. They help prolong equipment life and protect cargo. Very light in weight. Resistant to animal fats. water and steam. vegetable oils and salt solutions. Light weight and offers non-marking floor protection.Casters Caster Wheel Descriptions poLyUrethane hi-teCh (Up to 300 LBs.bastiansolutions.140 LBs. Hard tread. Red polyurethane is permanently bonded to cast iron core. protect floors. resist impacts with a cushion ride and are durable. perForma rUBBer (Up to 1.000 LBs. Resistant to most chemicals. Standard colors are red tread on gray core. and zero water absorbing. Performa wheels roll easily and quietly. Tread is molded in. For track or floor operation on inverted angle iron track in production lines. cracking. and reject floor debris such as metal shavings. Polyurethane tread mechanically locked to polyolefin core. water and steam. solvents. Non-marking tread is permanently bonded to a durable core. Resist most chemicals. grease.700 LBs. An excellent multi-purpose wheel. Feature a standard operating temperature range from -70°F (continuous service) to +525°F (intermittent service. CapaCity) Light to Medium Duty. Medium to Heavy Duty. Industrial strength polyurethane tread bonded to “ribbed” polyolefin core. Resistant to hard impacts and most chemicals and steam. CapaCity) Medium Duty.

4” and 5” Medium Duty models. bonded cushion rubber base pad to grip and protect the rolling surface. The thread guards do not rotate and force the thread to deposit on the shoulder between the guard and the fork. light-weight engineered thermoplastics. hand operated plungr is engaged to fit into slots on swivel raceway. The toe activated brake features positive engagement via a single rubber-faced plate. (Not available on V-groovewheel models or 2-1/2” tread width wheels.com 77 .3760 www. Easy stop and go operation. To disengage lock. Certain industries find excessive amounts of lint. The brake design features durable metal construction with a thermoplastic pedal. Standard color is light gray. metaL and pLastiC thread gUards dirtBan sWiveL seaLs Recommended for applications where casters and equipment are exposed to regular washings such as hospitals. Special cam activated brake mechanism locks firmly and is easy to engage and disengage. Wheel thread guards help overcome this problem. side LoCk Brake (For indUstriaL grade Casters) tread LoCk Brake (For extreme dUty Casters) Brake design places a positive locking force against the wheel hub to hold loads securely. Welded steel construction. bakeries and more. A spring-loaded. Plastic thread guards will not rust or corrode. Virtually maintenance free operation. making them ideal for cart-wash or wet applications. teCh-LoCk Brake (For indUstriaL grade Casters) side LoCk Brake (For mediUm dUty Casters) Constructed of durable. Virtually maintenance free operation. laundries. Available of Industrial Grade Casters with 2” tread width wheels equipped with roller or Delrin bearings. Temperature range: -30ºF to +250ºF. tread LoCk Brake (For indUstriaL. Also available in foot activated swivel locks. steady braking action. Offer high resistance to grease. chemicals. restaurants. Provides protection to your equipment and absorbs noise and shock when equipment comes in contact with another object. thread. Virtually maintenance free operation. light-weight engineered thermoplastics. To engage loack. Toe operation holds heavy loads securely. They keep dirt and contaminants out of the swivel raceways and lubricant in. food processing plants. acting as a “hub cap” for the caster. Designed for easy installation on all types of mobile as well as stationary equipment. Simple to install by welding or bolting. and heavy dUty Casters) teCh LoCk Brake® (For mediUm dUty stainLess steeL Casters) Constructed of durable. Advanced design of brake pad holds a variety of wheel types. Ideally suited for wet or corrosive conditions. Available on Medium Duty Casters. meat packing plants. and other soft materials migrate into caster wheel bearings. Works on 3-1/2”. oils.Casters Caster Brakes totaL LoCk Brake (For mediUm dUty Casters) Total lock brake locks wheel and swivel simultaneously. Can quickly convert swivel casters to rigid casters for straight-line tracking. BUmpers sWiveL LoCks Wide selection of rubber and vinyl bumpers. Only two moving parts.generally used on tubular handles. dUst Caps Keeps dust and debris out of raceway for smoother operation and longer service life. End (bottom) bumpers . This adjustable brake can be installed in the field or ordered assembled onto the caster. pull out plunger and turnn until spring action inserts plunger in notches on raceway. pull out plunger and turn so its not inserted in notches. Continuous (top) and Corner (middle) bumpersprotect equipment perimeters.937. Temperature range from -30ºF to 250ºF.bastiansolutions. Heavy-duty compensation spring assures constant. Flexible joint brake disc has non-slip. Only two moving parts. Ideally suited for wet or corrosive conditions. 800. Side lock brake provides positive braking action on all types of wheels. sUper indUstriaL. Available on the Extreme Duty Casters. The toe activation brake features positive engagemnt via rubber faced plate. Caster Accessories FLoor LoCk Brake Positive braking action stops rolling of castered equipment on level surfaces. Brake can be actuated from either end of the pedal for greater convenience. detergents and water.

.74 $11..76 $14. available on all swivel models.bastiansolutions....03208..46 $10.......445 KIT 2.44 $7...02208.12 KIT 2.62 $7. $1..441 KIT 2..53 KIT 2.04208... Thread guards: Available on many models NSF Listed Wheel types available: Performa Rubber (flat or round tread).98 $10.05208.95 (add BRK1) Total-Lock Brake ..53 KIT 2.03208...91 KIT 2.02208... Polyurethane Hi-Tech.02256.441 KIT 2.20 $10.....04208.) 140 200 250 300 300 230 300 250 250 250 250 275 300 275 275 300 300 300 325 325 250 Wheel type PR-F PO PU-HT CI PH PO CI PU-HT PU-HT PR-F PR-F PO PR-F PU-HT PU-HT PO PU-HT PU-HT PR-F PR-F PR-R Bearing type Delrin Delrin Ball Sleeve Roller Delrin Sleeve Delrin Ball Delrin Ball Delrin Ball Delrin Ball Delrin Delrin Ball Delrin Ball Ball ship Weight (lbs.319 KIT 2..) 2-13/32 2-13/32 2-13/32 2-13/32 2-13/32 2-29/32 2-29/32 2-29/32 2-29/32 2-29/32 2-29/32 3-7/32 3-7/32 3-7/32 3-7/32 3-13/16 3-13/16 3-13/16 3-13/16 3-13/16 3-13/16 model number (swivel) 2.04 model number (rigid) 2... Please call Bastian for models not listed in the pricing tables..95 KIT 2.. per caster Zinc plated finish Full double ball hardened raceways 3/8” axle with lock nut Reinforcing washer on lower raceway Multi-temperature lube options • • • • • • • Brake: Side-Lock.12 $9...02256...18 $6...) 2-1/2 2-1/2 2-1/2 2-1/2 2-1/2 3-1/2 3-1/2 3-1/2 3-1/2 3-1/2 3-1/2 4 4 4 4 5 5 5 5 5 5 tread Width (in.52 $10..03256...28 $11.70 $6.98 $11.05256.53 KIT 2.58 $12.91 KIT 2.84 $10.937.90 $13.80 $8..445 KIT 2....91 KIT 2..02208...04256.06 $13.12 KIT 2.05208... Total-Lock..05208.441 KIT 2..03256..92 $11...53 KIT 2.26 $8...) 3-7/8 3-7/8 3-7/8 3-7/8 3-7/8 4-5/8 4-5/8 4-5/8 4-5/8 4-5/8 4-5/8 5-1/8 5-1/8 5-1/8 5-1/8 6-3/16 6-3/16 6-3/16 6-3/16 6-3/16 6-3/16 swivel radius (in..05256.05208..441 KIT 2..95 KIT 2.04256..34 $7.12 KIT 2.64 $10..16 $11.68 $12... Polyolefin. $3..95 KIT 2.03256.....90 (add BRK5) Wheel diameter (in.92 $11.. 4”..91 KIT 2..... Cast Iron. FeatUres • • • • • • Capacity up to 325 lbs...14 $8.05256.72 ** Wheel Types: Performa Rubber (Flat) = PR-F Performa Rubber (Round) = PR-R Phenolic = PH Polyolefin = PO Polyurethane Hi-Tech = PU-HT Cast Iron = CI ** Quantity Discounts Available top sellers 24 hour delivery 78 800...445 KIT 2.03208...02208.95 KIT 2....03208.03256..95 KIT 2....05208.445 KIT 2..38 $5...319 KIT 2.90 $6.91 KIT 2.3760 www.....04256.12 KIT 2....86 $7.04208.48 $8.05256.53 KIT 2..05256...02256.53 KIT 2..) 1-5/8 1-5/8 1-5/8 2 1-5/8 1-7/8 3 1-7/8 2 2 2 2-1/8 2-1/4 2-1/8 2-1/8 2-1/2 2-1/2 2-1/2 2-3/4 2-3/4 3 Load height (in.. Phenolic and Thermo...54 $12.... available on 3-1/2”.95 KIT 2....53 KIT 2..565 KIT price (rigid) $8.04256..Casters Precision Medium Duty Caster ...95 KIT 2....60 $11...05256..325 lb Capacity appLiCations For use on medium duty carts.. Side-Lock Brake ..44 $6. dollies.03208.....16 $12.03256..441 KIT 2.18 $10...02256.445 KIT 2...) 1-1/4 1-1/4 1-1/4 1-1/4 1-7/16 1-1/4 1-1/4 1-1/4 1-1/4 1-1/4 1-1/4 1-1/4 1-1/4 1-1/4 1-1/4 1-1/4 1-1/4 1-1/4 1-1/4 1-1/4 1-5/16 Capacity (lbs.02256.04208.72 $6..445 KIT 2...86 $9..53 KIT 2. and equipment.70 $12.91 KIT 2.96 $11......com ..03208.... and 5” swivel models....441 KIT 2.03256...565 KIT price (swivel) $8..05208.02208.95 KIT 2...12 $13.

..95 (add BRK2) Tread Lock .04108.05108.459.. Polyolefin..82 $20..82 $18..459. Cast Iron..459.08198...929 KIT 4.04108. per caster Full double ball hardened raceways 1/2” hollow axle with zerk.7 KIT Phenolic = PH V-Groove = VG Wheel diameter (in.08 $20.36 $12...05109.20 $24.. Black Color = PR-FB Moldon Polyurethane = M-PU Performa Rubber.839 KIT 4..929 KIT 4.06108..26 $11.18 $13......04109.739 KIT 4.44 $16.929 KIT 4.459.. Grey Color = PR-RG Cast Iron = CI ** Quantity Discounts Available top sellers 24 hour delivery 800.06109.139 KIT 4.139 KIT 4.50 $14.839 KIT 4..7 KIT 4...139 KIT 4.739 KIT 4..339 KIT 4.559 KIT 4.7 KIT 4.10 $9.06109...08198.239 KIT 4.74 $13......339 KIT 4.05109...32 Polyolefin = PO ** Wheel Types: Forged Steel = FG Polyurethane Hi-Tech = PU-HT Performa Rubber....90 $22. Side Lock .339 KIT 4. portable conveyors...06109.459..937..12 $14..04109.08199.08198..05109..72 $20..96 $12..) 5-5/8 5-5/8 5-5/8 5-5/8 5-5/8 5-5/8 5-5/8 6-1/2 6-1/2 6-1/2 6-1/2 6-1/2 6-1/2 7-1/2 7-1/2 7-1/2 7-1/2 7-1/2 7-1/2 7-1/2 7-1/2 7-1/2 9-1/2 9-1/2 9-1/2 9-1/2 9-1/2 9-1/2 FeatUres • • • • • • • swivel radius (in.34 $8.04108.38 $12..12 $15.839 KIT 4..Tech-Lock and Tread Lock Brakes.7 KIT 4.339 KIT 4.06109....72 $20..06108.949..08199..06109... available on all swivel casters except 3-1/4”diameter and V-Groove..34 $16...949.05108.929 KIT 4.05109..04108. lock washer and nut 1/4” steel top plate Zinc plated finish Permanent “hardened radial” rivet king pin construction with 5/8” dia.. Phenolic.60 $16.7 KIT price (swivel) $19.949.44 $14.54 $48. options • • • • • • • Brake: Side Lock.) 350 500 600 700 800 800 1000 375 650 750 1000 1000 1000 450 600 700 900 1200 900 1200 1250 1200 675 900 1250 1250 1000 1250 Wheel type PR-FB PO PU-HT M-PU PH VG CI PR-FB PO PU-HT PH CI M-PU PR-RG PR-FB PO PU-HT M-PU PH CI FS VG PR-FB PO PH CI PU-HT M-PU Bearing type Roller Roller Roller Roller Roller Roller Roller Roller Roller Roller Roller Roller Roller Roller Roller Roller Roller Roller Roller Roller Roller Roller Roller Roller Roller Roller Roller Roller ship Weight (lbs...06109..05109..250 lbs.. $8..32 $13..06108.16 $44.929 KIT 4...08199....2 KIT 4. utility trucks.04108.04109.86 $22.....06109.3760 www.. Forged Steel. Polyurethane Hi Tech....04109.Casters Industrial Grade Caster 1.08198.06 $10.459..06108. Round Tread..com 79 .44 $14...250 lb Capacity appLiCations The Industrial Grade Caster used for machinery.) 3-9/16 3-9/16 3-9/16 3-9/16 3-9/16 3-9/16 3-9/16 4-1/4 4-1/4 4-1/4 4-1/4 4-1/4 4-1/4 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 6-1/2 6-1/2 6-1/2 6-1/2 6-1/2 6-1/2 Capacity up to 1. mobile racks..339 KIT 4.86 $16.06108... $3. Wheel Types Available: Performa Rubber... tread Width (in.....50 (add BRK1) Thread guards: Available on many models Sealed Swivel: Prevents water and debris from getting into the raceways.05108.839 KIT 4.44 $16.2 KIT 4..08199. Flat Tread.839 KIT 4.30 $18..139 KIT 4.) 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 5 5 5 5 5 5 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 8 8 8 8 8 8 price (rigid) $14.949. tool boxes..80 $18...139 KIT 4.95 (add BRK3) Tech Lock .04109.60 $19. $14.) 5-3/4 5-3/4 4-3/4 7-1/4 5-3/4 8-1/8 7-7/8 6-1/8 4-1/4 4-3/4 5-3/4 8-7/8 8-1/8 5 5 5-1/2 5 10-1/2 7 9-3/4 10-1/4 10-1/2 6 5-3/4 8-1/2 12-1/2 5-3/4 13-1/4 Load height (in.7 KIT 4.06108.04108..559 KIT 4. platform trucks.239 KIT 4.48 $13..139 KIT 4.929 KIT 4.38 $13.42 $17..7 KIT 4..05108.....06108.82 $13.7 KIT 4.2 KIT 4..839 KIT 4...... V-Groove.2 KIT 4.339 KIT 4.839 KIT 4..929 KIT 4...44 $18..08 $24.50 $16.44 $16.04108.949.08199.839 KIT 4...48 $17...339 KIT 4..139 KIT 4.88 model number (rigid) 4..949..739 KIT 4.18 $14..05108..05109.04109..80 $10... rivet Grease fittings: wheel bearing & swivel raceway model number (swivel) 4..82 $20....949..74 $16.68 $22.05108.....459.. available on all swivel models with Delrin or roller bearings...2 KIT 4. and food service equipment.) 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 Capacity (lbs.949..2 KIT 4..08198.50 $19...bastiansolutions.50 $18.06109..10 $12.139 KIT 4.06108.2 KIT 4...08198...739 KIT 4. Moldon Polyurethane.88 $18.08199.64 $15..90 $9.339 KIT 4.04109. Endura and Thermo.06109.....06108.459..929 KIT 4..2 KIT 4.74 $17.

459.08 $42.339 KIT 5.92 $19.04208.06209....339 KIT 5...04208.06208.18 $36.08299.....459.339 KIT 5.04209.7 KIT 5.7 KIT 5.22 $40.949.05209.) 3-9/16 3-9/16 3-9/16 3-9/16 4-1/16 4-1/16 4-1/16 4-1/16 4-13/16 4-13/16 4-13/16 4-13/16 4-13/16 4-13/16 4-13/16 6-5/16 6-5/16 6-5/16 6-5/16 6-5/16 model number (swivel) 5.74 $38.139 KIT 5.459.42 model number (rigid) 5.38 $21.) 5-5/8 5-5/8 5-5/8 5-5/8 6-1/2 6-1/2 6-1/2 6-1/2 7-1/2 7-1/2 7-1/2 7-1/2 7-1/2 7-1/2 7-1/2 9-1/2 9-1/2 9-1/2 9-1/2 9-1/2 swivel radius (in.00 $37. available on all swivel casters except 2-1/2” tread width and V-Groove wheels.bastiansolutions.05208.KIT 5.84 $36...300 lbs Capacity appLiCations The Premium Heavy Duty Caster..04209.06209.839.139 KIT 5.) 4 4 4 4 5 5 5 5 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 8 8 8 8 8 Brake: Tread Lock Brakes.18 $35.) 6 6 7-3/4 8-3/4 6-3/4 7-1/2 9-3/4 11-1/4 6-3/4 7 6-3/4 7-3/4 11-1/4 11-1/4 10-3/4 7-3/4 14-1/4 7-1/4 9-1/2 13-3/4 Load height (in.90 $44.139 KIT 5.08 $29.62 $42.98 $40. Forged Steel.24 $31.949..839 KIT 5..929 KIT 5. can be used for material handling carts.7 KIT 5.42 $23.7 KIT 5.06209.839 KIT 5.08298.com .339 KIT 5.40 $17..459..80 $39..949..139 KIT 5.74 $34... lock washer and nut 1/4” steel top plate Plastic seal/retainer washer (roller bearing models) Zinc plated finish Permanent “hardened radial” rivet king pin construction with 3/4” dia.937.08299.. $14.. per caster Full double ball hardened raceways 1/2” hollow axle with zerk.139 KIT 5. Black Color) = PR-FB Cast Iron = CI Phenolic = PH V-Groove = VG Polyolefin = PO Quantity Discounts Available top sellers 24 hour delivery 80 800.2 KIT 5.94 $21.7 KIT 5.05209.. V-Groove..08299.. Cast Iron.04 $25.32 $17.139 KIT 5...7 KIT price (rigid) $22.06209.949..) 500 800 1000 700 650 1000 1000 1000 600 700 900 1200 1200 1200 1200 675 1300 1000 1300 1300 Wheel type PO PH CI M-PU PO PH CI M-PU PR-FB PO PU-HT PH M-PU CI VG PR-FB CI PU-HT PH M-PU Bearing type Roller Roller Roller Roller Roller Roller Roller Roller Roller Roller Roller Roller Roller Roller Roller Roller Roller Roller Roller Roller ship Weight (lbs.339 KIT 5.300 lbs.. Please call Bastian for models not listed in the pricing tables.06 Moldon Polyurethane = M-PU Polyurethane High-Tech = PU-HT ** Wheel Types: Performa Rubber (Flat Tread.949. tread Width (in.949.36 $26.06208..04208.2 KIT 5..05209.....06 $17.739 KIT 5.. Polyolefin.26 $20..3760 www.32 $28..08298.139 KIT 5.7 KIT price (swivel) $39..08298.. Moldon Polyurethane. machinery etc.139 KIT 5.339 KIT 5.Casters Premium Heavy Duty Caster 1.06208..90 $21.949..14 $18.06209. Endura and Thermo.06208..7 KIT 5.08298..00 $22.50 $42. Polyurethane Hi-Tech..06208.44 $43..06208.839 KIT 5..05208.739 KIT 5.06209..339 KIT 5.06208. Phenolic.04209..929 KIT 5..06209.08299...50 (add BRK1) Thread guards: Available on many models Wheel Types Available: Performa Rubber..10 $34.00 $19.86 $41. Tread Lock Brake .) 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 Capacity (lbs.929 KIT 5.74 $35.26 $28.04209.04208.. Casters FeatUres • • • • • • • • • Capacity up to 1..70 $31.05209..2 KIT 5..05208.22 $23.62 $26.929 KIT 5.839 KIT 5.949. heavy mobile tables..839 KIT 5..08299.2 KIT 5.08298..... rivet Grease fittings: wheel bearing & swivel raceway Multi-temperature lube options • • • • • Wheel diameter (in.....05208...339 KIT 5..

..669. 1/4” (rigid) Plastic seal/retainer washer (roller bearing models) Zinc plated finish Heat treated bolt and nut king pin construction with 3/4” diameter bolt Grease fittings: wheel bearing and swivel raceway Multi-temperature lube options • • • • Brake: Tread Lock Brakes.339 KIT 6.929 KIT 6.949...7 KIT 6..339 KIT 6.459..08298.74 $36.66 $38..459.339 KIT 6.339 KIT 6..05208..937...04 $20. Flat Tread.949..14 $38.3760 www.10259...com 81 ...7 KIT 6.7 KIT 6.949.05208.139 KIT 6.46 $30.92 $28..929 KIT 6.339 KIT 6.339 KIT 6.929 KIT 6.139 KIT 6. Forged Steel.24 $46.139 KIT 6.06209.10258. dairy carts.06208.08 $60..88 $34.459.669..10259.7 KIT 6..929 KIT 6.08 $29..10 $35.06208.949.08298.929 KIT 6.139 KIT 6.08299.68 $24.05208.) 800 600 1000 375 750 1000 1000 1000 1500 600 900 1200 1200 1500 1500 1000 1400 1500 1500 1500 1500 790 Wheel type PH PU-HT CI PR-FB PU-HT PH M-PU CI FS PR-FB PU-HT PH M-PU CI FS PU-HT PH M-PU CI PH M-PU M-R Bearing type Roller Roller Roller Roller Roller Roller Roller Roller Roller Roller Roller Roller Roller ship Weight (lbs..86 $28.7 KIT 6.42 $21.239 KIT 6.10259....46 $66...) 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2-1/2 2-1/2 2-1/2 Capacity (lbs.7 KIT 6.. Please call Bastian for models not listed in the pricing tables..04209.06209..05209.929 KIT 6..90 $22.72 $52.44 $43.05208. V-Groove. Capacity up to 1.05209.06208.05209.82 $61.50 (add BRK1) Thread guards: Available on many models Wheel Types Available: Performa Rubber.929 KIT 6..52 $38.05209.70 $42.239 KIT 6.05209..74 $35.. Polyurethane Hi-Tech.1.42 $40..08299...46 $36.. Wheel diameter (in. available on all 2” tread width swivel casters & rigid 6” & 8” casters (except 10” diameter & V-Groove models)..7 KIT price (swivel) $31..2 KIT 6...06209.) 5-5/8 5-5/8 5-5/8 6-1/2 6-1/2 6-1/2 6-1/2 6-1/2 6-1/2 7-1/2 7-1/2 7-1/2 7-1/2 7-1/2 7-1/2 9-1/2 9-1/2 9-1/2 9-1/2 11-1/2 11-1/2 11-1/2 swivel radius (in.7 KIT 6..04208.06208.14 model number (rigid) 6..06208.05208. lock washer and nut 5/16” steel top plate (swivel).06209..) 7-1/4 7-1/2 9 9 8-1/2 8 11-1/4 10-3/4 11-1/4 7-3/4 7-3/4 9-1/4 12-1/2 12-1/2 Load height (in.7 KIT 6.04209.. Polyolefin.949.10258..239 KIT 6. etc...26 $22....04209.2 KIT 6. $14.82 $25.26 $32.00 $47.949.08299.929 KIT 6.08299.05208.50 $34.10258.62 $46.) 4 4 4 5 5 5 5 5 5 6 6 6 6 6 6 8 8 8 8 10 10 10 Forged Steel = FS Polyolefin = PO tread Width (in...30 $44.38 $21..239 KIT 6..08298.30 Roller Roller Roller Roller Roller Roller Roller Roller 12-1/2 9-1/2 11-1/2 16-1/4 61-1/4 14-3/4 20-1/2 19-3/4 Moldon Polyurethane = M-PU Polyurethane Hi-Tech = PU-HT ** Wheel Types: Performa Rubber. per caster Full double ball hardened raceways 1/2” hollow axle with zerk.339 KIT 6.66 $17..369 KIT 6...969.62 $22..36 $22.05209. Tread Lock Brake .06209.84 $32..500 lbs.139 KIT 6.48 $31.74 $36.339 KIT 6.04208.) 3-5/8 3-5/8 3-5/8 4 4 4 4 4 4 4-3/4 4-3/4 4-3/4 4-3/4 4-3/4 4-3/4 6-1/4 6-1/4 6-1/4 6-1/4 7-25/32 7-25/32 7-25/32 model number (swivel) 6. Phenolic Endura and Thermo..06209..04208.369 KIT 6. portable freezers.2 KIT 6.139 KIT 6. Black Color = PR-FB Cast Iron= CI Performa Rubber (Round) = PR-R Moldon Rubber = M-R Phenolic = PH Quantity Discounts Available top sellers 24 hour delivery 800. stock carts...06208.18 $36.139 KIT 6.bastiansolutions.Casters Super Heavy Duty Caster .500 lb Capacity appLiCations FeatUres • • • • • • • • • • Super Heavy Duty Casters for laundry trucks.00 $18. Cast Iron.08298.7 KIT price (rigid) $17.2 KIT 6...06 $26..459. Moldon Polyurethane.32 $24.139 KIT 6..969.

.10689..32 $35.52 $36.169 KIT 8...04456.80 $81.40 $25..179 KIT 8..04456.78 $26...32 $91..05456..000 2.3760 www.900 3..05408.379 KIT 8.12689.040 2.269 KIT 8.. non-corrosive and almost maintenance free Top Plate Size: 2-1/2” x 3 5/8” Slotted Bolt Hole Pattern: 1-3/4” x 2-13/16” to 1-3/4” x 3-1/16” Fork Leg Spacing: 1-5/8” Mounting Bolt: 5/16” Tech-Lock Brake .000 lbs.06688.169 KIT 8.7 KIT 8.34 $77.....179 KIT 8..08688.379 KIT 8.88 model number (rigid) 2.500 4.379 KIT 8..06688.18 $72.12688.06689.979.544 KIT 2..08688.937.979..02 $54.379 KIT 8.7 KIT 8..10688..944 KIT 2...279 KIT 8.) 2-1/2 2-1/2 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 Capacity (lbs.7 KIT 8.10689...06689.000 4.944 KIT 2..94 $22.500 2.....76 $51..8..08688.7 KIT price (rigid) $52.269 KIT 8. per caster Standard “polished” stainless steel finish Spanner.05408.56 $101...04408..05408.979.7 KIT 8. axle.02 $80.10689.544 KIT 2.25 (add BRK1) tread Width (in.179 KIT 8.12688...379 KIT 8...500 3.379 KIT 8..06689.944 KIT 2......08689.544 KIT 2...12688.06689.000 3....04 $38....64 model number (rigid) 8..10688.444 KIT 2.269 KIT 8...92 $27.500 4..22 $96.000 3.12689.444 KIT 2.Casters Extreme Duty Caster .05456........500 2..979....10689.16 Wheel diameter 4 4 4 5 5 5 Polyolefin = PO ** Wheel Types: Performa Flat Tread = PR-F Quantity Discounts Available Polyurethane Hi-Tech = PU-HT top sellers 24 hour delivery 82 800..379 KIT 8.84 $74.500 3..84 $100. Kingpinless design with single ball hardened raceway 3/4” diameter axle with locknut 3/8” thick steel top plate 3/8” thick x 3” wide formed fork legs are robotically welded inside and out Grease fittings for swivel raceway and wheel bearing Zinc plated finish Other wheels and capacities available...979.12689. $7..56 $75.7 KIT price (swivel) $78...379 KIT 8. Capacity FeatUres • • • • • • • • • Capacity Range up to 8..04408.64 Wheel diameter 6 6 6 6 8 8 8 8 10 10 10 10 12 12 12 Roller Roller Roller Roller Roller Roller Roller Roller Roller Roller Roller Roller Roller Roller Roller Forged Steel = FS ** Wheel Types: Phenolic = PH Quantity Discounts Available Moldon Polyurethane = M-PU Medium Duty Stainless Steel Casters FeatUres • • • • • • • • • Capacity up to 325 lbs.10688.179 KIT 8.05456.279 KIT 8.08689.7 KIT 8.76 $77.444 KIT price (rigid) $22.544 KIT 2..90 $76...32 $65.04456.30 $93..34 $126..) 4-3/8 4-3/8 4-3/8 4-3/8 6-3/16 6-3/16 6-3/16 6-3/16 7-3/8 7-3/8 7-3/8 7-3/8 8-7/8 8-7/8 8-7/8 model number (swivel) 8...179 KIT 8.34 $152... $14...22 $70..04 $24.58 $69..51 (add BRK2) tread Width (in) 1-1/4 1-1/4 1-1/4 1-1/4 1-1/4 1-1/4 Capacity (lbs) 275 275 300 300 300 325 Wheel type PO PU-HT PR-F PO PU-HT PR-F Bearing type Delrin Delrin Delrin Delrin Delrin Delrin ship Weight (lbs) 2-1/8 2-1/8 2-1/4 2-5/8 2-5/8 2-3/4 Load height (in) 5-1/8 5-1/8 5-1/8 6-3/16 6-3/16 6-3/16 swivel radius (in) 3-5/16 3-5/16 3-5/16 4-1/16 4-1/16 4-1/16 model number (swivel) 2.179 KIT 8.90 $50.979....08689.80 $55..500 Cast Iron = CI Wheel type CI FS PH M-PU CI FS PH M-PU CI FS PH M-PU CI PH M-PU Bearing type ship Weight (lbs.com .7 KIT 8.10688.) 2...269 KIT 8.70 $40...34 $103.60 $129.06688.444 KIT price (swivel) $34. lock nut and washers . Contact Bastian for more information Brake option for swivel casters ..979.58 $43..979.60 $103.06688.) 20 24 14-1/4 19-1/4 27-3/4 31-1/4 16-1/2 27-3/4 31-1/2 37-1/2 19-1/2 31-1/2 35-3/4 24-3/4 40 Load height (in.78 $36..18 $46.08689..04408.) 7-1/2 7-1/2 7-1/2 7-1/2 10 1/8 10 1/8 10 1/8 10 1/8 11-1/2 11-1/2 11-1/2 11-1/2 13-1/2 13-1/2 13-1/2 swivel radius (in.stainless steel construction Delrin bearing: easy rolling....500 2.08688.....000 lbs..bastiansolutions..000 2....30 $67..944 KIT 2...

.. The raceways are then heat treated to eliminate brinelling of the surface when the caster is subjected to shock loads.) 3-5/16 3-5/16 3-13/16 3-13/16 swivel radius (in.20 $3. hardened for impact resistance Swivel Raceway is sealed as a standard feature. warehouse dollies. The 3/4” ball bearings are used to distribute the load and thrust forces at the same time.52 price (swivel) $5.25 (add BRK3) tread Width (in......937.82 $3.92 $5. supermarkets.) 120 175 125 210 Wheel type Bearing type Plain Plain Plain Plain ship Weight (lbs.03688.44 2. These casters are ideal for textile.. or housekeeping.11. The unique design of this raceway actually puts the bearings in shear while locking the swivel section together. or business equipment.) 1-1/8 1-1/8 1-1/8 1-1/8 Capacity (lbs..92 model number (rigid) 2.44 2.. stock picking carts. institutional.... work in progress carts and trash trucks.. 800.... off-center loading Used for medium duty shock load towing applications Precision machined 3-1/4” diameter raceway..02689.. food service..) 1 1 1-1/2 1-1/2 Load height (in..... off-center loading Used for floor tow lines..03689..bastiansolutions..82 Wheel diameter (in..25” Steel Plate Caster • • • • • • • • High shock.52 2. and housekeeping carts Thread guards standard on all models. The design gives you a high strength swivel section that will swivel easily under extreme loads. Ideal for use on warehouse dollies. High alloy steel swivel action Precision machined and heat treated raceways 3/4” axle 3/8” x 2-1/2” legs formed and welded both inside and out Swivel locks and wheel brakes available Bearings rotate on a hardened and ground 1” spanner bushing 5” x 7. library or school furniture..52 price (rigid) $3. $1...) 2-3/8 2-3/8 2-11/16 2-11/16 model number (swivel) 2.. FeatUres • • • • • • • Capacity up to 325 lbs. Capacity FeatUres • • • • • • Hot forged C-1045 steel swivel section Unique Single Ball Race Design 3/4” diameter load/thrust ball bearings 4” diameter precision machined load/thrust raceway 3/8” x 4” legs formed and welded both inside and outside for strength 1” grade 5 axle BeneFits Large 4” single bearing raceways are precision machined out of rough C-1045 steel forgings..25” Steel Plate Caster • • • • • • High shock. but are not available with 3” brake option Side-Lock Brake for 3” models .20 $3. The caster also features a dust and dirt shield in the swivel to keep out debris.03689. Swivel seal keeps out dirt and moisture 3/8” x 3” legs formed and welded both inside and outside Swivel locks and wheel brakes available are present Monster Caster ..000 lbs.44 $5....44 $5.44 2.) 2-1/2 2-1/2 3 3 Cushion Rubber Polyolefin Cushion Rubber Polyolefin Quantity Discounts Available top sellers 4..02688. or electronic enclosures.02688.3760 www...Casters Low Profile Caster appLiCations Low profile casters are made to lower the load height in special applications..44 2.5” x 6.com 83 . Used in applications such as stock picking.. vending machine delivery.52 2.....02689. laundry hampers. per caster Zinc plated finish that is attractive and durable Heat treated full double ball hardened raceways Low profile design offers low load height and quick swivel response Ideal for business machines.03688.. manufacturing.

937.com .Casters Specialty Casters & Wheels Light dUty indUstriaL Casters non-sparking.bastiansolutions.3760 www. WheeL Casters With CondUCtive rUBBer threaded stem oFFset top pLate Caster ChanneL top pLate sWiveL Caster 84 800. Brass CondUCtive WheeLs pneUmatiC rUBBer WheeL moLden nyLon WheeL roUnd stem sqUare stem expanding adapter stem pipe thread stem ergonomiC soFt poLyUrethane WheeLs doUBLe poLyUrethane WheeLs shoCk aBsorBing repLaCement WheeLs For paLLet trUCks Cargo Caster With sWiveL LoCk dUaL pneUmatiC With Brake & sWiveL LoCk pLain stem With 2” dia.

78 ** Quantity Discounts Available ** Call Bastian for information on Long & Short Dividers. Bottom container in stack supports up to 3. Dollies are also available to provide easy movement in your facility. These modular box systems are designed to maximize space. and Label Holders 2-3 Day Delivery nest anD staCk totes Nest and stack boxes are available in a variety of sizes. or distribution applications.69 $20. moisture.59 1. They offer a smooth outside surface and radius angles for easy and safe handling.3760 www.3 20 8 6 3 $5.bastiansolutions.76 $10.Dividers.28 $23.75 800. Blue & Gray Optional Accessories .Totes & Containers Containers Versatile Work-in-Progress Containers Versatile Work-In-Progress conatiners are made of high-density polyethylene.) 16-1/2 x 9-1/2 x 4-7/8 18-3/8 x 11-3/8 x 5-7/8 16-3/8 x 11 x 7-7/8 19-3/4 x 12-3/4 x 7-7/8 21 x 16 x 9-7/8 35-3/4 x 17 x 7-1/4 24-7/8 x 17-3/8 x 13-1/8 35-7/8 x 17-3/8 x 14-1/8 outside Dimensions (l x W x H) (in.44 0. and are resistant to most oils. and solvents as well as irradiation.16 0.48 $61.31 $36. Dust Covers. Maximum load capacity for each container is 500 lbs.33 $49.) 17-7/8 x 10-5/8 x 5 19-3/4 x 12-1/2 x 6 20-1/2 x 12-7/8 x 8 24-1/2 x 14-3/4 x 8 25-1/4 x 18 x 10 42-1/2 x 20 x 7-1/2 27-1/2 x 20 x 14-1/8 42-1/2 x 20 x 14-1/4 Quantity Discounts Available 3-4 Week Delivery Carton Quantity 10 10 10 10 5 5 5 3 Price ea.41 $12. and include lids and dollies.) outside Dimensions (l x W x H) (in. $17. Nest and stack containers are your ideal solution for heavy-duty storage. Label Holders & Lids Recessed stacking ledges. made of reinforced thermoset composite material. Containers are available with or without a wire-reinforced rim. Model number 780208 780308 780408 780508 780608 780108 780708 780008 inside Dimensions (l x W x H) (in.000 lbs.com 65 .53 $73. chemicals.Red. 33105 33166 33168 33228 9-1/8 x 6-1/2 x 4-5/8 14-3/4 x 9-1/8 x 5-9/16 14-5/8 x 9-1/16 x 7-9/16 19-7/8 x 14-7/8 x 7-7/16 10-7/8 x 8-1/4 x 5 16-1/2 x 10-7/8 x 6 16-1/2 x 10-7/8 x 8 22-3/8 x 17-3/8 x 8 0. • • • • • • • • Resists most solvents & chemicals Ribbed design gives added strength Colors . Ft) Carton Quantity Price ea. work-in-process. Custom fit lids are available to protect parts from dirt and damage.937. These containers stack when full and nest when empty at alternating 180° positions.27 $41. Reinforced lip for carrying Injection molded for uniform wall thickness and resistance to stress and cracks Compatible with most racks and shelving & automated material handling equipmen Numbered slots coupled with intersection dividers allow subdivision down to 1-1/4” square compartment sizes Model number inside Dimensions (l x W x H) (in.59 $28.) Capacity (Cu. Work-In-Progress containers provide efficient storage and organization when used with existing racks or shelving.

99 $9. Ft) 10 10 30 50 50 60 75 N/A N/A Carton Quantity 24 24 12 6 6 12 6 6 3 Price ea. stack or sit on shelving Reduce & control inventories while shortening assembly times & minimizing parts handling Model number 30210 30220 30230 30235 30239 30240 30250 30265 30270 inside Dimensions (l x W x H) (in.) 5-3/8 x 4-1/8 x 3 7-3/8 x 4-1/8 x 3 10-7/8 x 5-1/2 x 5 10-7/8 x 11 x 5 10-3/4 x 8-1/4 x 7 14-3/4 x 8-1/4 x 7 14-3/4 x 16-1/2 x 7 18 x 8-1/4 x 9 18 x 16-1/2 x 11 outside Dimensions (l x W x H) (in.97 $2. rust. rails. $1. & carts.86 $6.com .92 $4.Totes & Containers Durable sHelF bins • • • • • • • • • • • • Built-in hanglock lets bin tilt out for complete access Front handle area contains molded-in label holder Wide hopper front allows easy access Edges are reinforced for additional strength.55 $4.86 $24.43 $7. panels. and corrosion proof Hang from racks.42 $2. Bins “nest” when empty to save space Seamless.00 66 800. Model number 30110 30120 30124 30128 30130 30138 30150 30158 30164 30170 30174 30178 30184 inside Dimensions (l x W x H) (in.) 4-3/4 x 3-7/16 x 21-3/16 6-3/4 x 3-7/16 x 21-3/16 10-1/4 x 4-3/8 x 4-3/4 10-1/4 x 10 x 4-3/4 10 x 6-9/16 x 6-3/4 14 x 6-9/16 x 6-3/4 14 x 14-3/4 x 6-3/4 17-1/8 x 6-3/4 x 8-1/4 17-1/8 x 14-3/4 x 10-1/4 ** Quantity Discounts Available 2-3 Day Delivery Capacity (Cu.09 $2. Bin cups & dividers.49 $7. waterproof.) 10-1/4 x 1-5/8 x 4 10-1/4 x 3 x 4 22-1/8 x 3 x 4 16-1/2 x 3 x 4 10-1/4 x 5-1/2 x 4 16-1/2 x 7-1/8 x 4 10-1/4 x 5-1/2 x 4 16-1/2 x 7-1/8 x 4 22-1/8 x 5-1/2 x 4 10-1/4 x 10 x 4 22-1/8 x 10 x 4 16-1/2 x 10 x 4 22-1/8 x 7-1/8 x 4 outside Dimensions (l x W x H) (in.3760 www. Yellow & Blue 13 sizes to choose from One piece molded construction.40 $1.24 sturDy Hanging sMall Parts bins • • • • • • • • • • Large label slot & finger grips for easier handling Anti-slide stop prevents stacked bins from shifting forward Extra wide stacking ledge assures stability for high stacking Full width hanger lip supports bin when suspended from panel or rack Reinforced ribs add strength and prevent bins from spreading Dividers fit securely in slots for partitioning Autoclavable (steam sterilization) up to 250°F Unaffected by weak acids and alkalis.61 $4.) 5 9 11 7 7 9 8 12 8 11 11 15 9 Price ea.94 $3.07 $1. 18” and 24” deep shelving or vertical storage units.31 $15. $1.937.) 11-5/8 x 2-3/4 x 4 11-5/8 x 4-1/8 x 4 23-5/8 x 4-1/8 x 4 17-7/8 x 4-1/8 x 4 11-5/8 x 6-5/8 x 4 17-7/8 x 6-5/8 x 4 11-5/8 x 8-3/8 x 4 17-7/8 x 8-3/8 x 4 23-5/8 x 6-5/8 x 4 11-5/8 x 11-1/8 x 4 23-5/8 x 11-1/8 x 4 17-7/8 x 11-1/8 x 4 23-5/8 x 83/8 x 4 ** Quantity Discounts Available Carton Quantity 24 24 12 12 12 12 12 12 6 12 6 12 6 Case Weight (lbs.81 $7. unaffected by grease or oil Use on 12”.bastiansolutions.93 $8. & rack sold separately Made from durable polypropylene Three Colors: Red.48 $13.09 $5. Water.13 $2.

....45 800.66 ** Quantity Discounts Available 1 Week Delivery 30812 Bin Cart Shown with (48) 30230 shelf bins & mobile kit add-on Price As Shown .........66 $492......88 30008 Heavy-duty powder coated steel Rack 1-Sided Rack with 16 rails shown with (48) 30230 shelf bins Price As Shown ............................ One-sided racks are ideal space-saving. 16-gauge cold-rolled steel and powder coat finish for lasting strength and durability... 1-Sided...................bastiansolutions........ Model number 30006 30008 30012 30016 30812 Description Rack.......3760 www.............................60 30012 2-Sided rack with 12 rails Shown with (48) 30230 shelf bins & mobile kit add-on Price As Shown .. 12 Rail Rack...... Two-Sided racks can be mobilized with the Mobile Kit (sold separately)....51 $166........... Mobile kit available to mobilize two-sided racks.....43 $217...............com 67 ................. 16 Rail Bin Cart Dimensions (in.. 16 Rail Rack....... Steel rail is ideal for work stations.. $382.... $94................... Rail-Racks are available with either 12 or 16 rails. 2-Sided....... • • • Single and double rail units provide more flexibility in bin placement and hold multiple sizes of shelf bins.....41 rail system Model number 30006 30008 30012 30016 30812 akro-bins Model number 30210 96 192 96 30220 96 192 96 30224 48 96 64 30230 48 96 48 30234 48 96 48 30235 24 48 24 30239 24 48 24 30240 24 48 24 30250 12 24 12 30255 16 32 16 Mobile kit aDD-on 30424 ................82 $222..........Totes & Containers sMall Parts storage & orDer PiCking rail Hanging systeMs Rail Hanging systems optimize storage in minimal space...... 1-Sided............................ 2-Sided......................) l xW x H 36 x 14-1/8 x 53 36 x 14-1/8 x 53 36 x 20 x 53 36 x 20 x 53 38-1/2 x 24 x 36-1/2 Price $162......... $698...........937................. flush-to-wall storage systems...... 12 Rail Rack......... $444...

esD sHelF bins • Built-in rear hanglock allows bin to tilt out for complete access • Molded-in label holder identifies contents • Wide hopper front allows easy access • Optional dividers increase versatility • Sturdy.) 5-3/8 x 4-1/8 x 3 7-3/8 x 4-1/8 x 3 10-7/8 x 5-1/2 x 5 10-7/8 x 11 x 5 14-3/4 x 8-1/4 x 7 ** Quantity Discounts Available (50+) bin load Capacity (lbs.937. which can severely damage sensitive electronic components. these ESD containers provide the highest degree of protection available.56 $4. The grounding wire conducts static charges away from the storage system.6 to 10. 10. • Competitive with older technology based conductive products. ESD containers are unaffected by weak acids and alkalis. ESD containers safely dissipate electrostatic charges that can severely damage electronic parts. Sturdy one-piece construction is water. Grounding Wire is designed to convert existing racks and hanging systems. 1% . clean room compatible.) 4-3/4 x 3-7/16 x 2-13/16 6-3/4 x 3-7/16 x 2-13/16 10-1/4 x 4-3/8 x 4-3/4 10-1/4 x 10 x 4-3/4 14 x 6-9/16 x 6-3/4 outside Dimensions l x W x H (in. 18” or 24” shelving Model number QSB101CO QSB105CO QSB103CO inside Dimensions l x W x H (in. • Latest technology and best ESD protection available • Permanent ESD protection will not wash off or wear out • Tough and durable impact resistant plastic • Low sloughing.) 10-1/4 x 3 x 4 22-1/8 x 3 x 4 16-1/2 x 3 x 4 outside Dimensions l x W x H (in.) 11-5/8 x 4-1/8 x 4 23-5/8 x 4-1/8 x 4 17-7/8 x 4-1/8 x 4 ** Quantity Discounts Available (50+) Carton Quantity 36 16 20 Price ea.Totes & Containers sMall Parts eleCtro-statiC DisCHarge (esD) Containers Your guaranteed guard against electrostatic discharge.9 ohms/sq.27 esD bins • Consistent dissipative ESD protection. the line of ESD containers dissipate electrostatic charges.9 ohms/sq. as tested under ASTM D-257.07 $17.66 2-3 Day Delivery 68 800.79 $11. • Tough and durable impact resistant plastic.85 $18. Molded from revolutionary new CarmelStat™. • Latest technology and best ESD protection available. With the addition of the grounding strap.) 10 10 30 50 60 Carton Quantity 24 24 12 6 12 Price ea. rust.bastiansolutions.2% carbon black • Competitive with older technology based conductive products Model number 30210ESD 30220ESD 30230ESD 30235ESD 30240ESD inside Dimensions l x W x H (in. $3.6 to 10.3760 www. hanging systems become ESD compliant. clean room compatible. • Low sloughing. aDVantages • Consistent dissipative ESD protection.com . 1% . Surface resistivity of 105 ohms per square max. 10. corrosion proof.2% carbon black.35 $28. Superior to conductive containers which possess a high risk of damage from uncontrolled discharges.39 $12. $8. one-piece construction • ESD Shelf Bins work with existing 12”. and heat resistant to 300ºF. • Permanent ESD protection will not wash off or wear out.

of solid. threaded plastic bolt and may be quickly detached by one person for easy cleaning.) 33 44 30 46 36 39 2-4 Week Delivery Weight (lbs. casters. powders.06 $360. the rugged P-291 and P-333 series containers maximize shipping. granular. feet) 32 44 32 40 30 32 outside Dimensions (in. and with optional permanent. The smooth. P-340 anD P-341 The P-340 and P-341 bulk containers feature molded projections on two sides that help container dumpers establish a firm.3760 www. flat interior also minimizes bruising to contents to maintain product quality throughout the supply chain. The sanitary has no internal pockets. Its base may be removed and replaced without requiring a whole new container. They suit a wide variety of dumping machines and may be custom designed to suit virtually any type of machine or application. handling and storage efficiencies. The durable containers withstand repeated filling with sharp. For smart returns. dimples or other bacteria-harboring reservoirs. These containers are ideal for packaging closures. chipping or discoloring. which is immune to attack from cleansers. metal & plastic waste chips. Use them in automated and manual material handling systems where safety and efficiency are paramount. printing trim waste. and it boasts a rugged. salts.) 98 120 110 116 151 159 Price $286.61 $336.13 $525. they nest or stack even higher. Molded nesting “lugs” or “ribs” prevent units from jamming together. • • • Two-way lift access Stacks and nests Two different capacities on same footprint P-291 P-340 P-341 P-360 anD P-390 The P-360 and P-390 bulk containers feature a breakthrough. the containers nest five to seven high and in storage. logos and tracking numbers. fork pockets and custom options.52 $420.937. toy parts. USDA/ FDA-approved construction of linear low density polyethylene (LLDPE). automotive components. Manual cleaning and automated washdowns are easy and drainage is complete.are offered. It’s ideal for sanitary storage and secure transport throughout any processing facility loop.84 800. pourable. molded-in or raised graphics. non-slip grip and maintain the secure hold while rotating up to 180 degrees and discharging the contents. and pellets. Bases for rotating-head dumpers. All are available in a wide variety of colors. The container comes with a top cover and long-wearing pallet base.11 $516. each molded in one piece for strength and durability.com 69 . while the smooth-contoured interior promotes complete discharge. no-metal design that is impervious to corrosion and rust. It eliminates potential contamination from food products. non-regulated material. heavy and hard products without cracking. • • • • Four-way lift access Stacks and nests Removable pallet base can be replaced without needing new container USDA/FDA-approved material P-360 Model P-291 P-333 P-340 P-341 P-360 P-390 Capacity (cu.Totes & Containers ForkliFt aCCessible Pallet Containers (nestable/staCkable) P-291 anD P-333 Quite possibly the most versatile reusable container ever offered to packaging and material handling engineers. Its placement may be set for easy reading by hand-held and automatic readers. These containers are available with a molded-in recess that helps safeguard RFID tags from damage during handling and transport. water and other chemicals.) 44 x 44 44 x 44 48 x 48 48 x 48 50 x 45 50 x 45 overall Height (in. The container and forklift-accessible base are joined as a unit by a one-piece. while the potential for buildup of liquid contaminants is eliminated. These containers cube out tractor trailers stacking 2-3 high and 2 across and safely accommodate up to 600 lbs.bastiansolutions.

...000 lbs... • • • • • • • • • • Wire containers provide visual access to inventory Resist damage and will not accumulate dirt or debris Helps eliminate storage fire hazards Can be stacked several containers high to save valuable floor space Low ratio of weight to cargo capacity means lower freight costs Gates Available .....40”W x 48”L x 33”H Angle corner posts & nesting caps Solid steel Stacks up to 4 high Fire & impact resistant Corrugated panels for added strength Maintenance free Half-drop access door Ideal for over-the-road & rail transportation Powder coat finish rigiD bulk Container (For Quantity of 25) ... As shown to the right..... foot base.. horizontal and vertical dividers Standard or custom-built models.......... many sizes and styles available Styles Available ..937.25 $180..39 $201.. shipping and storage applications.......100 4. knockdown containers ** Call Bastian for custom container specifications and pricing 70 800... side gate. With their solid steel strength. making them the most effective and efficient choice for the vast majority of material handling. • • • • • • • • • • • 4.... and parts specific racks. folding bulk containers.000 lbs. end gate or custom gate Dollies..... rigid....07 ** Also available in junior size rigiD bulk Containers These bulk containers offer a choice of steel containers to meet your storage requirements and are bulked up to take on the toughest. and design (concept). CAD drawings.. examples include rigid wire mesh containers. and “junior” sizes............) 20 x 32 x 16 20 x 32 x 16 32 x 40 x 28 40 x 48 x 30 40 x 48 x 36 Mesh size (in..... $534.. Its unique design lets you stack plastic (HDPE) containers on top of it.000 4. most demanding storage tasks.. they’re forklift friendly..000 Weight (lbs.. capacity Common sizes ..) 1/2 x 1/2 1x1 2x2 2x2 2x2 Capacity (lbs) 1....) 50 50 120 166 183 Price $78......95 $78.. safety enclosures.................00 ea. • • • Heavy capacities Ability to produce 120” length sides Stackable.. Our General Purpose Bulk Container has a 4.100 1. Many in stock All containers are standard with a double-drop gate PriCing on stanDarD sizes Model number WM-C2032161/21/2-11DSZ WM-C20321611-8DSZ WM-C324028222DSZ WM-C404830222DSZ WM-C404836222DSZ 2-3 Day Shipment outside Dimensions l x W x H (in..Top-half partial or full drop gate.bastiansolutions....000 4... you can stack these containers four high— fully loaded.... capacity....Totes & Containers Wire Containers Our Folding Wire Mesh Containers offer a combination of economy.. bottom-half opening gate..... casters. Impact and fire resistant.3760 www.. 4-6 Week Shipment CustoM Containers Custom containers can be manufactured from samples....95 $135. Heavy Duty sizes are available.......... flexibility and functionality.com .Collapsible units that fold for storage... full swing door gate.

) 29-1/2 x 27-1/2 x 18 29-1/2 x 27-1/2 x 27 44-1/2 x 41-1/2 x 18 44-1/2 x 41-1/2 x 27 44-1/2 x 41-1/2 x 27 Collapsed Height (in. Call Bastian for custom color availability • Other Options: Multiple access doors. Model number KD-3230-25 KD-3230-34 KD-4845-25 KD-4845-34 HD-4845-34 outside Dimensions l x W x H (in. textiles & clothing. to just 15” high for space saving return.88 $333.500 2.bastiansolutions.Minimum order of 100 units. Black or Blue.1 14.1 13.500 1. petrochemicals.19 $318. • Provides efficient cubing within truck trailers • Quick sidewall replacement to retrofit containers for different height or door configurations • Easy to collapse by releasing the autolock clips & folding down the hinged sidewall • Containers stack for cost effective return shipping • Standard Colors . removable panel. 68 85 114 127 136 Price ea.. publishing & other industries • Containers are structural-foam molded of high density polyethylene • Excellent structural properties & easy to clean • Requires no surface treatment or maintenance • One of the most recyclable forms of plastic • Easy Forklift Access through beveled fork openings plus 4-way entry.) 2.60 $264.9 14.Gray.88 ** Quantity Discounts Available ** Call Bastian for custom color availability oPtions & aCCessories Card Holders Lids/Covers 4-6 Week Delivery 800.) 13.. banding & security.com 71 .500 Max. pharmaceuticals.) 32 x 30 x 25 32 x 30 x 34 48 x 45 x 25 48 x 45 x 34 48 x 45 x 34 inside Dimensions l xW x H (in.937.000 2.Totes & Containers CollaPsible Containers Features • Engineered for strength & smooth functionality • Utilized in manufacturing. Without the use of tools. loaded stacked static 6 6 6 6 6 Dynamic 4 3 4 3 3 Weight ea. lids. food & agriculture. bulk door. $251. and open grid base Containers collapse simply. Custom Colors . molded-in card holders.000 1.9 Capacity (lbs...38 $333.3760 www.9 14.

Textured Bottom Solid.5 x 13.40 $10.3 2.12 $21.28 $12.40 $7. • • • • • • • • • Reinforced sides and bottoms enhance product protection Straight interior walls ensure an easy fit for protective dunnage Ergonomic design for manual lifting and loading safety and efficiency Interworking sizes allow mixed stacking on pallet Perimeter dust skirt on select sizes for added product protection Cross cube models allow easier interworking of different footprints Compatibility with other brands to expand your existing system Injection molded HDPE construction for impact.5 15 x 12 x 9. Sides Solid Bottom.84 $24. Sides Solid Bottom.38 x 13 x 8. Sides Solid Bottom.5 3.07 $6.5 x 16.3760 www.06 x 16.5 27.88 N/A N/A Weight (lbs.) 9.6 x 10. Textured Bottom Solid.) 20 x 11.38 $12.5 28 x 20.75 x 15.88 21.5 3.88 x 12.com . closed.5 N/A N/A Capacity (lbs. Solid Bottom Solid. Sides Solid Bottom.88 x 12.937. grocery.25 x 12.5 24 x 15 x 9. dunnage.01 6.3 5.13 x 16.70 $22.) 12 x 7. and storage applications where the same containers are used throughout.38 x 4.69 $16.) 16.6 7. These containers feature: • • • • • • • • Patented interlocking fingers on lids for tight closure Stack & nest design for maximum space usage in trucks.2 2. moisture.33 $16.06 18.4 25 x 18 x 14 29.75 21.93 x 12.44 x 4.13 17.53 72 800.88 13 x 9.8 x 11.bastiansolutions.69 $108. Textured Bottom Solid.63 inside bottom Dimensions l x W x H (in.78 5.40 $15. Sides Solid Bottom. Smooth Bottom outside top Dimensions l x W x H (in. Containers cube 48” x 45” and 48” x 40” pallets.88 45.54 $16. and storage.38 x 13 x 6. Textured Bottom Solid.63 x 6.5 48 x 15 x 7. Reinforced design for exceptional strength in demanding applications Handle styles include ergonomic.25 x 17 24 x 19.91 $8. Attached lid containers are ideal for applications in retail/wholesale distribution.) 40 60 60 60 60 80 80 100 100 100 100 Price $13.63 27. and general manufacturing.88 29. drain holes and cross-stacking bottoms Model SW12070502 SW15120602 SW151208A2 SW15121002 SW24150602 SW241508A2 SW24151002 SW32150802 SW48150802 SL15120100 (LID) SL24150100 (LID) Description Solid Bottom.5 15 x 12 24 x 15 ** Quantity Discounts Available 1 Week Delivery inside bottom Dimensions l x W x H (in.1 Weight (lbs.7 4.38 x 5.8 x 15.88 8.44 34 x 24 x 19.63 27 x 16. Textured Bottom Solid.52 8. ID systems.5 21.60 $21. moisture.38 x 6.5 32 x 15 x 7.14 6. Sides Solid Bottom. Sides 15” x 12” Lid 24” x 15” Lid outside top Dimensions l x W x H (in.6 19 Capacity (lbs.5 17. Smooth Bottom Ergo Handles.5 x 11.) 1.88 21.8 x 10.88 x 12.Lids.5 x 5 15 x 12 x 5.5 15 x 12 x 7.5 21.88 21. picking.9 x 19. RFID and other identification systems available Model AR20120702 AR21150902 AR21151202 AS21151202 AR21151700 AR24201202 AR27170902 AR27171202 AS27171202 AS28211502 AS34242012 Description Closed.38 x 13 x 6.94 20.88 x 12.1 x 8 23. Traction Bottom Solid.5 24 x 15 x 5.19 8.9 23. Sides Solid Bottom.75 x 15. Textured Bottom Solid.5 17.9 x 14.) 3. and chemicals Tie holes in both ends to further secure lids Identification areas for labels.76 $24. in-process handling.38 x 13 x 4.31 7.92 $13. and open (varies by model) Easy-to-clean interiors Injection-molded HDPE construction resists impact.81 21.5 x 11.75 x 15.5 x 15.56 $23.5 x 12.76 $20. Textured Bottom Solid.5 24 x 15 x 7.25 x 12.5 x 18. tags.38 x 13 x 6.11 $43.38 x 13 x 8. and on pallets.19 12.45 x 15.69 x 7.49 straigHt Wall Containers These stack-only modular containers are ideal for closed loop shipping.1 5.25 x 6. storerooms. Sides Solid Bottom.8 23.04 6.88 x 9.38 13 x 9.88 13 x 9.) 60 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 N/A N/A Price $4.5 x 13.38 x 8. and chemical resistance Options .88 x 9.Totes & Containers attaCHeD liD Containers Attached lid containers are available in many sizes and styles for shipping.

Totes & Containers
MoDular nesting systeMs
Modular systems meet shipping, work-in-process, and staging demands for heavy duty manufacturing applications. • • • • • • • • • Two systems of containers designed to fit 48” x 45” & 32” x 30” pallets Containers stack, interwork within systems, cube their matching pallets Nesting saves return transport and storage space Attached lids snap tight to protect contents from contaminants Ergonomic handles allow safe lifting to protect workers and contents Automation-friendly for better handling efficiency Injection molded HDPE containers resist impact, moisture, oil, and chemicals Heavy-duty structural foam pallets provide durability for secure shipping. Systems meet AIAG standards for cube utilization
Model MA12110789 MA24110989 MA24111489 MA24191489 MA10090989 MA15080789 PN3230006VD PN48450733 Description System Containers System Containers System Containers System Containers System Containers System Containers System Pallets System Pallets outside top Dimensions (in.) 11.81 x 10.88 x 7.44 23.50 x 10.94 x 9 23.50 x 10.94 x 14 23.50 x 18.94 x 14 9.75 x 8.56 x 9 15 x 8.25 x 7.44 32 x 30 48 x 45 inside bottom Dimensions (in.) 8.13 x 8.38 x 5.50 20.19 x 8.44 x 7.13 20 x 8.25 x 12.13 20 x 16.19 x 12.13 6.81 x 6.19 x 7.16 12.13 x 6.13 x 5.75 30.5 x 28.25 x 5.25 45.63 x 42.5 x 6.75
** Quantity Discounts Available

Weight (lbs.) 3 6.1 7.6 11.1 2.4 3.1 30 56

Capacity (lbs.) 45 120 120 120 45 60 6000 6000

nesting ratio 3.1:1 2.64:1 3.11:1 3.11:1 2.77:1 2.29:1 N/A N/A

Price ea. $12.77 $24.65 $28.98 $36.40 $15.80 $13.61 $111.51 $150.38

Pallets
returnable PlastiC Pallets (CloseD looP)
Medium-Duty structural foam pallets are designed to handle a variety of food, manufacturing, and retail distribution applications. Medium-Duty pallets are available in 48” x 40”, 48” x 42”, 48” x 45”, and 48” x 48” footprints. The pallets can carry evenly distributed dynamic loads up to 4,000 lbs. All models are available with solid and ventilated decks, and offer many options to add versatility to your materials handling. Four-way entry accommodates fork trucks and pallet jacks. • • • • • • Nestable – Increase storage of empties by 50% 4-Way entry with 9 reinforced feet Lightweight design for safer handling Superior resistance to moisture, most chemical, and temperatures. Capacity: 4,000 lbs. (evenly distributed dynamic loads) Standard Color: Black
Description Dimensions l xW x H (in) 48 x 40 x 6 48 x 40 x 6.5 48 x 40 x 6 48 x 40 x 6.25 48 x 45 x 6 Price ea. $44.17 $60.03 $56.93 $88.08 $60.31
Meduim Duty Pallet with Three Runners

Nestable, Light Duty Pallet with Feet

Model number

PL4840060026000 PL4840073026001 PM4840060010013 PM4840063310010 PM4845060010002

Open Deck, No Lip 3-Runners, No Lip Closed Deck , No Lip Closed Deck , No Lip Closed Deck , No Lip

** Quantity Discounts Available

1 Week Delivery

800.937.3760

www.bastiansolutions.com

73

Platforms & Structures
Modular Enclosures & Inplant Offices
(controlled temperature and noise levels) offices
Modular offices can give you unlimited flexibility to respond quickly and cost effectively to your ever changing business needs. These modular office systems are pre-engineered and manufactured to precisely fit your specific application. They can be completely dismantled, relocated, and reassembled.

Wall systems

Modular wall systems can be utilized for a wide variety of applications. From simple office partitions to sophisticated clean room walls, our modular systems provide portability along with structural soundness.

Modular pre-assembled buildings provide fast and affordable solutions for a wide range of applications. Rugged all-weather construction provides the perfect solution for providing employees, tenants, or customers with a protected area to wait, smoke, or work comfortably. other applications • Cafeteria • Break Room • Training Room • Administrative Office • Shipping And Receiving Office • Conference Room • Quality Lab

shelters

• • • • • •

Clean Room Computer And Engineering Lab First-Aid Room Plant Partitions Exterior Building Plant Formane’s Office

Benefits • Excellent Sound Attenuation & Thermal Insulation • Equipment vs. Construction Depreciation (7 years vs. 33 years) • Heaviest Aluminum Extrusions • Best Fit and Finish in the Industry • Panels are Precut, Premitered, and Labeled at the Factory features & options • Quick and Easy Installation • Vinyl faced panels with optional panel facings available - including steel or aluminum • 100 PSF load-bearing clear spans to 30 feet • Windows are full width 1/4” Tempered Safety Glass • Window options include: acrylic, tinted, insulated, polycarbonate, wire glass, and sliding • Doors with and without windows available in 20 ga. steel or vinyl-clad wood finish • U.L. listed, pre-wired Modular electrical system • The only True Sound Control panel systems • Non-combustible panel systems available • Heating & cooling systems and air circulation fans

Budgetary pricing
20’ x 20’ x 9’ tall, 4 Wall system 12’ x 12’ x 8’ tall, 4 Wall system (load Bearing capacity 125 psf) (non-load Bearing) • 3” Wall System • 3” Wall System • 3’ x 6’-8” x 20 Ga. Bronze Steel Door • 3’ x 7’ x 20 Ga. Steel Door With Glass With Glass • 3 Windows Glazed With 1/4” Tempered Glass • 8 Windows With 1/4” Tempered Glass • Acoustical Ceiling 2 x 4 Grid • Acoustical Ceiling 2 x 4 Grid • 22 Ga. Painted Roof Deck, 12’ Span • 22 Ga. Type B Roof Deck • 3 Recessed Light Fixtures • 5 Recessed Light Fixtures • 1 Switch Box Cover • 1 Switch Box Cover • 6 Outlet Box Cover • 8 Outlet Box Cover • 1 Circuit Breaker Box 4 Space 100 Amp • 1 Circuit Breaker Box 4 Space 125 AMP • Champagne, White, Or Gray Color • 3/4” T & G OSB Subfloor • Khaki, White, Or Gray Color price ........................................................ $4,712 price ...................................................... $14,870

** HVAC System, Finished Flooring, Permits, Taxes, Freight, And Installation Not Included. Modular enclosures are designed and priced per application. Please call Bastian for a detailed quotation and specifications. 10 Day Delivery

60

800.937.3760

www.bastiansolutions.com

Platforms & Structures
Mezzanines
With a mezzanine system, you can fully utilize existing overhead space and gain valuable working, office, storage or manufacturing areas at a lower cost than new construction. Also, you are able to put this space to work fast, with minimal interruption to your working floor area. Custom-designed mezzanines assemble quickly with the simplicity of “erector set” construction to form rugged, high-load-bearing overhead levels. Special steel components engineered for mezzanines lock together to form a strong, unitized structure. Heavy-duty columns provide rigid support, which eliminates obstructing bracing and provides maximum flexibility of movement and utilization of the lower level.Versatility of mezzanines offers a choice of optional accessories to match your needs, such as railings, stairs, landings, swing gates, sliding gates, types of decking and more. In addition, the structure can be expanded to meet future requirements. Thousands of custom mezzanines are in use today-in warehouses, industrial plants, institutions, retail stores and government facilities. This is an assurance that your Wildeck custom mezzanine will give you extra space at a moderate cost, with superior quality. A custom mezzanine system provides the most cost-effective mezzanine based on load, size, span or height requirements. Rugged steel construction provides all the strength and rigidity needed for more efficient office, production or storage needs.

Second Story Conveyor Operations

applications
• • • • • Access Catwalk Clean Room Conveyor Support Dust Cover • • • • • Equipment Garment Rail Lunch/Break Room Locker Room Manufacturing • • • • • Offices Order Picking Recycling Robotics Security Enclosure • • • • • Shipping/Receiving Sortation Storage Tool Crib Viewing

Bulk Storage Above Picking Operation

decking options
• • • • • • •

Roof deck & Resin board (see next page) - 20 gauge painted steel roof deck with specialty wood (straight edge or tongue & groove). Recommended for heavier traffic usage and in-plant offices. Can be painted or coated with moisture-resistant urethane. Bar grating - 1” x 1/8” painted steel bar grating (NAAMM). Open design for ventilation and/or fire regulations. Roof deck and floor plate - 20 gauge painted steel roof deck with 12 gauge unpainted floor plate. (painted or galvanized steel floor plate over roof deck is also available). Recommended where local loads could be abusive or where non-combustibility is required. Roof deck and specialty panel - 20 gauge painted steel roof deck with specialty panel (such as ‘Skidguard’ or masonite veneer). Use where non-skid or harder surface properties are required. Roof deck and concrete - 20 gauge painted steel roof deck with lightweight concrete. For fire ratings and/or chemical applications. (Note: mezzanine is no longer de-mountable with this option). Specialty grating - Many fiberglass or plastic gratings available. Use where chemical or non-conductivity properties are required. 18 gauge galvanized steel roof deck also available.

accessories

Stairs

Landings

Rail Systems

Crossovers

Ceiling Supported Structures

Gates

mezzanine ordering information • • • • • • • What is the clear height? What is the deck height? What material will be used for the decking? Will the mezzanine be up against a wall? What capacity is needed? What span is required? Will the construction of the mezzanine be I-Beam? • • • • • • What is the PSI required for concrete, if needed? What are the lighting requirements? Are sprinklers required? Is white decking under mezzanine neccessary? Will a gate, lift or other accessories be needed? What is the application?

standard mezzanine installed ................................................................................................................................... $22-33 / sq.ft. diamond plate mezzanine installed ........................................................................................................................ $27-38 / sq.ft. 800.937.3760 www.bastiansolutions.com 61

Gray Diamond Seal® and ESD anti static flooring.500 lbs. maintainability and performance of ResinDek in a structural flooring system where a corrugated metal substructure is not required in certain applications.000 lbs. servo-drive motors.com . up to 3.300 lbs pallet jack loads without corrugated metal B deck*. All material is 4’ x 8’ (scant) T&G 2LE and includes Gray Diamond Seal * Actual allowable load varies with span. ft. With higher density wood fiber and resin content than LD.. • Gray Diamond Seal and ESD are stock finishes. $1. Variety of lengths. • Have exceptional resistance to common stains and have been tested in accordance with NEMA LD 3. regional materials 5. widths and tongue and groove configurations offered to fit custom aisles and storage rack applications.4 with 29 different reagents.09 ** Price does not include freight or screws.4 EQ Credit. LD is the ideal warehouse mezzanine flooring solution for supporting live and dead pallet jack loads up to 2. md MD is a medium duty. shelving systems and workstations. Eliminate expensive computer downtime caused by electrical static discharges.      finishes clear diamond™ seal      esd      unfinished  price per sq. Clear Diamond Seal is available in truckload quantities. Superior stain and scratch resistance Certified static control for electrically sensitive environments (ESD) Finishes for superior clean-ability and showcase appearance Specially designed tongue and groove to promote effective panel to panel wheel load transfers grades ld LD is a lighter duty. hd HD is a heavy-duty mezzanine flooring panel that features the durability.937. mezzanine flooring panel that provides a durable.500 lbs. contact Bastian for more details ** Quantity Discounts Available 62 800.000 lbs.500 to 4. • • • Protect electrically sensitive devices.76 $2.1-2 MR Credit. Prevent uncomfortable static shocks to employees with a grounded surface.000 lbs. • • • Xspan® has been extensively tested and is capable of safely supporting 125 psf dead loads at 32” center supports and 2. and pick-to-light systems. showcase appearance and maintainability of the ResinDek line. panel name live/dead pallet Jack limits gray diamond™ seal LD MD HD Xspan® EF up to 2. showcase appearance that is easy to maintain for years. Xspan is available in Clear Diamond Seal®. up to 3. ResinDek EF can additionally contribute to LEED® Credits in low-emitting materials 4.Platforms & Structures Mezzanine Flooring Mezzanine flooring panels have been engineered and developed to be the superior choice for distribution centers and material handling experts. up to 4. mezzanine flooring panel offering the durability.52 $1. xspan® Xspan offers the look.68 $2. • Are more skid-resistant than other floor panels (coefficient of friction test data available upon request). With even higher density wood fiber and resin content than MD.C* up to 1.500 lbs. HD is the perfect flooring solution when your warehouse mezzanine floor must support live and dead pallet jack loads up to 4.06 $2. ef All ResinDek mezzanine flooring panels can help contribute to LEED® Credits in recycled content 4. diamond seal® Clear Diamond Seal® and Gray Diamond Seal® finishes: • Outperform other products in withstanding gouge and taber abrasion tests. showcase appearance and maintainability of ResinDek. 16” O.000 lbs.000 lbs. • • • • • Supports foot traffic and pallet jack live and dead loads from 1. such as laptops. barcode scanners.bastiansolutions.500 lbs. MD is the right mezzanine deck solution for supporting live and dead pallet jack loads up to 3.1-2 MR Credit. finishes esd ESD panels with an Electro-Static Dissipative finish provide an outstanding static control solution for mezzanine floors.3760 www.

.. Capacity is 500 lbs.44 $229....Platforms & Structures Conveyor Crossovers Conveyor crossovers provide efficient and safe access over active conveyors.. Lower step is 7” to 11” and upper step is 7” higher than lower step. 2 Day Delivery 800...bastiansolutions...) 500 500 500 500 500 500 500 500 Weight (lbs...63 $196. anchors to floor Also includes cross member to attach to conveyor for stability (not shown) Painted safety yellow Unique construction fit to your application Meets OSHA Budgetary price .. • • • • • • • Quickly and safely cross over conveyor line Simple welded steel construction Step style.06 Adjustable Work Platform The Adjustable Work-Mate Stands.38 $185..88 * More lengths and widths available..19 $207... Ergonomic matting deck style provides comfort for the operator who stands all day..) 19 x 24 24 x 36 24 x 36 36 x 36 24 x 48 48 x 36 24 x 60 24 x 72 1st step (height) (in. model step size (W x d) (in...31 $252. Choose from 5” to 8” or 9” to 14” adjustments.......69 $284.) 5 5 5 5 9 9 9 9 2nd step (height) (in..... are built easy for most anyone to use..88 $249.) 25 40 33 51 38 62 44 47 price ASP-24 ASP-24-3 ASP-36 ASP-36-3 ASP-48 ASP-48-3 ASP-60 ASP-72 $176. Bring the worker up to the optimum working height with an economical platform..25 $241.3760 www.31 $226.) N/A 20 to 24-1/2 N/A 20 to 24-1/2 N/A 20 to 24-1/2 N/A N/A Weight (lbs...... $550... Please call Bastian for pricing....) 13 to 17-1/2 13 to 17-1/2 13 to 17-1/2 13 to 17-1/2 13 to 17-1/2 13 to 17-1/2 13 to 17-1/2 13 to 17-1/2 third step (height) (in... The serrated tread surface provides maximum traction even in wet applications.... Available with serrated steel or ergo matting (shown) surface.) 8 8 8 8 14 14 14 14 third step (height) (in.....38 $175.. Each leg screws in and out to easily adjust height of platform and level platform when used on uneven surfaces.. Custom designs are available.88 $234.com 63 .88 $190. Capacity is 500 pounds.. models AHW-L and AHT-L.....) 6 to 10-1/2 6 to 10-1/2 6 to 10-1/2 6 to 10-1/2 6 to 10-1/2 6 to 10-1/2 6 to 10-1/2 6 to 10-1/2 2nd step (height) (in...... quickship program. model step size (W x d) (in.937...) 19 x 24 24 x 24 19 x 48 24 x 48 19 x 24 24 x 24 19 x 48 24 x 48 1st step (height) (in...) 25 33 47 52 48 54 64 66 price AHT-L-1924 AHT-L-2424 AHT-L-1948 AHT-L-2448 AHT-H-1924 AHT-H-2424 AHT-H-1948 AHT-H-2448 $159..... powder coat safety yellow finish..00 Adjustable Platform Step Platform steps can be used as either a comfortable worker platform or a semi-permanent step.38 $256.19 $263....

300 lbs. steps Width of step (in) 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 21 21 21 21 21 21 21 Base height (in) 30 x 49 30 x 55 32 x 61 32 x 68 32 x 74 32 x 80 32 x 87 30 x 55 30 x 61 32 x 68 32 x 74 32 x 80 32 x 87 32 x 93 height to top step (in) 150 166 205 215 225 235 250 160 176 215 225 235 245 260 overall height (in) 60 70 80 90 100 110 120 60 70 80 90 100 110 120 Weight (lbs) 93 103 113 123 133 143 153 93 103 113 123 133 143 153 g tread price $505 $540 $617 $660 $717 $777 $828 $572 $607 $684 $726 $783 $843 $895 r tread price $421 $450 $514 $550 $598 $647 $690 $477 $506 $570 $606 $653 $703 $746 p tread price $386 $413 $471 $503 $546 $591 $630 $438 $465 $523 $556 $599 $644 $683 x tread price $421 $450 $514 $550 $598 $647 $690 $477 $506 $570 $606 $653 $703 $746 model number SPL-6-14 SPL-7-14 SPL-8-14 SPL-9-14 SPL-10-14 SPL-11-14 SPL-12-14 SPL-6 SPL-7 SPL-8 SPL-9 SPL-10 SPL-11 SPL-12 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 G = Heavy Duty Serrated Grating R = Abrasive Mat Tread P = Perforated Tread 10 Day Delivery X = Expanded Metal Tread 64 800.3760 www. • • • • • • • model number PIP-6 PIP-7 PIP-8 PIP-6-30 PIP-7-30 PIP-8-32 PIP-9 PIP-10 PIP-11 PIP-12 Pivots in its own radius Unique five caster design 350 lbs. 14” deep top step Standard finish gray powder coat Easy to use foot pedal activated lockstep Abrasive mat tread standard or specify alternate tread Ships Knocked Down to reduce freight costs.com .12 step models Combined 600 lbs. allowing this well balanced ladder to move in all directions. It’s rigid rear casters provide easy transition between different floor types. steps Width of step (in) 16 16 16 24 24 24 24 24 24 24 Base height (in) 24 x 49 24 x 55 24 x 61 30 x 49 30 x 55 32 x 61 32 x 68 32 x 74 32 x 80 32 x 87 height to top step (in) 60 70 80 60 141 158 175 188 205 220 overall height (in) 93 103 113 93 70 80 90 100 110 120 Weight (lbs) 110 125 140 124 103 113 123 133 143 153 g tread price $444 $474 $563 $483 $518 $595 $638 $695 $755 $806 r tread price $369 $395 $469 $402 $432 $496 $531 $579 $629 $672 p tread price $338 $361 $429 $368 $395 $453 $485 $528 $574 $613 x tread price $369 $395 $469 $402 $432 $496 $531 $579 $629 $672 6 7 8 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 G = Heavy Duty Serrated Grating R = Abrasive Mat Tread P = Perforated Tread X = Expanded Metal Tread standard stock picking ladder • • • • • • • Combines the benefits of a rolling safety ladder and a stock-picking cart 24” wide steps. EASY ASSEMBLY.bastiansolutions. capacity . 3 shelves on 8 . It moves laterally to fit in tight corners and close to shelves.Platforms & Structures Stock Picking Ladders all direction ladder Triangular pivot mechanism with three swivel casters creates a perfect plane. capacity. choice of 14” top step or 21” deep top step 24” x 24” shelves: 2 shelves on 6 .7 step models. for the ladder and 300 lbs. for the storage shelves Standard finish is gray powder coat Expanded metal tread standard or specify alternate tread Optional 7” x 24” folding tray available.937.

309 $1.186 $907 $126 $1.2” Width $1.169 $173 $1.bastiansolutions.292 $1.330 $1.175 $897 $124 48” Depth 39.3760 www.312 $1.com 43 .5” Width $1.456 $1.072 $159 $1.5” Width $729 $590 $90 $750 $611 $94 $791 $639 $98 $808 $656 $101 32” Depth 39.153 $874 $119 $1.195 $929 $132 $1.211 $932 $131 $1.216 $949 $137 $1.194 $915 $127 $1. rigid construction Each shelf level supports up to 1.314 $1.132 $866 $120 $1.213 $934 $131 $1.2” Width 50.351 $1.035 $151 50.216 $937 $132 48” Width $1.237 $970 $141 $1.073 $159 64” Depth 39.051 $154 $1.136 $167 $1.030 $150 $1.099 $832 $113 $1.2” Width $1.153 $170 $1.169 $890 $122 $1.473 $1.013 $147 $1.238 $972 $141 34” Width $1.2” Width $660 $520 $76 $677 $537 $80 48” Width $707 $567 $86 $727 $587 $90 50.115 $849 $116 $1.177 $898 $124 $1.138 $859 $116 $1.222 $943 $133 36” Width $1.000 lbs.478 $1.5” Width $819 $667 $103 $840 $688 $107 DOuble Depth On-line Shelving • • • • • • • • • • Improves Assembly line productivity Tilted shelves allow material to flow toward working area Two Bin Kanban Modular design Easy Installation Shelves adjust in 2” increments Type H - Double-Depth bay with a combination of straight and tilted shelves Type G - Double-Depth bay with double straight shelves Type Z - Double-Depth bay with double tilted shelves accessible from both sides Type S - Double-Depth bay with double tilted shelves 40” Depth 39. Shelves are welded double box-style construction Available in 5 widths and two depths Height - 78-3/4” Can be used with casters in 60” height Supplied with foot plates for anchoring units to the floor Shelves adjust in 2” increments Frames are available in standard gray galvanized finish Shelves are available in standard gray Type G - Straight Shelves Type S - Tilted Shelves item Decription Type G Starter Add-On Unit Shelf Kit Type S Starter Add-On Unit Shelf Kit 24” Depth 34” Width $655 $516 $75 $669 $529 $78 36” Width $634 $495 $71 $650 $510 $74 39.033 $151 $1.439 $1.5” Width $1.352 $1.200 $921 $128 $1.175 $174 item Decription Type H Starter Add-On Unit Extra Shelf Type G Starter Add-On Unit Extra Shelf Type Z Starter Add-On Unit Extra Shelf Type S Starter Add-On Unit Extra Shelf 2 Week Delivery 800.2” Width $1.138 $871 $121 50.Storage Tilted Shelving Single Depth On-line Shelving • • • • • • • • • • • • • Pre-assembled frames Heavy-duty.272 $993 $143 $1.937.

64 $248.54 48” Height of Drawers MODel D WxD (in. capacity per drawer 18” Height of Drawers MODel A 24” Height of Drawers MODel b 36” Height of Drawers MODel C price $593.70 extra Shelf price $12.40 $650.29 $171.46 $194.57 $17. in 14 gauge steel 5 Shelves Capacities up to 1100 lbs.68 $219.41 $20.37 $1.Storage Steel Shelving • • • • • • Sturdy construction and quick assembly Adding modular drawers guarantees you secure organization of all your small parts Design for intensive use Shelves installed on the posts uses 4 compression clips.41 $20.98 $182.87 $147.87 $205.58 $138.57 $17.56 $193.72 Add-on price $95. MODulAr DrAWerS in Shelving • • • • • • Sturdy construction and distinctive appearance Can be installed in over 35 brands of shelving on the market Several dimensions available Can use the same brackets for different dimensions 10 drawer heights and 7 side heights 400 lb.32 $118.89 $621.050.04 $764.73 $109.149.14 $155.07 $1.57 $160.41 $20.68 $12.24 $142.99 $15.36 $171.com .57 $17.43 $163.67 $181.96 $134.96 $204.) 36 x 18 36 x 24 48 x 18 48 x 24 36 x 18 36 x 24 48 x 18 48 x 24 36 x 18 36 x 24 48 x 18 48 x 24 36 x 18 36 x 24 48 x 18 48 x 24 type open open open open closed closed closed closed open open open open closed closed closed closed Capacity (lbs) 800 625 575 600 800 625 575 600 800 625 575 600 800 625 575 600 Starter price $119.006.bastiansolutions.99 $15.) 36 x 18 36 x 24 48 x 18 48 x 24 Model A EC-1801 EE-1801 HC-1801 HE-1801 price $481.65 $137.75 $144.3760 www.279.38 Model D EC-4801 EE-4801 HC-4801 HE-4801 price $914.63 $120.19 $164.22 $98.57 $17.99 $15.05 $111.99 $15.09 $677.68 $12.937.165.80 $124.88 $232.10 $207. WxD (in) 75 75 75 75 75 75 75 75 87 87 87 87 87 87 87 87 height (in.30 Model b EC-2401 EE-2401 HC-2401 HE-2401 Model C EC-3601 EE-3601 HC-3601 HE-3601 price $816.35 $135.99 $896.43 $137.11 $834.79 $526.39 $1.68 Closed Shelving Model number SHD1002 SHD1003 SHD1032 SHD1033 SHD2002 SHD2003 SHD2032 SHD2033 SHD1005 SHD1006 SHD1035 SHD1036 SHD2005 SHD2006 SHD2035 SHD2036 Open Shelving ** Heavy Duty Capacities also available.70 $1.53 $1.08 2-3 Week Delivery 44 800.68 $12.41 $20.

98 $71.54 $158.38 $86. Please call Bastian for pricing information on these models. Rivet lock boltless shelving is easy to assemble and requires no tools for assembly by simply snapping together without nuts and bolts. • • Available in gray or tan baked enamel finishes Extra heavy duty models have double rivet beam on all levels Wood Laminate Wire DeCk Dimensions (W x D) 36 x 12 36 x 18 36 x 24 48 x 12 48 x 18 48 x 24 Deck Supports per level 600 600 600 500 500 500 60” height Model number RLH325W RLH385W RLH345W RLH425W RLH485W RLH445W price $87.23 $105.42 $118.937.56 $137.23 $157.48 $20.65 96” height Model number RLH328W RLH388W RLH348W RLH428W RLH488W RLH448W price $115.30 $121.09 WOOD DeCk Dimensions (W x D) 36 x 12 36 x 18 36 x 24 48 x 12 48 x 18 48 x 24 Deck Supports per level 600 600 600 500 500 500 60” height Model number RLH325 RLH385 RLH345 RLH425 RLH485 RLH445 price $62.00 84” height Model number RLH327L RLH387L RLH347L RLH427L RLH487L RLH447L price $89.51 $139.59 $133.38 $134.00 $34. interlocking connection.39 $94.00 $73.53 $12.32 96” height Model number RLH328 RLH388 RLH348 RLH428 RLH488 RLH448 price $83.69 $122.3760 www.47 $110.90 84” height Model number RLH327W RLH387W RLH347W RLH427W RLH487W RLH447W price $112.16 $121.20 Add’l Shelves Model number RSH312 RSH318 RSH324 RSH412 RSH418 RSH424 price $9. Shelves adjust 1-1/2” increments for added options. Double rivet beams on top and bottom provide a secure.74 $92.74 $88.34 $103.27 $102.34 $106.62 White MelAMine lAMinAte DeCk Dimensions (W x D) 36 x 12 36 x 18 36 x 24 48 x 12 48 x 18 48 x 24 Deck Supports per level 600 600 600 500 500 500 60” height Model number RLH325L RLH385L RLH345L RLH425L RLH485L RLH445L price $69.28 $108. Extra heavy duty models are also available.56 $20.25 $164.92 $114.bastiansolutions.80 $26.16 $105.13 $13.27 $14.21 $201.83 $105.89 $126.42 $15.27 $137.45 $100.65 $78.45 $104.37 2-3 Day Delivery 800.93 Add’l Shelves Model number RSH312L RSH318L RSH324L RSH412L RSH418L RSH424L price $11.10 $204.86 $92.16 $16. Roll formed steel frame shelves provide rigidity and strength.98 $79.12 $102.01 $17.09 $93.89 $20.34 $154.Storage rivet lOCk bOltleSS Shelving Combine shelving to form rows to maximize your storage area.34 $79.56 $114.51 $24.18 96” height Model number RLH328L RLH388L RLH348L RLH428L RLH488L RLH448L price $92.48 $135.45 $111.47 $14.65 $119.54 Add’l Shelves Model number RSH312W RSH318W RSH324W RSH412W RSH418W RSH424W price $15.52 $161.49 $95.72 $12.03 84” height Model number RLH327 RLH387 RLH347 RLH427 RLH487 RLH447 price $80.89 $17.com 45 .

16 $177.29 $33.91 $159. The sturdy roll formed steel framing provides maximum support.68 84” height Model number WD4247 WD4387 WD4487 WD6247 WD5387 WD5487 WD6247 WD6367 WD6487 WD8247 WD8367 WD8487 price $85.88 $350. bolts.11 $63.14 $259.80 $117.36 $128.18 $49.27 $46.41 $223.14 $167.66 $125.14 $291. commercial.00 $138.28 $39.34 $169.3760 www.20 $98.53 $282. For use in retail.54 $340.83 $30.07 $217.22 $162. Wide span shelving is easy to set up with snap-in pre-cut components.40 $146.69 $102. and industrial applications.36 $190.80 $99.Storage WiDe SpAn Shelving Wire and wood deck bulk storage racks are space efficient to make maximum use of your storage area.) 1200 1200 1200 1400 1400 1400 750 750 1000 1100 1100 1100 Deck Supports per level 0 0 0 1 1 1 0 0 1 3 3 3 60” height Model number WD4245 WD4365 WD4485 WD5245 WD5385 WD5485 WD6245 WD6365 WD6485 WD8245 WD8365 WD8485 price $77. Unique double button stud construction locks perimeter beams into corner posts.87 $108.10 $228.67 $147.82 $42.41 $220.21 $347. Extra high.28 $175. No nuts.36 $191. Frontto-back supports help prevent beams from rotating when fully loaded.54 $147. forming a secure joint.96 $122.87 2-3 Day Delivery 46 800.67 $97.36 $23.56 $150.94 $118.05 $26.24 $162.937. wide.09 $158.29 $149.com . clips or tools required.04 84” height Model number WR4247 WR4367 WR4487 WR5247 WR5367 WR5487 WR6247 WR6367 WR6487 WR8247 WR8367 WR8487 price $135. • • Gray or tan chip resistant finish available 1-1/2” x 2-1/4” x 14 ga. and deep racks accommodate a variety of sizes and shapes.49 $65.91 $57.43 $162.bastiansolutions.13 $232.43 $249.60 $127.87 $159.96 $235.80 $53.20 WOOD DeCk bulk rACk Dimensions (W x D) 48 x 24 48 x 36 48 x 48 60 x 24 60 x 36 60 x 48 72 x 24 72 x 36 72 x 48 96 x 24 96 x 36 96 x 48 Shelf Capacity (lbs.48 $250.45 $68.76 $110.60 96” height Model number WR4248 WR4388 WR4488 WR5248 WR5388 WR5488 WR6248 WR6368 WR6488 WR8248 WR8368 WR8488 price $138.34 $106.87 $26.54 $168.47 $179.60 $246.36 $203.23 $109.80 $99.) 1500 1350 825 1350 1200 675 930 865 565 900 900 900 Deck Supports per level 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 3 3 3 60” height Model number WR4245 WR4385 WR4485 WR5245 WR5365 WR5485 WR6245 WR6365 WR6485 WR8245 WR8365 WR8485 price $126.03 $351.49 $130.13 $120.80 $39.03 $262.76 $50.21 $156.44 Add’l Shelves Model number WRS424 WRS436 WRS448 WRS524 WRS538 WRS548 WRS624 WRS636 WRS648 WRS824 WRS836 WRS848 price $35.27 $73.61 $166.72 $109.90 $181. steel uprights punched on 1-1/2” centers Wire DeCk bulk rACk Dimensions (W x D) 48 x 24 48 x 36 48 x 48 60 x 24 60 x 36 60 x 48 72 x 24 72 x 36 72 x 48 96 x 24 96 x 36 96 x 48 Shelf Capacity (lbs.43 $237.96 $220.24 $117. and eliminating back and side sway.01 $178.74 $138.54 $216.14 $188.47 $200.23 Add’l Shelves Model number WDS424 WDS436 WDS448 WDS524 WDS538 WDS548 WDS624 WDS636 WDS648 WDS824 WDS836 WDS848 price $19.72 $43.34 96” height Model number WD4248 WD4368 WD4488 WD5248 WD6388 WD5488 WD6248 WD6368 WD6488 WD8248 WD8368 WD8488 price $88.21 $225.58 $33.96 $85. Four side accessibility for convenient hand loading.

94 $280.11 $619.53 $288.Storage bulk StOrAge rACk Designed for the hand-loading of intermediate weight bulky items.93 $547.54 $370.73 $446.24 $412.93 $181.86 $254.90 $260.24 $557..84 $597.54 $542.48 Solid N/A N/A 67303SD 67303D 67305SD 67305D 67311SD 67311D 67313SD 67313D 67315SD 67315D 67321D 67321 67323SD 67323D 67325SD 67325D 67331SD 67331D 67333SD 67333D 67335SD 67335D price $402.58 $558.16 $461.69 $551. Heavy-duty 14-gauge steel beams included.25 $365. DiMenSiOnS fOr bulk StOrAge rACk When figuring floor space for these bulk storage racks.09 $200.86 $326.28 $229.16 $229.93 $348.79 $272.51 $186.20 N/A N/A $461.45 $385.98 $785.40 $359.55 $590.73 $342.00 $199. Racks must be level and plumb and installed per assembly instructions.01 $484.48 $660. per pair • Capacities above are maximum safe evenly distributed static loads per pair of beams with front-to-back support.000 lbs.46 $218.33 $207.71 $644.59 $402.85 $290.58 $470.30 $285.45 $377.49 $344.24 ** All models above are welded units.31 $249.15 N/A N/A $599. 84” = 1. for storage of medical and dietary supplies in hospitals and more. frOnt -tO-bACk SuppOrtS requireD nominal beam Width 60” 72” 84” 96” plywood particle board 2 3 3 4 Solid panels or Storage 1 2 2 2 CApACitieS • Upright Capacity - 10.65 $379.83 $287.) Depth (in.53 $497.30 $192.91 $212.600 lbs. add 9/16” to nominal depth of upright assembly.83 $322. Also.81 $430.01 no Deck 67301S 67301 67303S 67303 67305S 67305 67311S 67311 67313S 67313 67315S 67315 67321S 67321 67323S 67323 67325S 67325 67331S 67331 67333S 67333 67335S 67335 price $250.93 $281.51 $369.71 $279.64 $530..93 $233.04 $391.66 Starter with Wood Deck particle 67301SP 67301P 67303SP 67303P 67305SP 67305P 67311SP 67311P 67313SP 67313P 67315SP 67315P 67321SP 67321 67323SP 67323P 67325SP 67325P 67331SP 67331P 67333SP 67333P 67335SP 67335P price $322.60 $333.71 $499.70 $289.81 $307.38 $357.) type no Deck Starter Add-on Starter Add-on Starter Add-on Starter Add-on Starter Add-on Starter Add-on Starter Add-on Starter Add-on Starter Add-on Starter Add-on Starter Add-on Starter Add-on 67201S 67201 67203S 67203 67205S 67205 67211S 67211 67213S 67213 67215S 67215 67221S 67221 67223S 67223 67225S 67225 67231S 67231 67233S 67233 67235S 67235 price Starter 60” Wide racks Solid N/A N/A 67203SD 67203D 67205SD 67205D N/A N/A 67213SD 67213D 67215SD 67215D N/A N/A 67223SD 67223D 67225SD 67225D N/A N/A 67233SD 67233D 67235SD 67235D price N/A N/A $439.11 $257.23 $195.63 $362.39 $391.41 $312. it can be used for display racking in furniture and department stores.19 $366.61 $329.43 $439.39 $453.03 $488.33 N/A N/A $464.18 $267.05 $236.775 lbs.61 $449.58 $311.35 $244.com 47 . 96” = 1.99 $364.937.75 $246.03 $267.46 $329.64 $254.21 $301.55 $424. Upright capacities are based on beam centers no greater than 36” 1 Week Delivery 800.66 $412.85 $366.3760 www.49 $221..60 $520.45 $265. first add 4-7/32” to nominal beam length for width of single section. Then.14 $373.06 $192.60 $377.13 $259. Also available in 84” and 96” widths and 30” depths. this versatile rack system can be used in hundreds of storage applications.16 $416.95 $416.73 $243.49 $548. In addition to storing cartoned merchandise in shipping and receiving departments.44 $308.54 $340.81 $240.06 $318.86 $358.73 $217.58 $528.91 $388. then add 2-15/32” to nominal beam length for each additional section.03 $296.15 $278.08 24” 24” 36” 3 60 36” 48” 48” 24” 24” 36” 3 72 36” 48” 48” 24” 24” 36” 3 84 36” 48” 48” 24” 24” 36” 4 96 36” 48” 48” $223.900 lbs.75 $273.61 $712. per pair • Beam Capacity - 60” = 2.83 $505.78 particle 67201SP 67201P 67203SP 67203P 67205SP 67205P 67211SP 67211P 67213SP 67213P 67215SP 67215P 67221SP 67221P 67223SP 67223P 67225SP 67225P 67231SP 67231P 67233SP 67233P 67235SP 67235P Starter with Solid Deck 70” Wide racks price $286. 72” = 1.99 $327.55 $297.bastiansolutions.73 $245.46 $318.35 $474.86 $246.71 $605.55 $430.80 $307.06 $717.89 $206.93 $282.28 $408.21 $486.26 $520.650 lbs. Add-On levels height (in.98 $234.15 $333.54 $188.24 $481.

44 $337. which allows shelves to be adjusted quickly and easily without tools.75 $332. 74” pOStS. (4) sleeves. Adjustable wire shelving is easy to assemble.75 $304.com .81 24” Wide Add-on 5AA517BR 5AA537BR 5AA557BR 5AA567BR 5AA577BR price $253.88 $188. Many other post and shelf sizes are available.75 $223. and Metroseal II • Color Finishes - Black. Super ereCtA .25 $262.937. 63” pOStS.38 $271.38 5 ShelveS. Vertical space with the Super Adjustable Super Erecta wire shelving can allow an extra shelving tier to be added to the storage unit resulting in a 25% increase in storage capacity! Each kit includes components for one shelf. has been re-engineered to provide increased rigidity.50 24” Wide Add-on AA516BR AA536BR AA556BR AA566BR AA576BR price $205.69 $343. easily adjustable.50 24” Wide Starter 5A517BR 5A537BR 5A557BR 5A567BR 5A577BR price $259.Storage ADjuStAble Wire Shelving (With releASe) Adjustable Wire Shelving is the most advanced and innovative wire storage system available.56 top Sellers 4-6 Week Delivery 48 800.69 $359. White.13 $213. (4) shelf releases.63 $407.00 $298.50 $298.94 $365.63 $215.13 24” Wide Starter A516BR A536BR A556BR A566BR A576BR price $213.75 $255.brite™ finiSh Shelf length (in) 24” 36” 48” 60” 72” 18” Wide Starter A316BR A336BR A356BR A366BR A376BR price $190.bastiansolutions.00 $196.88 $290.88 $310.63 $246.25 18” Wide Add-on AA316BR AA336BR AA356BR AA366BR AA376BR price $181.3760 www.38 $401.69 $237. Bright Zinc.13 $241.25 $250. and has a maximum capacity of 2. Super ereCtA . Please call Bastian for more information.brite™ finiSh Shelf length (in) 24” 36” 48” 60” 72” 18” Wide Starter 5A317BR 5A337BR 5A357BR 5A367BR 5A377BR price $229.50 $268.88 $273.63 $304.25 $221. & Smoked Glass COnfigurAtiOnS 4 ShelveS.44 $231.000 lbs. (4) wedges.13 $265. The unique Corner Release System.00 $281.75 18” Wide Add-on 5AA317BR 5AA337BR 5AA357BR 5AA367BR 5AA377BR price $223.63 $324. AppliCAtiOnS • Computer & Electronic Industries • Restaurant & Hotel Industries • Cleanroom Applications • General Parts Storage OptiOnS • Ledges • Aluminum split sleeves • Casters • Security “S” hook • Cantilever shelves • Shelf Dividers • Garment hangers with brackets • Hanger rails & hooks • Finishes - Chrome.

4 ShelveS per unit Model number Dimensions (l x W x h) (in. Floor Track Storage units can hold up to 1.305 $4.934 $4.873 $3. Mobile unit includes two stationary shelving units. track sets. Ergonomic and Accessible - Positioned between stationary end units. Floor tracks compensate for rough or choppy floors and provide a smooth.448 $3.com 49 . • • • • • • High-Density Floor Track Storage can increase the storage capacity of a given area by 50%.bastiansolutions.) 31 40 38 35 33 31 track length (in. Shelving units assemble in minutes. 24” x 48” ShelveS.937.3760 www.) 136 x 50 x 79 172 x 50 x 79 196 x 50 x 79 220 x 50 x 79 244 x 50 x 79 268 x 50 x 79 Description number of Shelves 16 20 24 28 32 36 Weight (lbs. aluminum and stainless steel track on grooved casters.) 369 466 562 657 753 849 Active Aisle (in. Metro shelving systems are offered in a variety of widths and lengths to fit into any size area.418 24” x 60” ShelveS. level surface to guide the mobile units in a straight line.620 $3.) 31 40 38 35 33 31 track length (in.) 136 x 62 x 79 172 x 62 x 79 196 x 62 x 79 220 x 62 x 79 244 x 62 x 79 268 x 62 x 79 Description number of Shelves 16 20 24 28 32 36 Weight (lbs. Easy to move and store heavy loads.) 441 556 670 783 897 1011 Active Aisle (in. Double Deep configurations can be created where two systems are joined together to increase the overall depth of the storage system for even greater storage capacity. specified number of mobile units.869 $2.152 $3.Storage high DenSity StOrAge flOOr trACk StOrAge Combine movable aisles and stationary end units to utilize all available space with Floor Track Storage. mobile units glide easily along a low profile.773 $4. The sloped sides of the track allow easy access to the Active Aisle.) 84 120 144 168 192 216 price 2460BR-2 2460BR-3 2460BR-4 2460BR-5 2460BR-6 2460BR-7 2 mobile units 3 mobile units 4 mobile units 5 mobile units 6 mobile units 7 mobile units $2.) 84 120 144 168 192 216 price 2448BR-2 2448BR-3 2448BR-4 2448BR-5 2448BR-6 2448BR-7 2 mobile units 3 mobile units 4 mobile units 5 mobile units 6 mobile units 7 mobile units $1. The guiding floor track is easily positioned between two end units.200 lbs. and connection hardware.055 $2. 4 ShelveS per unit Model number Dimensions (l x W x h) (in.388 $2.836 2-3 Week Delivery 800. which anchor the system and the guiding track to the floor.

000 lbs.937. The overhead track system guides the mobile units and opens an access aisle between any two units.) 136 x 50 x 79 172 x 50 x 79 196 x 50 x 79 220 x 50 x 79 244 x 50 x 79 268 x 50 x 79 Description number of Shelves 16 20 24 28 32 36 Weight (lbs.Storage tOp trACk StOrAge Top Track Storage combines movable aisles and stationary end untis to utilize the available space.735 $4.3760 www. No floor track allows utility carts to easily roll into & out of the active aisle.177 4-6 Week Delivery 50 800. 24” x 48” ShelveS.) 31 40 38 35 33 31 track length (in. Allows better organization of stored goods and permits improved inventory control with one-stop delivery and pick-up.) 84 120 144 168 192 216 price 2460BR-2 2460BR-3 2460BR-4 2460BR-5 2460BR-6 2460BR-7 2 mobile units 3 mobile units 4 mobile units 5 mobile units 6 mobile units 7 mobile units $2.) 441 556 670 783 897 1011 Active Aisle (in.621 $5.com . Tracks attach to support rails on each stationary end unit and above the mobile units.249 $4. • • • • • • • • Top Track Storage can increase the storage capacity of a given area by 30% to 40%.042 $2.) 84 120 144 168 192 216 price 2448BR-2 2448BR-3 2448BR-4 2448BR-5 2448BR-6 2448BR-7 2 mobile units 3 mobile units 4 mobile units 5 mobile units 6 mobile units 7 mobile units $1.bastiansolutions.) 369 466 562 657 753 849 Active Aisle (in. whenever it is needed.) 136 x 62 x 79 172 x 62 x 79 196 x 62 x 79 220 x 62 x 79 244 x 62 x 79 268 x 62 x 79 Description number of Shelves 16 20 24 28 32 36 Weight (lbs.613 $3. Easy to assemble - Shelving units assemble in minutes.845 $3.) 31 40 38 35 33 31 track length (in. The track is above the storage system allowing easy maneuvering in and out of the active aisle and easy cleaning of floors around the system.125 $3.760 24” x 60” ShelveS.404 $4. Stationary units hold up to 2.856 $2. 4 ShelveS per unit Model number Dimensions (l x W x h) (in.060 $4. Double Deep configurations can be created where two systems are joined together to increase the overall depth of the storage system for even greater storage capacity. 4 ShelveS per unit Model number Dimensions (l x W x h) (in. Weight capacities on mobile units are limited to 900 lbs. Choose the shelving type based on your application.

64 $839.Storage Storage Cabinets This one door manual. Class III - 120 gallons Slim line width - 23” Single Depth - 18”.) 140 170 230 148 178 238 price $347.28 $996.3760 www. Galvanized steel shelves adjust on 2-1/2” centers.bastiansolutions. • • • • • • • • • • • • • All welded double wall 18 gauge construction with 1-1/2” insulating air space. 4” heavy duty welded hinges with brass pins.88 $421.40 SAfety flAMMAble CAbinet . Meets OSHA and NFPA code 30 & UFC 79 standards Manual close door (opens to full 180°) Chemical storage maximum - Class I & II - 60 gallons. 2” leakproof sill to contain leaks.80 $402. Twin 2” flame arrester vents.) 48 72 96 120 48 72 96 120 W x D x h (in) 43 x 18 x 44 43 x 18 x 65 34 x 34 x 65 43 x 34 x 65 43 x 18 x 44 43 x 18 x 65 34 x 34 x 65 43 x 34 x 65 5 Day Delivery # of Shelves 3 5 5 5 3 5 5 5 Weight (lbs.80 $530.MODel bp/bn This cabinet is available in manual.44 800. Class III - 120 gallons Model number BP48 BP72 BP96 BP120 BN48 BN72 BN96 BN120 Door Closing type Manual Manual Manual Manual Self Self Self Self Capacity (gal. • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • All welded double wall 18 gauge construction with 1-1/2” insulating air space.88 $1. & self close doors.com 51 . Grounding connector.92 $692.937. Chemical storage maximum - Class I & II - 60 gallons.20 $475. double wall cabinet is used to contain flammable liquids in protected storage. bi fold. Meets OSHA and NFPA code 30 & UFC 79 standards. The BP features double wall construction to contain paint and ink cans in protected storage.) 23 x 18 x 35 23 x 18 x 44 23 x 18 x 65 23 x 18 x 35 23 x 18 x 44 23 x 18 x 65 # of Shelves 1 2 3 1 2 3 Weight (lbs. Doors are double walled.48 $475. Lockable flush mounted handle (gripper pad) with 2 keys.MODel bA/bj SAfety flAMMAble CAbinet . Double Depth - 34” Model number BA12 BA18 BA24 BJ12 BJ18 BJ24 Door Closing type Manual Manual Manual Self Self Self Capacity (gal. 14 gauge outside & 18 gauge inside. Available in single and double depth.24 $932.84 $650.090. Adjustable leveling feet.) 12 18 24 12 18 24 W x D x h (in. 2” leakproof sill to contain leaks Lockable flush mounted handle (gripper pad) with 2 keys Door has 3 point locking system and radius edges Door is double walled. Manual close doors (open to full 180°).52 $786. Doors have 3 point locking system and radius edges.) 276 392 488 566 290 406 502 584 price $556. 14 gauge outside & 18 gauge inside 4” heavy duty welded hinges with brass pins Twin 2” flame arrester vents Adjustable leveling feet Powder coated yellow finish and safety signage in large red letters Galvanized steel shelves adjust on 2-1/2” centers Grounding connector.

.32 $578....00 $684....3760 www..39”W x 27”D x 76”h 2 full width shelves adjustable on 3” centers 16 removable plastic totes (8-1/4” w x 14-3/4” d x 7” h) 12 tilt-out bins per door Exclusive........92 All WelDeD StOrAge CenterS With tilt binS MODel • • • 1125 .......44 $907...... easy access bins are removable MODel • • • • 1126 .bastiansolutions............937.....84 $814.........92 $485.......243...) 170 240 358 430 470 540 260 378 450 490 price $439.... 14 gauge outside & 18 gauge inside 4” heavy duty welded hinges with brass pins Twin 2” flame arrester vents Adjustable leveling feet Powder coated yellow finish Safety signage in large red letters Galvanized steel shelves adjust on 2-1/2” centers Grounding connector Meets OSHA and NFPA code 30 & UFC 79 standards Manual close doors (open to full 180°) Chemical storage maximum - Class I & II - 60 gallons.... $1.....368 Model 1125 2-3 Day Delivery Model 1126 52 800...... easy access bins are removable price..60 $778...... $1....39”W x 27”D x 76”h 4 full-width shelves adjustable on 3” centers 12 tilt-out bins per door Exclusive................) 34 x 18 x 35 43 x 18 x 44 43 x 18 x 65 34 x 34 x 65 43 x 34 x 65 59 x 34 x 65 43 x 18 x 44 43 x 18 x 65 34 x 34 x 65 43 x 34 x 65 5 Day Delivery # of Shelves 1 1 2 2 2 2 1 2 2 2 Weight (lbs......Storage SAfety flAMMAble CAbinet ...... Available in single and double depth.............com . 2” leakproof sill to contain leaks Lockable flush mounted handle (gripper pad) with 2 keys Doors have 3 point locking system and radius edges Doors are double walled.......................16 $585.. Class III - 120 gallons Model number BM22 BM30 BM45 BM60 BM90 BM120 BS30 BS45 BS60 BS90 Door Closing type Manual Manual Manual Manual Manual Manual Self Self Self Self Capacity (gal.. • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • All welded double wall 18 gauge construction with 1-1/2” insulating air space.172 price....32 $1..76 $678....) 22 30 45 60 90 120 30 45 60 90 W x D x h (in..MODel bM/bS This double wall cabinet features manual or self close doors and is used to contain flammable liquids in protected storage.........................

or space limitations require fewer cabinets to handle more items.48 $50.28 $422. offering more capacity and reinforced shelves that easily handle big loads and big packages. With all the features and construction details of the 36” storage cabinets.40 $376.48” WiDe Model number 1031 1033 1058-1 WxDxh (in. easy adjustment on 2” centers Front corners are supported with clips that slip into slots in the upright member WxDxh (in.72 $481.937.com 53 .45 $357. shelf capacity Shelf adjustments on 2” centers Back corners are slotted for quick.94 $491. backs.bastiansolutions.) 48 x 24 x 78 48 x 24 x 78 48 x 24 x 78 # Of Shelves 4 Shelves Combinations/4 Half Shelves Extra Shelf price $517.36” WiDe • • • • • • • • • • • Contemporary styling with flush fronts. The wide cabinet area and wider double doors present easy access to store and retrieve large boxes.67 $474.19 $23. inDuStriAl quAlity StOrAge CAbinetS .34 $540. and sides Rounded front corners Three point door locking device Double doors swing full 180° to maximize access Pan type reinforcements maintain door alignment “Quiet Door” operation Durable heavy-gauge steel construction 180 lbs. these big units are ideally suited for areas where no storage room exists. 48” wide.27 $15. bulky and ungainly materials or pieces of equipment.) 36 x 18 x 78 36 x 18 x 78 36 x 18 x 78 36 x 21 x 78 36 x 21 x 78 36 x 21 x 78 36 x 24 x 78 36 x 24 x 78 36 x 24 x 78 36 x 18 x 78 36 x 18 x 78 36 x 24 x 78 36 x 24 x 78 36 x 24 x 78 36 x 24 x 78 # Of Shelves 4 Shelves 4 Shelves Extra Shelf 4 Shelves 4 Shelves Extra Shelf 4 Shelves 4 Shelves Extra Shelf Combinations/4 Half Shelves Combinations/4 Half Shelves Combinations/4 Half Shelves Combinations/4 Half Shelves Combinations/4 Half Shelves Combinations/4 Half Shelves price $445.26 AvAilAble COlOrS: ** Add the following prefix to the model numbers Dove Gray (DD) Wedgewood Blue (BB) Putty (PP) Black (KK) 2-3 Day Delivery 800.02 $495.53 $387.79 $539.69 $24.26 Model number 1080 1081 1055-1 1000 1001 1050-1 1090 1091 1060 1088 1089 1010 1011 1098 1099 These big.85 $318. 24” deep cabinets really function as storage closets.69 $327.Storage inDuStriAl quAlity StOrAge CAbinetS .3760 www.

) 950 1275 1275 1600 1950 Weight (lbs.) includes height of legs 78 66 78 78 78 # of Shelves Shelf Capacity (lbs. capacity Shelf heights can be adjusted in 2” increments 3-point locking system includes a padlock hasp on the handle Dark gray finish Dimensions (in. • • • • • 12 gauge cabinet and 7 gauge legs 14 gauge shelves with up to 1900 lbs.bastiansolutions.3760 www. capacity Shelf heights can be adjusted in 2” increments 3-point locking system includes a padlock hasp on the handle Dark gray finish Dimensions (in.937.079 $1.100 $1. Both sides are lockable.) OAh (in.) OAh (in.) price Model number 45-LD-243 46-LD-244 56-LD-244 48 x 24 x 60 48 x 24 x 72 60 x 24 x 72 3 4 4 487 571 699 $1.) price Model number 36-DS-248 45-DS-246 46-DS-248 56-DS-248 66-DS-248 36 x 24 x 72 48 x 24 x 60 48 x 24 x 72 60 x 24 x 72 72 x 24 x 72 4 3 4 4 4 544 547 642 740 838 $823 $905 $970 $1.255 2 Day Delivery 54 800.158 CleArvieW CAbinetS • • • • • Clearview models feature clear polycarbonate windows for viewing items stored inside.) 1200 1200 1650 Weight (lbs.) includes height of legs 66 78 78 # of Shelves Shelf Capacity (lbs.) includes height of legs 66 78 78 66 78 66 78 66 78 # of Shelves Shelf Capacity (lbs.050 $1.com . • • • • • 12 gauge cabinet and 7 gauge legs 14 gauge shelves with up to 1900 lbs. capacity Shelf heights can be adjusted in 2” increments 3-point locking system includes a padlock hasp on the handle Dark gray finish Dimensions (in. 12 gauge cabinet and 7 gauge legs 14 gauge shelves with up to 1900 lbs.Storage heAvy Duty All-WelDeD StOrAge CAbinetS These heavy-duty 12-gauge steel cabinets provide protection for valuable tools and machine parts.) 1900 1600 1900 1200 1200 1650 1650 1525 1525 Weight (lbs.) OAh (in.154 DOuble-Shift CAbinetS Double-shift cabinets provide two separate sides so two people can easily work out of one cabinet. These cabinets are built for “rough and tough” industrial use and often used for die storage.) price Model number 35-243 36-204 36-244 45-243 46-244 55-243 56-244 65-243 66-244 36 x 24 x 60 36 x 20 x 72 36 x 24 x 72 48 x 24 x 60 48 x 24 x 72 60 x 24 x 60 60 x 24 x 72 72 x 24 x 60 72 x 24 x 72 3 4 4 3 4 3 4 3 4 406 435 475 489 573 595 699 726 856 $629 $686 $714 $800 $865 $898 $962 $979 $1.

....... • • • (6) 3” drawers 25 compartments (3) 4” drawers 25 compartments (2) 5” drawers 25 compartments r5Aee-4409 Cabinet 36” W x 24” D x 44”H........... r5pDg-5804 Cabinet 30” W x 27” D x 60”H. Cabinet lock allows users to lock all drawers at the same time........ These drawers are distinguished by the vast array of dimensions available... comes with 7 drawers.. accessories... • • • • (2) 3” drawers 20 compartments (4) 4” drawers 20 compartments (4) 6” drawers 16 compartments (1) 8” drawer 12 compartments... feAtureS • • • • • • • 400 lbs...937. a central locking mechanism and a forklift base.. Hanging side cabinet provides extra storage...... Many different cabinet tops available for workspace... $1...... $1.. comes with 11 drawers.. capacity allows the drawer to be opened thousands of times without showing signs of wear Lasts three times longer than four major competing brands 100% opening for drawers New handle designed down to the smallest detail to make your work easier Lifetime warranty on rolling mechanism Choice of (12) cabinet colors and (3) handle end cap colors Powder coat paint finish ACCeSSOrieS fOr CAbinetS • • • • • • • Vertical security bar to lock all drawers......194 2-3 Week Delivery 800..... • • • • • • (2) 3” drawers 25 compartments (1) 4” drawer 25 compartments (1) 6” drawer 16 compartments (1) 7” drawer 12 compartments (1) 8” drawer 12 compartments (1) 9” drawer 12 compartments priCe ...... These cabinets feature full width drawers that have a multitude of compatible accessories that allow syou to organize your storage space efficiently....... One-Drawer-at-a-time system prevents opening drawers simultaneously. comes with 11 drawers. but most of all......3760 www.... r5Aee-4407 Cabinet 36” W x 24” D x 44”H.... $1. Security panel blocks access between drawers..... these cabinets are known for their durability. Many accessories for drawers available.368 priCe ..... a central locking mechanism and a forklift base.bastiansolutions....... and it’s perfect modularity............com 55 ....717 priCe . a central locking mechanism and a forklift base..Storage Modular Drawer Cabinets Modular drawer cabinets are sturdy and durable..............

... a keyboard drawer................ comes with 7 drawers..... 6” casters............. $1.. $1........688 2-3 Week Delivery 56 800...... a single integrated door... 48” wide drawers: • (2) 3” drawers 20 compartments 24” wide drawers: • (9) 4” drawers 20 compartments • (2) 6” drawers 16 compartments • (1) 8” drawer 12 compartments priCe .............. a central locking mechanism and a forklift base... and a recessed base priCe .. 6”casters.. a steel top with rubber mat.... and a forklift base.....122 r5eke-5801 Cabinet 60” W x 24” D x 58”H. and a side handle.. $1.937.......... a laminated wood top and a side handle.... comes with 10 drawers... $3...... • • • (2) 4” drawers 20 compartments (6) 5” drawers 16 compartments (2) 8” drawers 12 compartments r5bee-3010 Cabinet 36” W x 24” D x 30”H........ a central locking mechanism..... a glass door for screen.. comes with 3 banks of drawers............... $2................ a central locking mechanism...... • • (4) 4” drawers (3) 6” drawers priCe ..........bastiansolutions.Storage r5pDg-5806 Cabinet 30” W x 27” D x 60”H.......... a central locking mechanism.... 60” wide drawers: • (4) 3” drawers 20 compartments • (1) 6” drawer 16 compartments 36” wide drawers: • (4) 4” drawers 16 compartments • (2) 6” drawers 16 compartments • (1) 8” drawer 12 compartments 24” wide drawers: • (2) 3” drawers 20 compartments • (3) 4” drawers 16 compartments • (1) 6” drawer 16 compartments • (1) 12” drawer 6 compartments priCe ... • • • • (1) 3” drawer (3) 4” drawers (1) 5” drawer (1) 6” drawer r5xhe-1001 Cabinet 48” W x 24” D x 38”H. side handle........................297 priCe ........com ....... a bottom shelf........ 6” casters... comes with 3 banks of drawers.......287 r5ghe-3801 Cabinet 48” W x 24” D x 38”H.....3760 www.... comes with two adjustable shelves. comes with 6 drawers.. $1.. a central locking mechanism.. and a 14” wide hanging side cabinet.....960 priCe ....... a laminated wood top....... a keyboard riser..752 r5jDg-5801 Computer cabinet 30”W x 27”D x 62”H...

516 $1.com 57 . and four drum models. Each shelf provides a load capacity of 150 lbs (one drum model) and 200lbs (2 and 4 drum models). Painted steel frame supports heavy duty galvanized shelves.) 320 430 6 Capacity (lbs. Ships knock-down.3760 www. Additional shelves available. System designed to fit one.) 42 x 30 x 79 84 x 30 x 75 36 x 28 Shipping Weight (lbs. corrosion and weather resistant finish Removable galvanized steel grating for easy cleanup Four-way forkliftable K17-35023 Model number lxDxh (in. Standard system includes shelf stand and one shelf.) 600 1200 120 Drum Capacity 1 2 price K17-3852 Model number k17-3810 k17-3820 k17-3829 (extra Shelf) $929 $1.Storage Hazardous Material Storage enClOSeD hAzMAt StAtiOnS Enclosed HazMat Stations are complete with lockable hinged lid and doors for storing hazardous materials securely outdoors. easily bolts together lxDxh (in. Can be easily removed intact should storage requirements change.937.bastiansolutions.935 Shelving (OptiOnAl) Model number K17-3701 K17-3702 K17-3711 K17-3712 Description Half Width Shelf Package Half Width Shelf Adder Full Width Shelf Package Full Width Shelf Adder price $147 $87 $166 $103 K17-3502 hAzMAt StAtiOn xt Shelf SySteM • • • • • • • Self-Supporting shelf system rests on grating and provides efficiency and convenience when storing smaller containers. • • • • • • • Easy access to tops of drums Solidly welded steel construction for extended life Sump welds are 100% inspected with a low-viscous test to ensure leak tightness 66-gallon sump volumes meet EPA & UFC requirements Coated with durable.) 425 585 Capacity (lbs. two.) 54 x 34 x 55 56 x 56 x 55 Shipping Weight (lbs.220 $64 K17-3854 3-4 Week Delivery 800.) 1200 2400 Drum Capacity 2 4 price K17-3502 K17-3503 $1.

One and two unit designs offer you the flexibility to choose the right sump for your application.000 5. chemical resistant finish K17-3122 Model number lxDxh (in.com . galvanized grating for easy clean-up Coated with a durable.Storage Steel Spill COntAinMent pAlletS Spill containment pallets have a very rugged construction and are made of heavy gauge steel that provides the durability and security demanded in industrial applications.) 5. • • • • • Sump of heavy gauge steel for extended life 385 gallon sump volume exceeds EPA and UFC requirements Sump welds are 100% inspected with a low-viscous test to ensure leak tightness Removable.) 600 1200 600 1200 Drum Capacity 1 2 1 2 price K17-3107 K17-3106 K17-3107 K17-3114* K17-3115* * without grating $675 $787 $597 $687 3-4 Week Delivery 58 800.000 ibC Sump Dimensions (in. galvanized steel grating for easy clean-up Casters may be used with most pallets Model number lxDxh (in.) 195 205 270 Capacity (lbs.) 53 x 72 x 28 60 x 53 x 33 120 x 53 x 20 Shipping Weight (lbs.) 34 x 34 x 40 54 x 34 x 40 34 x 34 x 40 54 x 34 x 40 Shipping Weight (lbs.) 550 585 700 Capacity (lbs.) 300 340 250 290 Capacity (lbs. • • • • • Designed for storing. and transporting Secure storage - sumps are 100% tested and 100% guaranteed leak-free 66-gallon sump volumes meet EPA & UFC requirements High value storage durability steel provides extended life compared with poly construction Four-way forkliftable Model number lxDxh (in.136 $1.) 34 x 34 x 18 54 x 34 x 14 54 x 50 x 10 Shipping Weight (lbs. A nylon transport belt is included to secure one drum. • • • • • • Solidly welded steel constuction for extended life Sump welds are 100% inspected with a low-viscous test to ensure leak tightness 66-gallon sump volumes meet EPA & UFC requirements Coated with durable.) 53 x 72 60 x 53 120 x 53 price K17-3120 K17-3122 K17-3123 $1.000 10.937. dispensing.131 $1.492 Spill CArtS Spill containment pallets can be equipped with casters (Two locking swivel and two fixed) and a handle for easy manual transportation of materials.bastiansolutions. corrosion and weather resistant finish Removable.) 600 1200 2400 Drum Capacity 1 2 4 price K17-3103 K17-3101 K17-3102 K17-3103 $279 $463 $529 ibC tOte Spill COntAinMent SuMpS Safely store hazardous chemicals in Intermediate Bulk Containers (IBC’s or totes) over a compliant spill sump.3760 www.

• • • • • • • Shelving provides physical separation of materials Shelving made of durable galvanized steel Recess Depth 1-1/2 in.) 36 x 24 x 87 74 x 28 x 87 # of tiers 4 8 Shipping Weight (lbs. or Office. Storeroom.3760 www. Factory.com 59 . Steel uprights are coated with a corrosion resistant coating Tiers are adjustable in 1.) 251 235 306 251 load Capacity per Shelf 200 200 250 250 price K17-1103 K17 - 1103 K17 - 1108 K17 - 1105 K17 - 1107 $398 $340 $459 $398 CAgeD COntAinMent Shelving Caged containment shelving provides security and spill containment for small volume containers plus the advantage of providing an unobstructed view of stored materials. • • • • • • • • • Restrict access to sensitive materials with all-steel caging Doors are padlockable for extra security Shelves are adjustable in 1-1/2 in. each Galvanized shelves resist corrosion 1-1/2 in.937. These systems are perfect for any location where reactive or corrosive chemicals are stored: Lab.bastiansolutions. heavy-duty 11-gauge shelf pans rated for 250 lbs. increments Top shelf is affixed and offers no containment Shipped economically in a “knock-down” form Model number lxDxh (in.Storage COntAinMent Shelving Containment shelving is designed for storing small containers. increments 36 x 24 in. ready for immediate use Model number lxDxh (in.) 36 x 18 x 84 36 x 18 x 84 36 x 24 x 84 36 x 24 x 84 # of tiers 4 4 4 4 Shipping Weight (lbs. Shelving is recessed for collecting drips and spills.5 in. recess collects small drips and spills and prevents shelf contents from being pushed off the shelf Open caged design allows a quick visual review of all stored products Bottom storage section does not offer spill protection Shipped fully assembled.) 533 812 load Capacity per Shelf 250 250 price K17-3517 K17 - 3517 K17 - 3527 $398 $340 K17-3527 3-4 Week Delivery 800.

.. in every aspect.. imPact Zone oPtion Impact zone option for applications requiring protection against loading abuse. tough performance... • Adjustable impact zone option expands your range of applications......... $1.. is easier to handle than welded designs and installs much faster. Features and BeneFits • Drop-in end members allow for quicker installation........ valuable versatility and efficiency....... Wheel track and Guide enhancements Wheel track and guide enhancements ensure outstanding strength. Provides more than double the wheel strength and up to four times the abuse resistance of most other brands. • Guide design with higher steel content enhances durability.. • Intermediate supports increase strength and safety... why it’s consistently the industry’s choice.. performance and reliability....... • Standard steel-axle wheels provide enhanced abuse resistance....... sqaure Frames carton FloW rack orderinG inFormation • • • • • • • • What is the shelf load? What is the shelf size? How many shelves per bay? What will the shelf tilt be? How many tracks per shelf? How many guides per shelf? What is the box dimension and weight? What is the upright type? layBack Frames BudGetary PricinG ......Rack & Pick Modules Carton Flow Rack Carton Flow Rack sets the industry standard for quality construction... or designed to fit into any Interlake pallet rack system with openings punched in the sides of the uprights.. Positive shelF connections Positive shelf connections feature a bolted design............... Installation is simplified with the drop-in feature of the end members............com 27 ......3760 www.. • Carton Flow shelves can be ordered with stand-alone Carton Flow uprights......bastiansolutions.. • Guide clips resist disengagement......937..... Specially configured intermediate support device allows adjustment of track density in the impact zone................... • Knock-down design provides significant freight savings. Whether it’s a single-bay or a multi-level pick module spanning an entire warehouse.................300 ** Price reflects an 96”W x 48”D x 96”H starter unit with 7 lanes per shelf 800....... The rigid connections of all shelf components and highly efficient knock-down design make for easier handling and significantly reduced freight costs.... flow.... Each track features a connection to the shelf ensuring positive engagement and additional overall shelf strength and rigidity.... standard steel-axle Wheels Standard steel-axle wheels are ideal for applications demanding increased impact resistance and/or enhanced flow... as well as lower cost versus steel rollers.............. Carton Flow Rack will prove.. • Tree section design of the shelf members provide positive connections of all track... guide and support members........

bastiansolutions. impact .3760 www.4” FOR 3” OR 4” CHANNEL BEAMS CHARGE SIDE DISCHARGE SIDE • • • • • • What What What What What What track width and length is required? roller style is needed? size roller centers is needed? (standard.7” FOR 2 1/2” OR 2 3/4” WIDE STEPS TOP WIDTH STEP CLEAR BOTTOM WIDTH OTB RECOMMENDED TRACK LENGTH = OTB . 2”.High strength. • Roller . The integrated support bracket is pre-assembled on the roller units and will drop beams placed at varying levels to create a slope towards the pick aisle and promote smooth product flow. clear. integrated track supports adjust to assure proper fit • Compatibility with all pallet rack brands • Easy installation . • Side Channels . Carton flow systems can grow into multi-level modules to take full advantage of vertical space and let the user maximize warehouse floorspace.1/4” diameter carriage bolt tie rods allow for rapid roller replacement while holding side channels rigid and sturdy • Brushing . Carton Flow Roller Track installs easily with no hardware and the damage resistant full-width aluminum rollers provide the flow you need in applications that are very active. 12”.3/4” diameter aluminum diamond embossed damage resistent rollers.both ends) is the track capacity? is the bottom width. Split-case or full-case picking can be done by adding RhinoTrac units to any pallet rack application.Add to the end of the picking position to ensure product stability carton FloW roller track orderinG inFormation OTB RECOMMENDED TRACK LENGTH = OTB .Angle the product at the pick point for product visibility. Product is loaded from behind onto sloped shelve sand easily flows forward to the picking position. and full pallets can even be stored above.com . impact . restocking and retrieval aisles. and step dimensions? is the channel beam dimensions? 28 800. Features • Carriage Bolt Tie Rods . ease.discharge end.Rack & Pick Modules carton FloW roller track Carton Flow Roller Track is gravity driven. 15” • Standard roller centers .Angles the rollers over beam to place product in proper picking positionfor ease of use • Box Stops .charge end. impact . top width. Utilize the full vertical stocking space and improve efficiency by storing pallets and cases within the same bay. 9”.Superior brushing design. Fully assembled units simply drop into the racking system with integrated brackets for slope adjustment. the tracks rest below the beam level in the front for maximum storage and a useful product stop. The versatile units will fit into all pallet rack manufacturers’ products and will even install on structural racking with the use of an easy-to-install bracket.2-1/2” high galvanized steel side channels for increased capacity • Track Support . allows pickers to operate more effieciently.1”. and 3” on center oPtions • Tilt Trays . and worker ergonomics • Knuckle Shelves . Once installed.6”.no hardware required • Damage resistant aluminum rollers • Galvanized side channels supported by heavy duty end-plates for constant impact loading • Standard roller widths .937. Separation of the loading.

For pick modules or warehouses that require a higher capacity upright. it offers a much higher resistance to impact that is common in normal busy warehouse activity.non-Bolted connection Interchangeable Pallet Rack is an interlocking design with teardrop-shaped punching on 2” centers along the face of the upright columns. Wood-filled columns are unarco’s own patented system of inserting a specially slotted hardwood insert into the column.bastiansolutions. Because it is a solid tube. It is easily tightened at the front of the post. Wood absorbs the shock of impact and limits column damage. SuperPost is a more cost effective solution than heavier open section columns.Rack & Pick Modules Selective Pallet Rack suPerPost SuperPost is a closed tube option and is available in both Interchangeable and T-Bolt bolted connection pallet storage racks.The T-Bolt head simply inserts through the beam connector and column and a quarter-turn locks it into place. Different locking connections are available including the patented Gravity Lock and various spring lock designs to hold beams in place securely and allow for easy relocation. T-Bolt style uprights are punched on 3” vertical centers. 800.no areas to trap dust and debris Resists frontal impact five times more than structural columns uPriGhts interchangeable . bolted design that saves time and money as it does not require installers to reach inside the column.3760 www. Columns are automatically welded closed during the milling process and bracing is welded against the post for superior torsional resistance. Not only is it more resistant against abuse. Available in front post only or front/rear posts Straddle protectors are designed specifically for reach trucks or applications where damage occurs within the first 6” of the frame height. but it also carries up to 35% more than an open section upright of the same gauge.937. Sloped-leg uprights have a front leg that is set back from the aisle protecting the bottom section of the front post from damage in heavy forklift traffic Double column uprights provide superior abuse resistance and offer added capacity to the frame.com 29 .Bolted connection T-Bolt Pallet Rack is a rigid. This front-end-only connection offers the structural strength of bolting with the fastest installation in the industry.can be welded on in the factory to help guard against abuse from pallets being placed in the racking. • • • Interchangeable teardrop upright columns will accept most industry standard interchangeable beams Manufactured with or without side holes Available in open or closed tube sections t -Bolt . • • • T-bolt upright columns front-end-only connection allows for easy installation because you never need to reach into the column Extra rigid connection Available in open or closed tube sections standard Beam ProFiles duraBility add-ons • • • • • Heavy duty bracing . BeneFits • • • • 30% .40% greater load capacities than same gauge open back design uprights Over 200 times more resistant to torsional forces Cleaner .

937. The stud design and column punching draw tighter together under load to create the industry’s most sturdy and secure connection while maximizing system capacity.Rack & Pick Modules Interack-30® of roll formed selective pallet rack products provides efficient use of space and immediate access to every load stored.bastiansolutions.Available in 2” wide increments from 20” to 72” deep. Selective Pallet Rack is the right solution for most every storage need. high strength steel with 55. • A wide variety of sizes. The foundation of the Interlake rack system is it’s unparalleled beam-to-upright connection and automatic locking device. facilitating installation and re-profiling.No dead spots. facilitates re-profiling and protects against accidental disengagement. selective Pallet rack orderinG inFormation • • • • • • • • • • What are the dimensions of the pallets being used? What is the average load wieght? What is the dimensions of the load being stored? What frame type is required? (welded. The proprietary beam-to-upright locking system engages automatically upon beam seating. The piston lock is damage and tamper resistant. • Overall Depth . • Construction . • Patented beam to frame connection combines high capacity with the most rigid and secure rack system in the industry.000 PSI minimum yield strength. • Automatic beam to frame locking device reduces installation time. gauges and accessories to custom-fit any application.com . With the industry’s largest selection of sizes. • Designed to exceed the most current RMI (Rack Manufacturers Institute) specifications for maximum safety. Features and BeneFits • Immediate access to every load provides efficient use of floor space and minimizes load/unload time.Vista green • Overall Height . or structural) What type of beam is required? (roll formed or structural) What beam length is required? How many pallets per beam is needed? How many beam levels per bay will there be? What is the verticl beam spacing? How many pallets deep is needed? 30 800.Cold roll-formed. • 2” vertical centers . standard Beam ProFiles interack-30 accessories • Flanged Crossbar • Roll-In Crossbar for Slotted Beams • Galvanized Row Spacer • Column Splice • Concrete Anchor • Column Protectors • 90° Defender Base • S-Defender Base uPriGht sPeciFications • Standard color .3760 www.Available in 2” vertical increments from 4’ to 30’ tall. bolted. Freedom in beam placement. gauges and accessories. and stays snugly in place during use. while protecting against accidental beam release.

Other sizes available through quick ship that are not listed below. which ships within 48 hours.22 $0.77 $134.80 capacity (lbs. roll-Formed Beams. There is no minimum order size and there are flexible freight options from five strategically located distribution centers.19 $159.38 $4.) 19.Rack & Pick Modules selective Pallet rack PricinG All items below are available through the quick ship program.300 19.31 $63.86 $5. The quick ship program offers over 50 products to chose from.) 6590 3230 4130 5030 3370 7160 6420 5630 5970 Price $13.70 33.300 19.300 19.3 item type 6” spacer 12” row spacer 36” roll-in crossbar 42” roll-in crossbar 48” roll-in crossbar 24” column sheild 25F shim 75F shim 1/2-13 x 3-3/4 anchor Price $2. Please call Bastian for more information.) 1 2 4 5 5 3 0.600 30.) 12. slotted steP.30 $29.600 Price $60.74 $111.600 30.48 $39. Please call Bastian for more details.) 3 x 1-5/8 3 x 1-5/8 3 x 1-5/8 3 x 1-5/8 3 x 1-5/8 3 x 1-5/8 3 x 1-5/8 3x3 3x3 3x3 3x3 dimensions (in.300 19.60 27.5 0.64 $24.92 $69.300 19.3 0.60 30.67 $3.20 21.47 $24.07 $21.36 $92.) 48 96 96 96 96 96 108 120 144 Weight (lbs. 2 Day Delivery 800.29 $0.70 24.24 $4.62 * Includes material handling hardware ** Price may vary due to increasing steel surcharges.79 $121.99 * Capacity valid when connected to uprights roll-Formed Welded Frames Part number IE025F09636G000000 IE025F09642G000000 IE025F09648G000000 IE025F12042G000000 IE025F14442G000000 IE025F14448G000000 IE025F19242G000000 IE075F14442G000000 IE075F19242G000000 IE075F21642G000000 IE075F24042G000000 column dimensions (in.70 27.bastiansolutions. These items are the most commonly used pallet rack components.96 $21.47 $10.58 $85.81 $62.80 23.95 $27.300 19.937.80 45.20 $83.82 $22.76 $0.600 30.com 31 .) 50 53 55 62 77 80 102 96 126 141 157 capacity (lbs.3760 www. Painted oranGe section IB32EH04800RCA4000 IB32EH09600RCA4000 IB36EH09600RCA4000 IB40EH09600RCA4000 IB47EH09600RCA4000 IB50EH09600RCA4000 IB50EH10800RCA4000 IB50EH12000RCA4000 IB59EH14400RCA4000 length (in.76 * Capacity listed at 48” maximum vertical shelf spacing Pallet rack accessories Part number IA501S00600Z000000 IA501S01200Z000000 IA025B03600Z000000 IA025B04200Z000000 IA025B04800Z000000 IA575L02400R000000 IHASB10001DP000000 IHASB10041DP000000 IHAAH10094DP000000 Weight (lbs.300 30.) (h x d) 96 x 36 96 x 42 96 x 48 120 x 42 144 x 42 144 x 48 192 x 42 144 x 42 192 x 42 216 x 42 240 x 42 Weight (lbs.

Clip-on Dividers .400 2. The mesh design keeps items from falling through the rack system and it lets you quickly perform visual inventory checks.8 25.98 $17.Rack & Pick Modules Rack Decking Wire mesh rack deckinG Constructed of cold-drawn steel.7 27. would it be inside or outside? What is the length? What is the load per deck? 800.2 35.500 2. Its steel is protected by an oven-baked.9 23.2 22.500 2.) (d x W) 36 x 46 36 x 52 36 x 58 42 x 46 42 x 52 42 x 58 48 x 46 48 x 52 48 x 58 capacity * (lbs.9 24.90 $23.500 2.7 21.000 2. wire mesh rack decking meets all fire and safety regulations.bastiansolutions.500 2. Wire mesh sPecial deckinG desiGns • Heavy-duty channels will give your wire decking greater capacity strength (+6000 lbs.1 36.500 2.2 22.33 $31.9 29.400 2.48 $28. www.97 $23.000 2.Clip-on dividers are also easy to install.500 2.2 26.72 $36. point-loaded applications • A reverse waterfall can be added on the back of your wire deck to create a backstop • Deck extensions or additional decking can bridge spaces between rack systems for added storage space • Turn U-Channel upside down to eliminate dust standard siZe PricinG Wire mesh rack decking for Box / structural Beams (2-1/2” x 4” mesh Pattern) deck size (in.500 Weight/deck (lbs.9 24.96 $30.15 $23.600 2. gray enamel paint finish for years of maintenance-free use. No hardware needed.52 $40. With the tap of a mallet. The steel mesh provides greater structural strength than other materials without providing a resting place for dust and dirt.000 2.87 $28.82 4-5 Day Shipment for quantities of 499 or less * Capacity is based on loads that are static and uniformly distributed over the entire surface of the rack deck and within the allowable load capacity range.937.600 2.400 Weight/deck (lbs.500 2.5 22.54 $24. loads) • Metal strips can be added to your wire decking for heavy.27 $29. ** Quantity discounts available rack deck orderinG inFormation • • • • • • • • • 32 What is the Rack type? What is the load beam length? What is the maximum capacity per pair? What is the beam type? What is the beam to beam depth? Is a standard or flushfit deck required? Is a waterfall required? If so. Ideally suited for facilities with sprinkler systems.400 2.) 17.37 $24.) 2.500 2. Whether you’re upgrading an existing storage system or creating a new one.7 19.These dividers are easy to install.500 2.43 $21.) 2.400 2.3760 48 x 52 48 x 58 2-3 Day Shipment for quantities of 750 or less * Capacity is based on loads that are static and uniformly distributed over the entire surface of the rack deck and within the allowable load capacity range. Features • Economical • Virtually maintenance-free • Open design for quick visual inventory checks • Quickly upgrade existing system or create a new one • Meets fire and safety requirements • Criss-cross mesh design keeps items from falling through • Lightweight • Easy installation.500 2.000 2. the clips slip tightly and securely over the wire.500 2. They simply hang from the wire decking on the rack level above.24 $26.36 $38.com .) 19.25 $22.4 24.4 Price $19. • • Beam Dimensions A Diagram "A" A C B D C B B C D Diagram "B" A DECK TYPE "A" Step Beam Application DECK TYPE "B" Box Beam Application Wire Mesh Hanging Dividers .8 21.74 $24.74 $24.600 2.72 $26.5 33.9 19. wire mesh rack decking goes up fast and lasts and lasts.2 20.01 Wire mesh rack decking for 1-5/8” step Beams (2-1/2” x 4” mesh Pattern) deck size (in.58 $26. just drop in accessories & sPecial desiGns Accessories are economical options that allow storage separation and can also prevent product from falling off rack when used as a backstop.66 $21.) (d x W) 36 x 46 36 x 52 36 x 58 42 x 46 42 x 46 42 x 52 42 x 52 42 x 58 44 x 46 44 x 52 48 x 46 48 x 46 48 x 52 capacity (lbs.5 25.2 21. its no-nuts/nobolts assembly makes for fast no-nonsense installation.2 18.6 Price $21.

. per pallet.......... food distribution centers............................... 2 deeP .... Structural) • • • • • What is the Beam length? How many pallets will there be per beam? Number of beam levels per bay? Vertical beam spacing? Number of Pallets Deep? 800.. These heavy-duty systems are designed for years of trouble-free operation with rugged load-bearing wheels and a patented braking system that eliminates the hassles of electrical or pneumatic braking devices.. warehouse space and money........ standard 48” x 40” pallets with maximum load of 2......Rack & Pick Modules Pallet Flow Rack For pallet storage solutions with a first-in/first-out flow............................ whether you’re moving merchandise strictly on pallets or as part of an order picking system...... It’s ideal for freezer warehouses........... with less than 100 different items at a high through-put.............. If your operation involves a significant amount of pallet or carton order picking..........3760 www.. Stations can be positioned at different levels.... utilities First-in/first-out is beneficial in the storage of a perishables Pallet FloW systems A first-in/first-out retrieval system.. structural) type of beam is required? (Roll Formed....937.........com 33 .. look to Interlake’s pallet flow rack systems...............................................500 lbs.... Every phase of your operation is considered to provide you with the most efficient tailor-made system possible................ pallet flow can save you time.. Features and BeneFits • • • • No mechanical equipment or manpower is needed to move loaded pallet to the exit end Produces an almost solid volume of usable storage space Provides savings in space......... making full use of the storage space available and ensuring the faces along the picking aisle are stocked.. Pallet flow is designed to satisfy an order quantity mix that requires unit load picking and broken unit load picking of both fast and slow moving items...... $165 Per Pallet Position 3+ deeP .........bastiansolutions.... Pallets are loaded at one end of the rack and glide effortlessly and safely to the other.... pallet flow storage can double or triple capacity compared to drive-in or conventional pallet rack........ bolted... assumption of 4-5 pallet levels high........ or for storage of highvolume consumer goods............ An infinite variety of layouts are possible with pallet flow storage depending on the individual flow rates and order picking requirements... manpower.................. Order picking can be accomplished through inner sections or at the end of the system. structural or roll formed steel Pallet FloW rack orderinG inFormation • • • • • What What What What What is the clear height and clear area in building? are the dimensions and weight of the load? are the dimensions and weight of the pallet? type of frame is required? (welded..... Inventory turnover is quick and efficient........................... $300 Per Pallet Position ** Rack priced per pallet position including floor positions........

...................$730 douBle sided (eiGht sets oF arms) ........... tubing.. capacity per frame....................... lumber.......... $670 ................ and other long items.........................130 ** Price is based upon an 8’ wide bay.................................. $60 ............................................ the connection gets stronger when the rack is loaded (within allowable limits). structural This multilevel. $90 ...$2....... Bases and arms are bolted directly to the cantilever uprights to provide a simple.. The bracing system is pre-punched and factory welded in proper place........$160 ** Price above is based upon 2.................................... offers better space utilization.... fork stirrups...............................000 lb................................ furniture...........................................$900 douBle sided (tWelve sets oF arms) ....... Optional pipe stops are available to help keep loose loads securely in place..... textiles......400 16’ heiGht sinGle sided (eiGht sets oF arms) ................... With no aisle uprights to limit the use of horizontal space... per rack Available with either 2 sided or 4 sided fork lift entry Selection of 28 different post heights (16” to 48”) Selection of 3 rack base styles (open................... • • • • • • • • Capacities of 2..050 .... to stack 5 high 34 800............ $480 ........ shippable........................................... roll Formed The Lok-Joint features a pin locking system that provides the strongest................... low cost stacking racks that reduce costly product damage associated with bulk stacking.......... Arms are vertically adjustable every 4” for maximum versatility. When the arm pins engage in the column slots.150 ........... $730 ........................ product identification and easier handling of product...........000 lbs....... wood...............500 douBle sided (sixteen sets oF arms) ................................... $1..................................... 8’ heiGht sinGle sided (Four sets oF arms) . Arms are quickly adjustable up or down in 3-inch intervals and can be easily removed or replaced................bastiansolutions..................................................900 ...................... yet extremely strong and safe storage rack system..... $1....... high density storage system is designed and engineered to offer superior strength...... piping.. $1............................com .. Portable stacking racks combine the unit load capabilities of a pallet and high density stacking without load-on-load contact..............Rack & Pick Modules Cantilever Rack Cantilever rack is a solution for storing long or bulky items like carpet rolls....937............................. cantilever offers a practical solution for the storage of even the most difficult to store items...............................3760 www.......................... safest arm-locking method in the industry...... steel) in 15 different sizes Selection of 4 rack base additions including casters. skids or beam rests Selection of 6 different deck styles Selection of 6 accessories to improve efficiency......................000 to 4............$960 12’ heiGht sinGle sided (six sets oF arms) .............................. Available in roll formed and structural steel designs.................$100 With steel Pallet Bases ... stability and safety........... collapsible.........................1................. shelf angles for multi-layering of flat products needing separation and a transport cart matched to any base selected End and side frames also available Frames For Wood Pallets .. Stack Rack Stack racks are durable.......$1....... and all components are treated with a durable powder coat paint finish for unsurpassed aesthetics and resistance to scratches............... portable............................................................. including 4 vertical post options..............

............... $60..................................3760 www................................................ High storage density reduces space costs and holds more loads........ looks and long life............... Features and BeneFits • • • • • • Uprights provide the ideal frame work for push back systems............................... When unloading..... and the ideal solution for large volume storage of like product.......................... $130...... per pallet.........00 ..............40 in”.3” structural channel Pallet cart capacity ............... Push-back systems are available in two-.00 .3........ $75..... High selectivity of multiple SKU storage results in increased throughput................................................................................ multiple-product storage situations........... $65...500 lbs...... Features and BeneFits • • • • • The highest density storage solution available... 42” and 48”..............................00 .......................................................00 drive-in (4+ deeP) ................. A wide variety of options and configurations assures a system that can be optimally designed for your unique application.............. structural or roll formed steel 800.................... three-.............. others optional Standard pallet length ..........000 lbs........ $175........................................$90..................... Drive-In/Drive-Thru rack may be designed specifically for your needs...... assumption of 4-5 pallet levels high........... $70............00 2 3 4 5 deeP deeP deeP deeP .. $95....00 ........ and with a wide variety of components..........00 ** Rack priced per pallet position including floor positions............................. in a multitude of heights and depths................... A Drive-In rack structure contains a common entry and exit point for each storage bay.... As each pallet is loaded..............00 drive-thru (4+ deeP) ........................................$100.............. standard 48” x 40” pallets with maximum load of 2................... sPeciFications • • • • • Tracks ...00 $160..........00 .............. $55.... Structural cart construction maintains cleanliness and is great for food storage applications.................................................................... Loads are densely stored in lanes several positions deep....................00 $180.00 .......bastiansolutions..................00 $200....... Gravity moves loads to the aisle for increased accessibility....500 lbs... Per pallet Standard pallet widths .................00 .......................................... Exceptional space utilization allows for efficient storage and facilitates product accessibility...................... and lift equipment actually enters the rack structure in order to store and retrieve them.... standard 48” x 40” pallets with maximum load of 2...... structural or roll formed steel Drive-In/Drive-Thru Rack Drive-In / Drive-Thru rack is a unique storage solution...................00 drive-thru (3 deeP) ....................Rack & Pick Modules Push Back Rack Push Back systems are for high-density................................................... A wide variety of available components allows use of either roll formed or structural components with many arm and rail combinations...........00 ...$80................ $150......................................com 35 ........................ eliminating the need for reaching or driving into the rack... drive-in (2 deeP) ............................. along with functionality............. it’s placed on a free-rolling carriage that is literally pushed back into the system by loading additional pallets...powder coated paint for durability $135.. or five-deep pallet configurations..... per pallet............ others optional Finish ........................... Designed to streamline the storage and retrieval process in warehouses and distribution centers that experience high throughput turnover......... This allows for significantly reduced building costs for a new facility or for storage of a greater number of pallet loads in an existing warehouse.......................................... Also available in structural steel.....00 drive-in (3 deeP) ..................$115..... Drive-Thru features access to a storage bay on both the front and back of the bay.............. Drive-In/ Drive-Thru rack is ideally suited to operations where a large quantity of relatively few SKUs are stored.............. Push Back Rack provides more picking faces and requires fewer aisles.................................48”.... four-......00 ..... Designed with safety as a primary concern...................................... Overall square footage needs can be reduced by 35% or more as compared to standard selective rack......$105............................. minimizing space requirements and maximizing the number of picking faces.................937..........00 drive-thru (2 deeP) .............................00 ** Rack priced per pallet position including floor positions................................................... It’s designed to optimize the use of your storage area while still combining excellent selectivity and a maintenance-free design.........$95....... assumption of 4-5 pallet levels high........ Welded frame construction delivers high rigidity and strength........................................... gravity moves the pallets forward to the aisle on the telescoping carriages............... Everything can be accessed from a single aisle in a first-in/last-out arrangement...................................................... $50.............

Voice option with devices .Batch or wave picking .One device per operator .Quick replacement of devices .Adjustable pick quantities . Below is a chart explaining the different operations of each picking technology.Kitting .Freezer applications .Easy reconfiguration and expansion .High speed picking .Used in picking and put operations . more efficient picking operations with a reduction in the labor required Fewer picking errors leading to greater customer satisfaction Which technoloGy is Best For your aPPlication? Consider the investment cost.Full system display capabilities through tablet PC applications Best used .Display text .Hands Free . .Operators have to look for a specific pick location .Single operator servicing multiple locations .Throughput 80 to 200 lines per person hr . productivity and pick density (picks per unit of travel).Portable .Voice compatible devices available .Display product attributes (Lot# etc) .Hands Free . if required operations .Put to store .com .Scalable number of operators in a processing area.11 wireless networks .Uses 802.Multilingual .11 wireless networks .Device independent smartcart .One device per operator .Requires daily maintenance (recharge.Easy reconfiguration and expansion .Small cube items display .Simple training involved .Multiple pickers per zone.Throughput – 300 to 450 lines per person hr .Fewer devices cause less maintenance .Used with large number of items spread across a large area .Pick multiple orders at same time -Batch picking operations by reducing walking/travel time .No Display .Manufacturing .Portable .Operators do not have to look for a pick location . headset segregation etc) .Adjustable display light intensity .Configurable screens with full color picture .Easy to install/reconfigure .Small Dimensions .Used with low number of items with high volumes . .Normal view angle .Can integrate Pick To Light or Pick To Display to system.Does not require daily maintenance .Ability to withstand rugged working conditions .3760 www.Touch screen operations .Full case picking . .Configurable color scheme for background and text .Ability to show product images .Quick replacement of bad devices .Display quantities to pick . BeneFits oF PickinG technoloGies over PaPer Based systems • • • Real-time information on order progress and status Faster.Option for light and table PC integration ease of use .Throughput 80 to 160 lines per person hr .bastiansolutions.Operators have to look for a specific pick location .Self test/diagnosis capability .Rack & Pick Modules Picking Technologies Bastian prides itself on being a single source for the integration of picking technologies.Uses 802.Pick or put operations .Device itself act as communication hub .Quantities to Pick/put .Single operator can service large number of locations .Put to store .Heavy products - Receiving Cycle counting Inventory control Shipping Batch/Wave Picking Stocking Replenishment .Display product Image .Increases picking accuracy and efficiencies .Uses 802.High speed picking . Through years of practical experience we have learned how best to deploy specific technologies to meet your business requirements.Scalable implementations .Used with low number of items with high volumes Pick to voice (Ptv) .One device every 2 locations (above and below device) .Color or Monochrome . rules oF thumB Pick to light (Ptl) setup .937.Versatile .Easily expanded to accommodate for changes in volume .Single operator can service large number of locations .Wider view angle .Device comes with different color options .11 wireless networks -Multiple application specific configurations .Adjustable pick quantities Pick to display (Ptd) .Throughput – 300 to 450 lines per person hr . Picking technologies can be integrated with existing ERP/WMS applications or as a part of the Exacta® Suite of supply chain software.Multilingual Options .Returns / Stocking 36 800.Arrows pointing to locations .Versatile .Can utilize Pick to Light or Pick to Display technology .Easy to install .Kitting . Learn more about the picking technologies that can best support your requirements.Wearable equipment . Many facilities use a combination of several picking technologies to meet their business needs.Manufacturing .Device independent rF handheld .Multiple display options .Scalable number of operators in a processing area.One device per locations . Keep in mind that a single picking technology may not be the best solution for your operation.Display background color for locations .Needs a separate link box (communication and power hub for every 100 devices) .

Operator can change pick or sort quantity to match the physical quantity..Used on locations where quantity does not need to be displayed......Can display case pick quantity and broken case quantity at the same time......000 ** The price is dependent on the number of pick zones and interface requirements (1-5 zones) 800.000 ..425 line/person hour Can be integrated with exsisting software system Pick to liGht tyPes oF Pick to liGht • • • • • • • • Standard ...937... putting.... Pick devices..One device can display three different colors: red..Rack & Pick Modules The Exacta® AcculightTM Pick (Put) to Light systems offered by ASAP Automation are an accurate and efficient method for picking. suitable at each Bay or Zone. BudGetary PricinG For Pick to liGht ....... Power supplies. and blue Hi intensity full-lighting applicable for color-coded work operations Two-two pick to light .........$115 Per location BudGetary PricinG For Pick to liGht soFtWare ... or project management..This device can display case pick and broken case pick quantities Pick to light with quantity adjustment keys ............ hands free operation Operators can quickly see the location and quantity to pick Easily mounts to virtually any type of shelving or rack Typical pick rates are 290 ... ERP/WMS integration software..A big full-lighting switch which can be viewed easily from a distance... Bus rail accessories..com 37 .. Pick to Light (PTL) systems produce significant productivity gains in a variety of applications. sorting and assembling products or parts........... $14................... ASAP Automation also provides the flexibility to use Pick to Light (PTL) as a standalone transactional processor or it can be integrated into ASAP Automation’s Exacta® WMS or other WMS/ERP systems..... computer hardware.......... providing easy reference to operators Standard Five-Digit Alpha-Numeric Two-Two Quality Adjustment Pick to liGht orderinG inFormation • • • • • What What What What What is the application? is the maximum number of operators? is the total number of locations requiring devices? is the number of bays? What is the number of locations per bay? Length of bay? host system will be integrated to? ** The price includes: Work indicator devices. the light can blink upward or downward to correctly indicate its location......Easily applicable for picking or sorting tasks Five-digit pick to light ..... Can be used as “completion switch” after picking or sorting of one order is finished Three-digit pick to light .................$100 .. Please contact us for a detailed quote for your specific requirements. The WMS or host system is updated in real-time as the operators use the Pick to Light (PTL) system.. Picking instructions are displayed immediately and are easy for an operator to read and understand.. or green No digit pick to light .... Bus rail..$25. Comes in red............ BeneFits oF Pick to liGht (Ptl) • • • • • No Equipment to carry or wear..... It can also display location number and pick quantity at the same time Triple color pick to light ................ The changed quantity can be sent back to the host computer by pressing the designated switch Pick to light with ten-letter alphanumeric display ..... blue. Setting lighting mode...Compact and inexpensive.... Ethernet link boxes and mechanical installation... The price listed above does not include the software to run the Pick to Light hardware. green........bastiansolutions.3760 www...........

.Rack & Pick Modules Pick to disPlay Most light directed picking devices present the operator with only a number for the quantity to pick..937. packing information. The price listed above does not include the software to run the Pick to Display devices.000 ** The price is dependent on the number of pick zones 38 800. Bus rail... $14... ERP/WMS integration software.. Pick to Display (PTD) has the added capabilities to display text...com .$25.. Power supplies.. and/or play audio files recorded in any language to remind the operator of the action they are to take.. This can be an absolutely essential feature for the U.... providing the flexibility for multiple operators within a single picking zone • Ability to display special instructions. bright display screen provides detailed information Bright red light indicator PTD mounting bus bar for quick installation and easy repositioning “Task Complete” button instantaneously communicates transactions Speaker for voice-directed picking Navigation buttons to scroll down to additional screens Color-coded for special instructions Big readable pick number Shelf/cell graphics to easily locate products BeneFits oF Pick to disPlay • A single device can control multiple locations • Color coded.000 . $140 to $150 Per location ** For typical picking operations (standard carton flow rack with approximately 1.. and Mechanical installation.. or project management. Pick devices.... Product picture for easy operator recognition Color-coded...... an image of the product.... BudGetary PricinG For Pick to disPlay soFtWare . or custom warnings for hazardous goods • Use text to display product attributes (lot code... Bus rail accessories....450 line/person hour • 8 times as fast as paper list picking • Can be integrated with Pick To Light or Pick To Voice systems.S.... Pick to disPlay orderinG inFormation • • • • What is the application? What is the maximum number of operators? What is the total number of locations requiring devices? What is the number of locations to be controlled by a single device? What is the number of bays? What is the number of locations per bay? Length of bay? BudGetary PricinG For Pick to disPlay .bastiansolutions.... These additional features help the pick operator prevent an order from being fulfilled incorrectly....000 SKU locations) ** The price includes: Work indicator devices. computer hardware...... Please contact us for a detailed quote for your specific requirements. expiration date) • No equipment to carry or wear • Hands free operation • Typical pick rates are 300 . warehouse manager hiring non-English speaking workers or for senior managers contemplating standardizing warehouse operations across their global supply chain.3760 www..

. 2.. put-away...... the last few digits of the item’s product code.............. and headset...000 ** Price includes a 5 user picking system with standard interface to host 800..... Price includes wearable computer........... Software user licensing not included BudGetary PricinG For Pick to voice soFtWare . etc.... high performance battery........ beltmounted terminals and lightweight headsets to free up an operator’s hands and eyes........................ replenishment.. When assignments are complete......... With no manual data entry........... allowing them to be more focused on the task at hand......... The software is able to deliver and interpret communications in multiple languages and speech patterns.........900 ** Per operator...... more productive workers out on the floor... Pick to voice orderinG inFormation • What is the application? BudGetary PricinG For Pick to voice . ensuring that each operator is understood and feels comfortable with the system. Pick to Voice translates the assignment into speech commands that direct a person to an aisle/section and slot location.............Rack & Pick Modules Pick to voice ASAP Automation provides a Pick To Voice (PTV) system that employs rugged....... Companies currently using Pick To Voice (PTV) technology are reporting greater employee satisfaction and productivity over previously used systems......5%+ accuracy levels • Reduce Training Time by 50% • Proven scalability and seamless integration • Can be ran on Symbol devices • Payback often in less than 12 months aPPlications • Cooler/Freezer Picking • Picking And Packing • Case Picking • Each Picking • Batch Picking • Wave Picking • Put To Store hoW Pick to voice Works 1.. labels to handle or lists to read.. The flexibility of the Pick To Voice (PTV) system’s terminal and headset also allow operators to be more comfortable in coldstorage and other environments that might require special clothing or other peripherals..com 39 .... For additional accuracy.... and are transmitted via a wireless network to wearable computer or handheld devices....... Assignments for selection. The software ASAP Automation developed for our Pick to Voice (PTV) solution provides seamless integration with existing systems and offers proven scalability....When the task is complete.......3760 www...... $45... our Pick to Voice (PTV) solution can drastically improve operational performance and the bottom line..937. belt......... may be verified......... operators request their next assignment from the queue..... the operator responds with the next assignment. More focus leads to safer...... Operators confirm the location by speaking a numeric identifier into their headsets 3............ BeneFits oF Pick to voice (Ptv) • Lightweight belt terminal and headset for increased operator comfort • Hands free operation • Minimal training time • Increase Productivity by up to 25% • 99. or other information like the product’s weight.. such as WMS or ERP.. are generated by the host system...... $3.................................. Pick to Voice responds “Pick 3” or “Confirm quantity replenished”.bastiansolutions...

........ Exacta® Mobile’sTM browser based screens are highly configured to deliver the most important information from business processes in real time.........11 standards........ $2..............000 40 800......11 RF network? Symbol MC9000 BudGetary PricinG For rF handheld ................ medium... Dolphin.........190 lines/person hour....... Exacta® MobileTM was developed using the ... replenishment.....) Is there an existing 802............ With Exacta’s open architecture.. and Telxon..... and cycle counting........ a variety of data collection devices can be used including Symbol........Rack & Pick Modules rF handheld (rFid reader caPaBle) RF offers an easily scalable solution to help meet your needs today and as your company grow..3760 www. Percon... lifts......NET framework and supports WiFi 802......800 ** Price includes handheld and lithium ion battery BudGetary PricinG For exacta moBile rF system ........... Intermec.................s RF is a flexible solution. such as Pick To Voice? Will the operators be using any other MH equipment? (forktrucks. etc....... $48. • Single order and/or batch picking • Immediate discrepancy handling • Customizable user information screens exacta BroWser Based screens rF handheld orderinG inFormation • • • • • • • What is the application? What is the number of operators at one time? Will the RF be used for a single shift or multiple shift operation? Would wearable RF or long range scanners be preferred? Would any other picking application be desired....com ................. Symbol WT4090 BeneFits oF rF handheld • Increased inventory control • Increased picking speed and accuracy over paper picking • Provides real time updates to the supply chain software • Provides scalability to support small......937....bastiansolutions.. large and multi-site systems • Integrated with ASAP Automation’s Exacta® MobileTM software..... LXE... offers customized user screens displaying only required information to employees • Exacta® MobileTM screens can incorporate product images and support multi-lingual operations caPaBilities oF rF handheld • Typical pick rates are 120 . Exacta® MobileTM applications from ASAP Automation include receiving.................... single/batch/wave picking....... allowing operators to move with the device to the work to complete................ put-away..............

... then SmartCart can minimize travel time by efficient routing for multiple orders... smartcart orderinG inFormation • • • What is the application? Number of light directed devices per cart? Is there an existing 802...200 Per cart (software not included) BudGetary PricinG For smartcart W/ taBlet Pc and inteGrated Pick to disPlay technoloGy .....937.........com 41 ......bastiansolutions................ The lithium ion cart battery is specified to provide at least one full shift of operation before having to be recharged.... Tablet PC can give graphical display of route or locations for the convenience of the operators..... Custom cart designs are available to meet specific tote or carton batch requirements......150 lines/person hour.. • Typical pick rates are 90 .... $8........... You can pick up to 16 orders within a cart with almost 100% accuracy rates.... With RF not more than 3 totes on a cart are recommended to have minimal pick errors.... SmartCart can be quickly added to your operation to meet variable peak demand or seasonal picking.....................Rack & Pick Modules smartcart Bastian’s wireless based SmartCart allows batched order picking for higher pick rates than conventional shelving or case flow rack.........11 RF network? Totes aPPlications • Small parts • Kitting/assembly • Batch Picking • Wave picking • Put to Store • Replenishment Support • Kanban Support Apparel BudGetary PricinG For smartcart W/ taBlet Pc ......... Exacta’s graphical touch screens direct the operator to both the pick and putaway locations.400 Per cart (software not included) 800........They use the same wireless infrastructure as RF devices • If your picking zone is more spread out and operators have to travel longer distances for picking several orders at the same time.......... • SmartCarts can also be used for picking in conjunction with RF devices.....3760 www......... $6...... • SmartCart can also be used for replenishing the locations (putaway process) with a batch of 16 to 20 products at the same time.. • SmartCart can come with Pick To Light and Pick To Display devices at each location on a cart or a tablet PC on the cart............ Put lights can be provided on the cart to further speed up the process.............................. BeneFits oF smartcart • SmartCarts are good for picking larger batch or groups of orders...

The extractor stores and retrieves trays with loads up to 880 lbs...... Ergonomic Adjustable Counter . • • • • • • • • • • • • • • Controls and Software ...From calling trays by number with the keypad to fully automated software solutions that manage an entire warehouse........ Moving up and down its center is an inserter/extractor system. When activated....... there is a control package available for any level of automation that is desired. high-density storage unit housing trays of items that are stored and retrieved. throughput...bastiansolutions. Patented Ergonomic Tilt-Tray .. securing.. Accuracy ... BudGetary PricinG .VLMs offer an optional tilt-tray system. reaching....Inventory is kept clean and secure within the VLM. The tray is presented to the operator at an ergonomically correct 45 degree angle which reduces bending and reaching... stretching and bending common to walk and search picking applications are eliminated as the VLM delivers all requested items to the operator at a comfortable... while reducing inventory losses and labor costs..000 .. and delivers them to its ergonomically designed pick window or workstation. Features and BeneFits This Vertical Lift Module is an enclosed.Vertical storage systems can accommodate a wide variety of products....... and increases visibility into the tray cells. saving up to 96% of valuable floor space. pharmaceuticals electronic.3760 www.. Items are delivered to the operator in an ergonomic pick window. Tray heights can be mixed for easy reconfiguring to maximize storage efficiency... Software-Controlled Light Pointer . allowing operators of different heights to work at an ergonomically correct picking level.. $28. They efficiently deliver product to the operator.. VLMs enable a relatively large inventory to be directed to a picker at one fixed location.. automated high-speed.. Leading companies use VLMs to increase storage density. VLM’s are often used in the jewelry.com . Ergonomics/Safety ......A software-controlled light pointeridentifies the pick location by focusing a high intensity light beam on the location.... VLMs are used to increase storage density...... securing...937...... and material handling efficiency while reducing inventory losses and labor costs... throughput. By eliminating the climbing.Climbing.........VLMs increase productivity by eliminating walk and search time........Rack & Pick Modules Vertical Storage vertical liFt modules (tray storaGe systems) A Vertical Lift Module (VLM) is an automated storage and retrieval unit consisting of an extractor mechanism located between two sections of stationary racking inside a metal enclosure.....000 42 800. Heavy-Duty Vertical Rack-and-Pinion Drive ... VLMs produce a more efficient “parts to picker” instead of “picker to parts” workflow. yielding a low-floor-space way of storing........ Controls can be password protected and doors are lockable..... Productivity . Flexibility .......... and retrieving anything from small parts to fixtures and tools. and retrieving anything from small parts to fixtures and tools....VLMs make full use of available overhead space.. increasing accuracy and efficiency.. uniform counter height. Security . and bending necessary to pick from multiple levels... Powerful.$37. increasing worker safety and productivity. the extractor device brings a requested tray from the rack to a workstation built into the front of the unit.Increased operator efficiencies and higher space utilization allow companies to recover their investments quickly – often in less than a year..... bar code readers and light pointer options. They efficiently deliver product to the operator.Order and inventory accuracy are greatly enhanced by integrating software.. A series of trays inserted in the front and rear racks are used to store product. and material handling efficiency.The VLM has an adjustable counter height... preventing unauthorized personnel from accessing contents...... and automotive industries.Automatically retrieves the next tray while the operator is still picking from the current tray so that wait-time is reduced... Fast Payback (ROI) ... Dual-Tray Delivery System . yielding a low-floorspace way of storing.. Cube Utilization/Space Savings .... from vertically positioned slots on the front and rear of the unit.............VLMs eliminate chain drives and uses rack-and-pinion drives for greater speed and reliability....

530 $6.184 $3.060 $4. These lift tables offer low pressure hydraulics for an increased seal life.889 $4.633 HigH travEL Lift tabLEs model number LS2-60 LS2-72 LS2-84 LS4-60 LS4-72 LS4-84 LS5-60 LS6-60 LS6-72 LS6-84 LS8-60 capacity (lbs) 2000 2000 2000 4000 4000 4000 5000 6000 6000 6000 8000 standard Platform (wxl in. Lift tables provide an ergonomic solution to reduce worker injury and fatigue while improving productivity and safety.896 $8.141 $12.500 $8.330 $9.022 $3. Load.100 $7. tabletops.768 $7.bastiansolutions. work positioning.216 $3.019 top sellers 2 Week Delivery 4 800.758 $3.174 oversized Platform price $5.000 lbs. and base configurations that can be specified for each of the many basic sizes provide the user with greater application flexibility. controls.993 $9. order picking.262 Platform w/ belveled toeguard Price $3. assembly.603 $9.518 $4. at heights to 98 inches.325 $7.373 $4.797 $4.515 $8.100 $7.926 $7.148 $7.) 24 x 86 30 x 102 30 x 120 24 x 86 30 x 102 30 x 120 24 x 86 24 x 86 30 x 102 30 x 120 24 x 86 raised Height (in) 70 82 94 70 82 94 68 70 84 98 70 Weight (lbs) 1300 2000 2200 1375 2100 2300 1450 1450 2200 2500 1700 standard Platform Price $4.645 $4.595 $12.691 $10.443 $3.346 $9.665 $3.Lift.393 $8.988 $7.907 $9.740 $7. standard Lift tabLEs model number LS2-24 LS2-36 LS2-48 LS3-42 LS4-24 LS4-36 LS4-48 LS5-42 LS6-24 LS6-36 LS6-48 LS8-36 LS8-48 LS12-36 capacity (lbs) 2000 2000 2000 3000 4000 4000 4000 5000 6000 6000 6000 8000 8000 12000 standard Platform (wxl in.774 $11.072 $10.338 $2.014 $6.443 $6.026 $3.979 oversized Platform price $2.437 $10.797 $3.765 $11.211 $4.3760 www.085 $5. Lift tables can be utilized for a wide variety of tasks including machine feeding.757 $2. Available in many basic sizes and capacities to lift and position loads up to 12.501 $10.314 $3.657 $8.443 $7.271 $8.280 $4.633 Platform w/ belveled toeguard Price $5.774 $3.715 $8.164 $11.470 $5.050 $3.com .451 $7.943 $2.) 24 x 36 24 x 48 24 x 66 24 x 56 24 x 36 24 x 48 24 x 66 24 x 56 24 x 36 24 x 48 24 x 66 30 x 60 24 x 66 30 x 60 raised Height (in) 30-3/4 42-3/4 56 48-3/4 30-3/4 42-3/4 56 49 31-3/4 43-1/4 56 45 57 46 Weight (lbs) 500 600 950 725 550 650 1000 775 600 725 1050 1350 1350 1500 standard Platform Price $2.977 $4.852 $6.489 $3.937. and pallet loading.416 $5.398 $8.772 $4. & Work Positioners Lift Tables Ergonomic Work PositionEr Ergonomic work positioners are extremely rugged and reliable machines.758 $7. The wide range of power options.825 $10.694 $3.294 $4.032 $8.

. Maximum ramp length is 48”............. Pallet loading and unloading........ Low Profile lift tables have a collapsed height as low as 3 inches..) 175 200 255 450 standard Platform Price $2.....Lift..................... including: • • • • • • • • • • • Low pressure hydraulics Fast raising and lowering Fully adjustable down speed Heavy-duty torque tubes minimize deflection Lubricated for life pins..500 standard Platform (W x L in........ dependable............000 1........... with vertical travel up to 35” depending on model...................bastiansolutions..... A unique low profile ramp allows them to be fed with a hand pallet truck............. 3” pleats... Longer than standard 18” ramp may be required to reduce the angle of incline for unstable and low clearance loads Not recommended for manually handled loads over 2...... black & yellow............075 $4.133 $4....) 36 36 31-1/2 41-1/4 2 Week Delivery model number LSO5-30 LS1-30 LS1...standard and low clearance..... low capacity lifts are packed with features. $190 (for 208.....694 $1..3760 www...... Load.......500 lbs......................... and work positioning.... One touch auto leveling .......5-35 Weight (lbs.... 460 three phase operations) Additional hydrualic hose .....com 5 .. Capacities are from 500 lbs..000 lbs............000 1........ $776 800. Collapsed height is 3” Zero reachover Four side accessibility Can have turntable top Can be relocated Cost effective low profile solution Ramp available in two styles ............. capacity (lbs.......) 12 x 24 16 x 24 20 x 36 24 x 48 raised Height (in........015 LoW ProfiLE HydrauLic Lift Get the advantage of four sided accessibility without the expense or hassle of digging a pit for your lift table...... & Work Positioners cost EffEctivE....... Portable with DC power and Compacts with extended vertical travel in a small footprint...... LoW caPacity Lifts Cost Effective. $669 (installed. The surface for both styles is diamond tread..........) 500 1.. $625 Bellow skirting .455 $5..) 35 35 35 35 2 Week Delivery • model number LM-05 LM1 LM2 LM4 Weight (lbs.... Requires min...266 $1.... $6 /ft.904 $4..........115 $1........... 230... vinyl...........937.....) 540 560 600 650 standard Platform Price $3........363 oPtions Roller ramp w/ diamond plate ......... Low Capacity are available in three basic configurations: Stationary............ clean and allows for easy access to all components Abvailable in compact models capacity (lbs. rollers and bushings Full width straight through axles for increased stability throughout the travel range Heavy-duty hoses for maximum burst strength Tell-tale return hydraulic line prevents fluid spillage Built-in safety chocks Bolt-on power unit is neat.236 $5.... Deduct $776 Motor starter/transformer ........ • • • • • • • • Low profile-may be used with hand pallet truck......139 oversized Platform price $4.. to 1..... These rugged...........855 $2..1-26 LL1....850 $3.115 $2...............855 oversized Platform price N/A $2........... top size of 32” x 74”) Without power unit and controls .... Recommended for Stacking and unstacking.........................) 500 1000 2000 4000 standard Platform (W x L in......) 24 x 66 24 x 66 24 x 96 24 x 66 raised Height (in.......

055 2 Day Delivery fLoor HEigHt Lift tabLE These lift tables lower to floor or near floor height so that they can be fed and offloaded by hand pallet trucks.) 1425 1440 1865 standard Platform Price $4. Recommended for Stacking and unstacking. 460V.) 43 43 43 43 Lowered Height (in.000 4.000 4.) 45 48 63 Weight (lbs.Lift.com . Safety features include: electric toe guard to protect pinch points during lowering of the table.2 seconds model number Platform size (W x L) (in. & Work Positioners HigH sPEEd Lift tabLE High Speed Electric Hydraulic Lift Tables are used by all types of manufacturing and warehouse facilities. • • • • • • • • Adjustable upward travel limit switch Rugged deep section scissor legs for superior strength Hinged Maintenance Prop Pinch Point Guard Standard Brass Safety Velocity Fuse in hydraulic actuator prevents sudden drop State of the Art Bearings for long life .) 50 x 48 50 x 48 50 x 48 raised Height (in. An elastomeric front edge prevents toe injury.) 40 x 48 40 x 48 30 x 60 30 x 60 capacity (lbs. and upper travel limit switch to stop table at maximum height reducing motor wear.000 3.) 2. 24V AC push-button hand control.726 2 Week Delivery 6 800.000 6.may be used with hand pallet truck Higher capacities Can be relocated with a fork truck Elastomeric front edge designed to yield when proper footwear is worn preventing toe injury model number ZLS2-35 ZLS4-35 ZLS6-34 capacity (lbs.588 $6. operator working from an 8” to 10” platform) • • • • Lowers to floor height .) 7 7 7 7 voltage/ Phase 460/3 460/3 460/3 460/3 Weight (lbs. Pallet loading and unloading.000 4.) 3/8 3/8 1/2 rise time (sec.rise speed is 8 and and lowered speed is 11.bastiansolutions. 2HP.000 raised Height (in. 3 phase.pins and bearings are replaceable Push Button Control is a standard feature on all units Travel Time . other voltages available. Work positioning (ie.) 3. brass velocity fuse to maintain platform height regardless of hydraulic pressure.411 $3.937.055 $2. 60 Hz totally enclosed motor standard.3760 www. maintenance prop.411 $3.360 $4. Load.) 35-3/8 35-3/8 35-3/8 Lowered Height (in. 3000 psi hydraulic component rating.000 standard Platform (in.) 800 850 725 800 Price EHLT-4048-3-43 EHLT-4048-4-43 EHLT-3060-3-43 EHLT-3060-4-43 $2.

............Special bearing packages and regreasable pivot points for moderately high and high duty cycle applications capacity (lbs. & Work Positioners fLusH mount turntabLEs The built-in turntable is essentially flush to the table platform in a clean.... The 43” diameter model can even be pit mounted..... Load.600 4-6 Week Delivery 800......... An operator pushbutton station is also included in the event the operator would like to fine tune the table rotation or place stretch wrap around the load.... for use where more precise positioning is desired • Hi Cycle Package ... 20” and 43” diameter and are fitted into a limited number of platform sizes..........000 diameter (in............... • • • • • • • Turntable base plate consists of 1/4” plate.) 24 x 36 48 x 48 2-3 Week Delivery Weight (lbs. that resides outside the 78” turntable underneath the operator platform.. turntable will rotate until a prox sees the next flag.......... baE-Ptt20 ........ their mounts welded to the base plate The turntable top will consist of a ½” thick plate that is 78” in diameter. which decreases upward coast... lift table sold separatley.Fast acting hydraulic valving. This plate will ride on top of the cam rollers described above The center of this plate has a flange bearing bolted to it to keep the plate centered on the turntable Plate also features a roller chain sprocket to control the turntable rotation..122 LoW ProfiLE PoWEr turntabLE This low profile turntable will allow operators to stack cases on its top.... 460/3/60..... Includes lifting lugs for installing/rigging turntable WaLkWay ramP • • This ramp will wrap around approximately 60 degrees of the turntable Consists of welded structural steel design.......) 20 43 Low Height (in. Price is add-on price.. The turntable bearings and support are under the platform and do not substantially increase the lowered height over that of comparable lifts without turntables.....937...........3760 www. Flush Mount turntable lifts are available in standard Southworth Backsaver Lift capacities to 4000 lbs.........500 4.) 300 500 Price $927 $1... To ease operator ergonomics..... The turntable sits only 3/16” higher than the surrounding platform and is rotationally locked when the lift is in the full down position.. $6... When the footswitch is engaged.. oPtions • No Coast....... Around the perimeter of this plate are (8) cam rollers.. The drive for this turntable will be an SEW-Eurodrive gear motor.. the operator can rotate the turntable in 90 degree increments via a foot switch. It also features a momentary pushbutton for clockwise and a momentary pushbutton for counter-clockwise rotation........... treadplate top.......... No Drift Package .....bastiansolutions.......Lift...) 7/8 7/8 minimum Platform (in... Turntables are available in 2 sizes......... uncluttered design..... Includes a proximity switch to sense one of four flags around the perimeter of the turntable...............) 2.com 7 ......

so it’s always at the most comfortable working height. capacity (lbs) 1. and the spring provides a measure of safety by supporting the unloaded turntable in the event of accidental air loss from the airbag.670 fuLLy automatic PnEumatic-actuatEd (in stock!) The pneumatic option provides all the performance of the spring unit.000 pounds with as little as 80 psi.) 420 1 Week Delivery Price $1.000 and 4. It constantly adjusts the top of the load to the proper elevation to eliminate the repetitive motion of bending. (Springs do not have to be changed to handle varying load weights.500 Lowered Height (in.) The unit is filled with air to a pressure corresponding to a desired capacity.950 8 800. weights.) 28 Weight (lbs. One model is available for loads ranging from 100 lbs. to 1.3760 www.245 $3. The manual turntable top allows easy rotation of the load so that the operator is always working on the near side.) 43 5/8 compressed Height (in.) 27-7/8 Weight (lbs.500 Lowered Height (in. & Work Positioners PaLLEt PositionErs PoWErEd-HydrauLic When loads. Available in 2. but uses an airbag that operates on shop air.937. The turntable is easily rotated even when fully loaded and allows for near-side loading and unloading without walking around the unit. With inherent stability and no power sources or connections.com . capacities.) 700 760 Price $3.500 lbs. A foot valve allows the operator to adjust the load to any position up to 33-1/2” (plus pallet height).) 615 Price $1. capacity (lbs) 400-4.000 4.000 lbs.000 Psi 80 PSI 80 PSI Weight (lbs.000 4. model number PPA2-24 PPA4-24 capacity (lbs) 2.) 640 660 Price $3.670 PoWErEd-PnEuamtic The powered-pneumatic option has all the features of the hydraulic unit but operates on shop air. Load.950 PnEumatic LitE The Pneumatic Lite has a load range that satisfies extremely light loads . a powered pallet positioner with total operator control is the solution.595 ** Demo Units Available sPring-actuatEd The Spring-Actuated Pallet Positioner is ideal for most applications. capacity (lbs) 4. reaching and twisting.) 9-1/2 raised Height (in.000 and 4. A foot control allows the operator to adjust the load to an infinite number of positions up to 32-3/4” (plus pallet height). It has a full range by regulating the pneumatic charge.000 voltage 115/1/60 115/1/60 Weight (lbs. Designed for use where pallet loads vary widely and are changed frequently.) 28 Weight (lbs.) 9-1/2 raised Height (in. pallet sizes or product dimensions vary greatly. The airbag spring combination provides virtually linear response. The Pneumatic Lite comes with triple convolution air bag with dual spring assist.245 $3. Fork pockets are standard to easily position the lift where ever it is needed. Works great with PDI truck on page 105. the fully automated mechanical Pallet Positioner is virtually maintenance free.Lift.bastiansolutions. so it’s always at the most comfortable working height. Fittings and tubing are simple with only two connections.) 32-1/2 x 40 turntable (in. Available in 2. The unit is equipped with fork pockets for easy relocation and to provide a stable base that does not require lagging.000 lbs.500 base frame (W x L) (in. capacities.) 500 Price $2. model number PPH2-24 PPH4-24 capacity (lbs) 2.) 10-7/8 raised Height (in. A heavy duty airbag positions loads up to 4. The manual turntable top allows easy rotation of the load so that the operator is always working on the near side.

........198 fLoor LEvEL PaLLEt Lift WitH turntabLE For even greater convenience................... $795 800......400 standard Platform Price $9.5-28 ROLLC4-28 capacity (lbs) 2................bastiansolutions...........Lift...3760 www........290 $6. The phot-eyes are on three open sides for optimal protection.. floor level pallet truck lifts lower to floor height so pallets can be rolled on and off with a hand pallet truck........ hand pallet truck accessible 360° turntable..500 4....000 Platform size (in) 52 x 48 52 x 48 Lowered Height (in) 3/8 3/8 2 Week Delivery raised Height (in) 28-3/8 28-3/8 Weight (lbs) 1.... The narrow side and back panels allow for easy reach over for 4 side access.......... Folds up onto turntable platform when portability feature is used Platform must be raised approximately 5’’ before turn table can be rotated Turntable is 44’’ wide x 48’’ deep with 3’’ high guides with “D” shaped handles on 48’’ sides model number ROLLC3-28 capacity (lbs) 2... • • • Photo-eye provides toe protection Platform locks in partially up position to allow relocation Availabe One-Touch Auto Leveling provides up or down adjustment by a preset increment at the touch of a button model number ROLLC2...... The lift is then easily adjusted by pushbutton or foot switch control to maintain an ideal height for manual loading and unloading.........................500 Platform size (in) 44 x 48 Lowered Height (in) 2 2 Week Delivery raised Height (in) 30 Weight (lbs) 2....com 9 ......... Load.....687 oPtions One touch auto leveling .......... & Work Positioners fLoor LEvEL PaLLEt Lift With internal hydraulic power......................... floor level pallet truck lifts are now available with a built-in............................250 1....937..... • • • • Portability transport feature requires a fork truck or hand pallet jack with a minimum of 72’’ long forks Hinged ramp is 24’’ long on one 44’’ end...........500 standard Platform Price $4............

7 x 37. transporting or the need for an adjustable height work surface is part of the job.8 100 210 Price $660 $750 $995 $1.4 114.bastiansolutions.5 55. caPacity) • • • • • • Lifts to over 3’ 20:1 mechanical advantage hydraulic system Parking lock Steerable caster-type wheels Attractively finished in enamel paint and chrome Infinite height adjustment within range a-350W (770 Lb. Load.5 2 Day Delivery Lowered Height (in.640 $1.370 $850 $1.6 x 35. positioning.7 36. tilting.3 26.4 193.8 raised Height (in. caPacity) • • • • • • Over 4’ of lifting height Parking lock Rapid rise Steerable caster-type wheels Attractively finished in enamel paint and chrome Infinite height adjustment within range m-500L & f-500L (1100 Lb.8 13 13.6 3.) 81.8 29. containers.4 23.1 23.1 19.6 x 39.6 40.6 x 35. which reduces reaching and stretching when working with small parts in totes or junior containers L-150 & L-250 (330 & 550 Lb. caPacity) • • • • • • • Automatically adjust loads to ideal height for feeding or off-loading Minimizes bending and reaching Simple structure is virtually maintenance free Supports diverse loading needs Caster lock for parking A simple turn of the adjusting knob adjusts for varying load weights model number L-150 L-250 A-500 A-800 A-350W M-500L F-500L DT-350W DLV-150 DLV-500 capacity (lbs.6 x 35.8 23.) 29.2 49. assembling.7 x 28 19.) 17.3 9.7 x 28 23.) 8. and transporting in a single unit Ideal for use with junior wire containers.8 19.1 31.Lift. caPacity) • • • • • Ideal for light industrial handling Attractively finished in enamel paint and chrome Parking lock Steerable caster-type wheels Infinite height adjustment within range a-500 & a-800 (1100 & 1760 Lb.937.7 x 31. Mobile Lift Tables are available in several different types: • • • Low profile for use with skids.640 $1. unstacking.8 15 3/10 16 1/2 Weight (lbs.8 167. caPacity) • • • • Combines lifting.4 17.7 x 37. Mobile Lift Tables are essential anywhere that lifting. and plastic pallets Infinite height adjustment within range Parking lock Steerable caster-type wheels Attractively finished in enamel paint and chrome dt -350 (750 Lb.2 3.2 13.com .5 11. caPacity) • • • • • Two types for use with skids or containers. or pallets The Dandy Leveler™which raises and lowers automatically as loads change The Dandy Tilter.335 $1.6 x 35.5 29. pans or tote boxes Attractively finished in enamel paint and chrome Infinite height and tilt adjustment within range dLv-150 & dLv-500 (150 & 500 Lb.260 10 800.0 31.5 23. stacking.8 173.3760 www. & Work Positioners Mobile Lift Tables These inexpensive lifter transporters make any job easier.) 330 550 1100 1760 770 1100 1100 770 330 1100 Platform dimensions (in.6 275 228.240 $1.2 228.

..... 500lbs...... With a minimally charged battery...... Magnets on back of remote allow for storage anywhere on table Shipping weight .30”..59” 3/8” lift per stroke Shipping weight .....37”..com 11 . & Work Positioners foot PumP HydrauLic Lift tabLEs Ideal for positioning dies and fixtures......... 4-7 Day Delivery 800..............................3760 www.... LT-60-2436 PLt -20-2436 ...37”........175 LT-60-2436 PoWErEd Lift tabLEs Powered lift tables comes with a remote control for raising/ lowering.................. $381 VLT500 ** Other models in different capacities available.......016 vaLuE Lift tabLEs • • • • • • Capacity ........ Moves between jobsites on smooth-rolling casters..............24” x 36” Lowered height ..... $2.. capacity • Solid steel top and base construction with two support posts • Feature 2 rigid and 2 swivel 4” phenolic resin roller bearing casters with floor locks • Table size .....48” Shipping weight . standard duty • 500 lbs...... Raised Height .. lifting and transporting machine parts.....500 lbs...... Lt -05-1818 .....000 lbs......Lift...... capacity models include floor lock......... and feeding presses....000 lbs.......................... $1............ Please Call Bastian for more information................59”........ 4” Polyurethane casters.... Raised Height ............432 lbs.153 lbs..................bastiansolutions. Magnets on back of remote allow for storage anywhere on table.... Load....... capacity 2 rigid and 2 swivel 6” phenolic resin roller bearing casters with foot operated floor lock Solid steel top and base construction with four support posts and push handle Table size ........................................330 lbs... capacity Charge typically lasts throughout a whole shift Standard floor lock holds table steady for loading and unloading Easy to read illuminated battery status voltmeter Three light LED battery charge status indicator Table size ...... 2 swivel with floor lock Foot operated pump and release Table size ...... Raised Height ....47-1/2” • 3/8” lift per stroke • Shipping weight ... Raised Height ............ Ships knocked down vLt500 .......................18” x 18” Lowered height ......... unit can be used while recharging..... LT-05-1818 Lt -60-2436 ....... • • • • • • • • 2..30-1/2”....... Remote control for raising/lowering....... $521 HEavy • • • • • • • duty 6....................................24” x 36” Lowered height ............. 2 rigid..........................................937.................. to 6000 lbs...122 lbs....18” x 18” • Lowered height .. Solid steel top raises and lowers on one central lifting cylinder.

000 Lowered Height (in. resulting in the load center being near the center of rotation.Foot control with guard. Some of its uses are: • • • • Replace broken pallets Switch loads to/from in-house or shipping pallets Transfer from pallets to slip sheets Replace damaged goods at the bottom of the load capacity (lbs.000 4.) 30 2 Day Delivery model number SR-44-60 clamp speed (per sec) 2 overall dimensions (W x d x H) (in.) 4. This model can handle pallets from 36’’ wide x 30’’ deep x 32’’ high up to 48’’ x 48’’ x 60’’.Lift.833 $4. opening (in.The pressure adjustable clamping mechanism easily secures loads up to 4.000 2. 24 Volt.) 2121 2173 2205 2257 2950 3013 3045 3129 Price ZLTT-4452-2-36 ZLTT-4452-4-36 ZLTT-5252-2-36 ZLTT-5252-4-36 ZLTT-4472-2-48 ZLTT-4472-4-48 ZLTT-5272-2-48 ZLTT-5272-4-48 $4. Standard voltage is 460/3/60. • • • • • • • • 45º Maximum Tilt NEMA-4.) 4. and then tilt them to an ergonomic working position. this means lower stress on the rotating mechanism as opposed to a “single clamp”). Dual clamping (both platens move equally toward center. electric toeguard on load/unload side of platform Platform size (W x L) (in. Unit is constructed of steel and painted blue.bastiansolutions.3760 www. provides maximum adjustability with separate lift and tilt controls Industrial quality.) 36 36 36 36 48 48 48 48 1-2 Week Delivery model number overall size (W x L x H) (in.000 4.937. Top may be tilted separately from the base.000 2.) 69 x 54 x 24 69 x 54 x 24 77 x 59 x 24 77 x 59 x 24 69 x 79 x 24 69 x 79 x 24 77 x 79 x 24 77 x 79 x 24 Weight (lbs. rugged machine designed to invert entire pallet loads. Load. It is pallet truck loadable. 56 frame.761 $5. Use of cylinders and chains equalizes movement and clamp force.) 1/2 1/2 1/2 1/2 1/2 1/2 1/2 1/2 raised Height (in. opening (in.) 44 x 52 44 x 52 52 x 52 52 x 52 44 x 72 44 x 72 52 x 72 52 x 72 capacity (lbs.) 52 x 85 x 83 max.com . warning beeper.000 4.410 $5.663 $5. the Pallet Inverter is a simple.313 5265.400 base dimensions (W x d x H) (in. Push Button Hand Control with four buttons.) 96 x 85 x 89 Weight (lbs.321 $4. Other clamp openings available.263 ZEro Lift & tiLt tabLEs The ZLTT is designed to lift materials to an ergonomic working height. & Work Positioners Work Positioners PaLLEt rotator/invErtEr With the ability to handle pallet loads measuring up to 48” x 48” x 60” high.931 12 800.00 $4.000 4.000 Price $23.) 60 min.400 pounds and rotates them 180 degrees on a massive anti-friction turret bearing.000 2.) 2. 2 HP motor delivers best torque with minimal amperage draw and maximum life Electric pinch point guards on front and sides of platform protect personnel Electronic toeguard on load / unload edge of platform Upper travel limit switches Brass Velocity Fuse in cylinder prevents drop of table in event of hydraulic failure Optional Features .

...... Choose Fork-Over design (PTU models) for containers with open bottoms................... Solenoid valve control is also available... caPacity basE PricE ................. The optional ball table top allows for loading from adjacent roller conveyor...000 lbs.......000 maximum tilt (°) 85° 85° 85° 85° voltage 12 12 12 12 Weight (lbs............com 13 .......... Load......................894 $3............................. $3...... The tilter can be loaded with a forktruck with a flat platform top of 54” x 54”.....3760 www..................000 pound capacities and feature 12 Volt DC power and a built-in charger.............................) 675 990 900 1.......597 $4........000 2..... $142 2 Week Delivery airbag tiLtEr The pneumatic tilter presents the unit container to the operator at an ergonomic position.........000 4..470 $3...... • • PTU-2 DC ......................................................bastiansolutions.. • • • • • Overall length is 44” Overall width is 44” Features heavy duty stuctural steel frame Ball transfer tabletop Chain height stop 1.....750 3............................... Portable Container Tilters are available in 2................................... caPacity basE PricE .........135 (3” Centers) baLL transfEr toP ................. and 3................................................................250 Price $2............................ Baskets can be tilted up to 85 degrees to allow easy access to parts............. please contact Bastian for pricing information............. $2.......... $2............000 Lb..... Typical applications allow for loading or unloading containers in a lean manufacturing “U” shaped workcell arrangement.........................70 cycles per battery charge model number PTU-2 PTU-4 SPTU-2 SPTU-4 capacity (lbs...... & Work Positioners PortabLE tiLtEr Portable Tilters have casters that allow them to pick up staged containers and move them to the work cell....................... The tilter includes a hand operated manual pneumatic valve on pedestal..000 and 4.500 Lb.. Or pick Straddle design (SPTU models) for containers with reinforcing bars or closed bottoms............................ Other capacities are available......... Load capacities are 1..........000 4...172 sParE cHargEr .) 2............200 4-6 Week Delivery 800...Lift.......................35 cycles per battery charge PTU-4 DC ..........937.....................500 lbs..............

..3760 www... Easy operation ..dumper can be stopped anywhere in the up/down cycle by simply releasing the push-button control Sealed hydraulic system to promote longer cylinder life Optional liquid tight boxes for coolant management Custom dump heights and box sizes Heavy duty mounting stands Gated enclosures .. A pallet stacker is similiar to the dispenser but completes the process in the opposite function... A Pallet Stacker is a heavy duty....... The stack is typically fed into the dispenser machine with a fork truck..... • • • • • • • • • • • Available in (3) standard capacities: 2000............ A Pallet Stacker/Dispenser can stack/dispense pallets at the rate of 1 pallet per minute...bastiansolutions.........000 ** Price includes dumper only safEty EncLosurE ...... flange bearings at main pivot point..400 ** Base price includes controls............. $26............... gondolas..... $2.........000 ** Enclosures are (3) sided including a hinged door with latch 1 Week Delivery 14 800.............. A Pallet Dispenser is a key component to many automated pallet handling systems......... sealed.... fEaturEs • Heavy duty welded steel construction • Two piece assembly for ease of installation • PLC controlled • Standard pallet dispenser to handle 40” x 48” x 5-3/4” wooden pallet.................... Load.....com . & Work Positioners PaLLEt stackEr/disPEnsEr A Pallet Stacker is used to stack empty pallets so they can be delivered to the appropriate area......... Our dumper units can increase employee productivity and decrease the risk of injury due to bending and lifting.937.. end drive configuration • Includes Filter/Regulator and pneumatic lockout valve • Turnkey PLC control package available • Has low pressure switch to shut down machine if the air pressure is lost bEnEfits • Long lasting........ low discharge stacker that will typically be fed by an automated conveyor system. wheeled carts.... and many other types of containers. Bearing is re-greasable and easy to replace....... It takes a stack of pallets and dispenses them individually from the bottom of the stack. Handles other pallet sizes as well • Magazine holds stack of pallets up to 7’ tall... and 6000 pound lift Stainless and / or washdown construction and components available Easy access to hydraulic and electrical components Rugged........ durable • Comes in two pieces to minimize field assembly • Our extensive experience has resulted in a design that nearly eliminates pallet jams PLc controLs • Diagnostics built into the control logic for quick troubleshooting capabilities • 3D parametric modeling makes standard design easy to adapt to custom applications budgEtary PricE ...... $6................................................ but can also be loaded with a pallet handling conveyor.... and testing prior to shipment 4-6 Week Delivery HydrauLic box dumPErs These heavy duty container dumpers are specifically designed to dump gaylord boxes............... (14-15 pallets) • Other sizes available upon request • Hydraulic lift table to provide the lifting of the stack of pallets • Pneumatically actuated dogs (both sides)pivot into the fork pocket openings of the second • Dual-strand conveyor 8’ long total (3’ outside dispenser footprint) • Other lengths available • SEW-Eurodrive gearmotor... 4-bolt................. rigid.......Lift..................significantly increases safety for automated systems Optional power up / power down feature for all models budgEtary PricE ... engineered approval drawings........ 4000........... EVI container dumpers are completely self-contained and are virtually maintenance free..

000 25 x 46 x 18-1/4 25 x 51-1/4 x 28 49 x 51-1/4 x 28 49 x 51-1/4 x 41 11-1/2 11-3/4 21-3/4 21-3/4 219 282 462 540 $471. A locking chain is provided to secure the hopper to the fork truck. 22 “L usable fork pockets measure 7” W x 2” H on 11-5/8” centers. Powder coat blue finish. Also includes a cable that may be operated from the seat of the fork truck to manually dump the hopper. D-33.08 Bumper Release 1-2 Week Delivery 800.000 6.bastiansolutions.) fork Pocket centers (in. Usable fork pockets are 7-1⁄2”W x 2-1⁄2”H.68 $598.12 $538.80 $583. The low profile design is essential for convenient loading.8 GAUGE STEEL D-33-HD D-50-HD D-75-HD D-100-HD D-150-HD D-200-HD D-250-HD D-300-HD 1/3 1/2 3/4 1 1-1/2 2 2-1/2 3 6.64 mEdium duty .000 2.270.10 gaugE stEEL D-200-MD D-300-MD 2 3 4.000 25 x 46 x 18-1/4 25 x 5.) Price LigHt duty . A cable is pulled from the seat of the forklift to dump the hopper.44 $666.000 6.000 6.) fork Pocket centers (in. Base fork pockets are 3/16” thick. model number volume (cu.267. & Work Positioners Steel Hoppers LoW ProfiLE 90° sELf-dumPing stEEL HoPPErs Units have a full 90° dump angle with a cushioned rubber bumper stop.72 $666.16 $1.000 6. Hopper returns to an upright and locked position automatically after it dumps. yards) capacity (lbs.) Weight (lbs.000 2.24 $537.000 2.com 15 .48 $488.08 $875.000 4.000 6. Formed base thickness is 1/4”.) overall size (W x d x H) (in.000 6.) overall size (W x d x H) (in.000 2.88 $746.64 $841. Blue powder coat finish.12 gaugE stEEL H-25-LD H-50-LD H-100-LD H-150-LD 1/4 1/2 1 1-1/2 2.937.68 $1.000 26 x 49-1/4 x 38-1/4 33-1/2 x 49-1/4 x 38-1/4 31-1/2 x 60-1/2 x 43 41-1/2 x 60-1/2 x 43 43-1/2 x 69 x 52 56-1/2 x 69 x 52 69-1/2 x 69 x 52 81-3/4 x 69 x 52 18 18 18 18 28 28 28 28 412 452 560 622 747 777 900 991 $500. yards) capacity (lbs.000 2. The unit returns to an upright and locked position when lowered to the ground. Unit includes robotic welds to offer a leak proof design.36 sELf-dumPing stEEL HoPPErs WitH bumPEr rELEasE Hopper automatically dumps when bumper release contacts side of dumpster. Dumping with a forklift is quick and simple.72 $1. Load.000 6.68 $570.) Price LigHt duty .76 mEdium duty .88 $1. A locking chain is provided to secure the hopper to the forklift.96 $756.00 $739.3760 www.44 HEavy duty .347.10 gaugE stEEL H-25-MD H-50-MD H-100-MD H-150-MD 1/4 1/2 1 1-1/2 4./4 x 28 49 x 51-1/4 x 28 49 x 51-3/4 x 41 11-1/2 11-3/4 21-3/4 21-3/4 219 256 347 486 $428.000 4. D-50.406. D75 and D-100 are stackable if you stack the top hopper turned 90° from the bottom.006.84 HEAVy DUTy .8 gaugE stEEL H-25-HD H-50-HD H-100-HD H-150-HD 1/4 1/2 1 1-1/2 6. model number volume (cu.12 gaugE stEEL D-100-LD D-200-LD D-300-LD 1 2 3 2.000 6.000 41-1/2 x 60-1/2 x 43 56-1/2 x 69 x 52 81-3/4 x 69 x 52 18 28 28 524 725 991 $620.24 $511.000 4.72 $1.000 25 x 46 x 18-1/4 25 x 51-1/4 x 28 49 x 51-1/4 x 28 49 x 51-1/4 x 41 11-1/2 11-3/4 21-3/4 21-3/4 219 256 395 463 $448. Constructed with robotic welds to offer a leak proof design.) Weight (lbs.000 56-1/2 x 69 x 52 81-3/4 x 69 x 52 28 28 725 991 $810.000 6.000 4.Lift.000 6.

stretching.com . which automatically adjusts in height as the load is progressively added or removed.937. paint. Lifter transporters are inexpensive and are available in both regular and low profile models. Long workpieces produce a variety of handling problems in transfer. Working out of Parts baskEts Bending. The bending. allows the operator to load with little or no lifting. & Work Positioners Workplace Ergonomics . lifter transporters. Loading and unLoading PaLLEts This is a common operation in warehousing and distribution. the danger of lifting related injuries can be greatly reduced by using lifter transporters which combine the functions of both a wheeled transporter and a lift table. lift tables simplify the feeding and off loading process and allow the job to be handled by one person without the danger of lifting injuries. The pallet inverter is also used to transfer loads from pallets to slip sheets. Is the load going to be end loaded or side loaded? What is the pallet size? Would the lift table need to be floor mounted? Pit mounted? Is the lift table needed for a washdown application? • • • • • • • • Are certain safety options required? Tape switch. Lift tabLE ordEring information • • • • • • • What is the load capacity? Is hydraulic or electric needed? What would be the required vertical height and platform size? Is cycle time an important factor? If so. transPorting accEss HigH Work HandLing Long WorkPiEcEs Long workpieces are a prime source of accidents in the workplace. stoop. Since this is usually a repetitive process. decreased productivity and possible injury. etc? What is the speed required? Is control functionality needed? Foot Pedal or a hand control? Will the lift table need a turntable or lift option? Is a 3” overhang needed? Is the no-coast/no-drift option required for automatic loading? What is the infeed and discharge height of a full pallet? When is the lift table needed? 16 800. By using lifting and tilting equipment. fEEding and off Loading LargE PiEcEs This is a job that often requires two people and involves bending. reaching. or palletizing devices to accomplish level (no lifting) feeding and off loading. squat. positioning. The use of tandem lift tables allows even the longest workpiece to be lifted and handled with ease and safety. bellows. By continuously maintaining sheets at a level height. Continuous activities of this type can lead to fatigue. baskets can be positioned so that the worker can remove the parts from the top to bottom of the basket with minimal effort. for total number of cycles in 1 year) Describe the load and how it will be loaded. muLti-LEvEL assEmbLy Many light assembly activities such as those in the electronics industry require workers to bend. and reaching required is not only strenuous and fatiguing. Load.000 is the std.bastiansolutions. Powered personnel lifts take the worker. or work on large assemblies or to access materials in carousels. The danger of the worker falling or dropping a tool on another worker is always present. the danger of injury increases with time. The use of the spring or pneumatic actuated Pallet Pal Level Loader. what cycle time is required? (50. workers should use powered mechanical lifting equipment to raise and lower the workpiece to more comfortable and productive working positions. It is hazardous to have people up on ladders or climbing up and down from scaffolding or fixed height platforms in order to weld. In such cases. invErting PaLLEt Loads When damage occurs to packages on a pallet load. It also allows the operator to rotate the pallet for near side loading and unloading.How To Spot Safety Problems WorkPiEcE fEEding and off Loading The feeding and off loading of machines is a process which requires continual lifting and positioning of work pieces. By using lift tables. toe guards. Worker fatigue can also result in damage to work pieces or equipment. and storage. Manually unloading the pallet to replace the damaged package is a time consuming task that can be eliminated by using a powered pallet inverter. lifting. but it can also result in injury to the back or other parts of the body. both safely and efficiently. it is usually caused by the lift truck forks and is usually at the bottom of the load.3760 www. The manipulation of even a light workpiece is awkward and a threat to the handler and anyone else in the vicinity. reaching and stretching.Lift. and stretch in order to reach various levels and sides of assemblies. and any parts required to the necessary height. Instead of working from a variety of uncomfortable and inefficient positions. Workers in these activities often develop production-robbing fatigue and even more serious cumulative trauma disorders. the addition of a turntable allows the worker to have access to all sides of the work without walking. Whenever flatbed trucks or dollies are used. many of these injuries and costly downtime can be avoided. the tools. and lifting can be serious problems when removing parts from baskets. In many cases. making them excellent candidates for mechanical handling equipment. workers frequently are required to lift material or equipment from the truck to a bench or machine.

. wired complete and tested prior to shipment.............. $38.......................................... the empty pallet discharges on the upper level conveyor and awaits the transfer car. $40. Lift tables to have following options: 2.... Over/Under conveyors are used for the loading and unloading of pallets and containers... Load. An external.................... Consult Bastian if load requirements are more Gravity flow conveyors to efficiently convey products into and out of work cell Low profile cantilevered lift (shown to the right) allows for improved ergonomic heights for certain applications Pivoting pallet release stop meters product onto lift conveyor Shown with optional tilt at operator station for improved ergonomics (Keeps operators from having to stoop to reach bottom of the container) budEgtary PricE ....... capacity.... $22.. Empty pallets are introduced to the lower level conveyor.......... 4....... This system will efficiently store a buffer product and deliver it to the operator as needed.... pallets Chain rides in UHMW wearstrip for low maintenance costs Hydraulic scissor lift table provides vertical travel for lift conveyor budEgtary PricE .........3760 www. & Work Positioners Over/Under Conveyor Over/Under conveyors are popular in a manufacturing environment where floor space is a premium.... two. The empty pallet is delivered to a conveyor on a lift.............. which presents the empty pallet to the robot for loading... Once loaded. Over/Under conveyors typically handle returnable steel or plastic pallets that contain parts for an assembly operation PoWErEd ovEr/undEr convEyor • • • • • • • • All powered conveyors are Chain Driven Live roller powered by SEW Eurodrive gear motors (460/3/60) in each zone Number of buffer zones can vary (one...000 lbs..........000 4-6 Week Delivery 800.. This system will efficiently store a buffer product and deliver it to the operator as needed.............. handles up to 3............... budEgtary PricE .. The primary control voltage for the system will be 460/3/60 and the control voltage to be 24 VDC..... Weight capacity is 3... • • • Dual strand drag chain conveyor........000 gravity ovEr/undEr convEyor • • • • • • Over/Under conveyors are popular in manufacturing where floor space is a premium. typically by an automated transfer car... Tilt toward operator Powered conveyors on top and bottom levels for positive conveyance Hydraulic scissor lift table for lift elevation Heavy duty welded framework for demanding applications Includes turnkey control package with operator pushbutton station controL PackagE Each conveyor system to have a separate complete control package...000 lbs...com 17 ...... side by side.000 lbs........bastiansolutions.............Lift...500 PoWErEd drag cHain convEyor Typical application is feeding empty pallets to and taking full pallets away from a palletizing robot............. three positions deep) 4-1/2” roller centers Standard Hydraulic lift table is 48” of lift travel. remote hydraulic power unit will be the standard...... No tilt....... Two systems are shown.....937..000 lbs.. capacity..

. thus reducing wear on the wheels of the trolley end trucks The smooth running surface means lower rolling resistance The low profile steel track allows the system to be installed where headroom is a problem The low track weight reduces the applied force exerted on the supporting structure Long spans allow systems to be installed where supported assemblies are infrequent (up to 30‘ with a steel truss design). 1.... This reduces the possibility of the support columns interfering with the work cell layout Four distinct sizes of track . & Work Positioners Bridge Cranes Workstation bridgE cranEs Both the aluminum and steel workstation crane systems utilize enclosed track that is high strength and low in weight.. Capacities from 250 to 4... $5...... Multiple bridges can be installed on one runway system to increase productivity and flexibility in a workarea • • • • 1. • • • • 1...000 lbs.... Bridge lengths from 4’ to 34’....enable you to keep bridge weights and costs to a minimum..3760 www........ The low weight results in easier movement..... ergonomic work cells.. These cranes can be installed on any normal 6” reinforced concrete floor.. frEE standing Workstation bridgE cranE Free Standing Work Station Bridge Cranes can handle even the toughest overhead lifting tasks.......bastiansolutions.Lift...468 cEiLing mountEd Workstation bridgE cranEs When a work area must be free from any support structures that may interfere with operations....670 2 Week Delivery 18 800.. Runway spans up to 20‘ and bridge lengths up to 34‘ meet a wide range of applications....... This design increases the span... productive. Available in steel.....16-1/2’ 20’ runway gLcs-fs-1000-15-20-10 ....000 lbs.............. and stainless steel.. and feature a pre-engineered modular design that can easily expand as your work centers expand..... Bridge lengths from 4’ to 34’. Customers can install multiple bridges along one set of runways and greatly increase their productivity...15’ Overall width .937. which decreases the need for frequent hangers aLuminum track The patented aluminum enclosed track provides for low weight..000 series . These systems are pre-engineered and modularly designed for easy installation.......... Capacities from 250 to 4.. do not put stress on your buildings overhead structure..000 lbs.. and 2. and effortless movement.. 500... $3.15’ Overall width . capacity Bridge length ......... expansion and relocation.com .. Major advantages are: • • • • • • • Enclosed track cranes are up to three times easier to move than traditional bridge cranes The design virtually eliminates dirt and dust from the rolling surface.......... Load....... aluminum..250...15’ 20’ runway gLcs1000-15-20 . which makes for safe.... capacity Bridge length . Multiple bridges can be installed on one runway system to increase productivity and flexibility in a work area... unparalleled spanning capability...000 lbs...... Ceiling Mounted Bridge Cranes are an excellent solution to keeping floors clear.... trussEd stEEL track The trussed series uses the plain steel track profile but is enhanced for longer spans via a built-up truss design.................000..

.. & Work Positioners tractor drivEs for stEEL or aLuminum track Tractor Drives provide motorized movement on new or existing enclosed track Work Station Bridge Cranes and Monorails...................15’ 20’ runway Rail size ........................... $17................. frEE standing tarca™ systEms Free Standing Tarca™ Systems are built using our unique patented Tarca™ Track........................................ Capacities are available from 2 to 5 ton with spans to 60 ft..........com 19 ....071 tarca™ bridgE cranEs These pre-engineered crane systems are built using our unique patented Tarca™ Track... Capacities are available from 2 to 5 ton with spans to 60 ft.......... Heights under bridge from 10 to 20 ft.............4500 Tarca 18’ rail centers ct -cm-20-2-17-20 ................ • • • • • 2 tons capacity Bridge span .............................375 cEiLing mountEd tarca™ systEms Ceiling Mounted Tarca™ Systems are built using our unique patented Tarca™ Track............ durability and consistency....... Load.......694 tractor drivE W/ ELEctricaL controLs and Wiring for botH ...4500 Tarca 18’ rail centers ct -fs-20-2-17-20-10 ....3760 www.......... Tarca™ systems are characterized by consistently straight rail sections and durable........ Its special raised tread and high carbon track is superior to IBeams in strength.........................60 ft.......... Tarca systems require the crane support steel to be tied back to another structure...... Our Tarca™ systems offer unmatched versatility........ easy field installation tractor drivE W/ ELEctricaL controLs and Wiring for troLLEy onLy ...... The drives are designed for indoor use and are available for steel track or aluminum track.................................................... • • • • • 2 tons capacity Bridge span ............ Runway support centers from 20 ..........343 tractor drivE W/ ELEctricaL controLs and Wiring for bridgE onLy .. $3.............................bastiansolutions..Lift.............937................... Runway support centers from 20 .... Applications for tractor drives include work areas where the operator cannot stand next to the load to move it by hand or during operations with high cycle times that require frequent lifting of heavy................. increments.. which continues to be the benchmark of the overhead material handling industry........................15’ 20’ runway Rail size .... $11.......................... Its special raised tread and high carbon track is superior to I-Beams in strength.................. Its three piece welded construction is a compound section of a mild steel top flange and web and a specially rolled high-carbon steel lower rail. $8.....60 ft....869 3-4 Week Delivery 800........ durability and ease of installation.......... awkward-shaped loads...... increments........ high quality Tarca™ components.. • • • • • Spring loaded compression adjustment on drive wheel for constant pressure and smooth operation Modular drive design for easy installation 2 year warranty Direct drive for precise positioning and reduced maintenance Bolt-on end truck/trolley connections for quick. durability and consistency..... $5...........................

........ Capacities available from 100 lbs......... they can accommodate up to a 360° rotation.... air balancers..... heavy I-Beam jib cranes..........000 lbs... These jibs are designed to service circular areas and support tool balancers.. $1... $955 2-3 Week Delivery 20 800......... Capacities are available from 100 lbs....... • • • • • 1..... contact Bastian for details) Enclosed track boom provides effortless trolley movement and virtually eliminates dust and dirt frEE standing Work station Jib cranE Free standing jib cranes are the ideal substitute for traditional.. to 1000 lbs..............1 ft.. $753 aLuminum tiE rod Work station Jib cranE Aluminum tie rod jib cranes use patented light-weight..... Please call Bastian for more information WsJ360-1000-10-10 . & Work Positioners Jib Cranes Work station Jib cranEs Work Station Jib Cranes are the ideal substitute for traditional. with spans up to 16’... This revolutionary track reduces the rotational dead weight of the boom by 56% to 68%.. Load.......60” Other models available..... • • • • • Tapered roller pivot bearings and trunnion rollers for ease of rotation Enclosed track boom that virtually eliminates dirt and dust High-strength... air balancers..... vacuum lifters and hoists. Please call Bastian for more information WsJ200-1000-10 ..1 ft.......937.. Capacities are available from 100 lbs. high strength extruded aluminum enclosed track.. Please call Bastian for more information aL100-g1-1000-10 .. and hoists....... 9 inches Bracket centers ....... air balancers................... • • • • • 1.. they can handle up to a 200º rotation... making the jib up to 40% easier to rotate than comparable I-beam Jib Cranes......3760 www..com ... These jibs are designed to service circular areas and support tool balancers....... spans to 16’........ capacity 10’ span End of beam distance ..000 lbs.......bastiansolutions......Lift......000 lbs........ capacity 10’ span End of beam distance . low-headroom boom assemblies Many of the smaller.. with spans up to 16 ft............................. they can accommodate up to a 360º rotation.................... lighter capacity jibs can be mounted on any normal 6” reinforced concrete floor (no foundation required....... The tie rod design minimizes deflection and is more precise when positioning loads than other Jib Cranes............... When floor mounted..... When column or wall mounted. When column or wall mounted. heavy I-Beam Jib Cranes.756 WaLL cantiLEvEr Work station Jib cranE Wall cantilever jib cranes are the ideal substitute for traditional... to 1..11... When floor mounted.... vacuum lifters...... These jibs are designed to service circular areas and support tool balancers... 9 inches Bracket centers .... capacity 10’ span Height under boom ....2 feet 9 inches Other models available.53’ Other models available.10’ Overall Height ......... they can handle up to a 200° rotation.. heavy I-Beam Jib Cranes. lightweight................000 lbs............. to 1000 lbs....... and hoists................ vacuum lifters...... • • • • • 1.................

............ This crane is also perfect in applications that require the operator to rotate the jib in close to its pivot point...... to 2........... reach into machines or doorways... This versatile crane can move around corners....3760 www...com 21 . $9.... frEE standing articuLating Jib cranE Free standing articulating jib cranes are perfect for applications that demand an Articulating Jib.............. They can be mounted to a platform supported from a Work Station Bridge Crane to allow the jib to swing under an obstruction or outside the normal coverage of a bridge crane .... air. capacity 10’ span Boom length . spans to 16’ 360° rotation at both pivot points (optional) Can be used with hook mounted lifting devices (electric.......... air............ spans up to 16’..45” aJ200-b2-1000-10 . These cranes offer effortless rotation and a consistent responsiveness when positioning loads in a work cell.......... • • • • 1..bastiansolutions..000 lbs................ or into machines...... They can also be used with hook mounted lifting devices (electric...........712 cEiLing mountEd articuLating Jib cranE Celing mounted jib cranes are mounted so workflow in the production area is disrupted. • • • • 1... & Work Positioners articuLating Jib cranEs Articulating Jib Cranes can position loads in places that cannot be reached with traditional jibs. Load. and allows coverage of multiple work cells........... $8. Capacities from 150 lbs to 2....48” aJ360-c-1000-10 .....Lift...........000 lbs.............. which allows usage outside the normal coverage of a bridge crane.......... Capacities from 150 to 2........... This crane is perfect in applications that require an operator to rotate the jib in close to the pivot point... 200° rotation on primary boom......000 lbs with spans up to 16’. $4.190 2 Week Delivery 800... and swing under obstructions........... or vacuum) aJ360-f-1000-10-10 ............75” Arm length .000 lbs. and vacuum) or stationary mounted or platform supported from a dual girder Work Station Bridge Crane...........72” Arm length .... reach into machines or doorways...... but lack the walls or columns needed to mount the crane.... and swing under obstructions.....000 lbs........ spans to 16 ft. Suited for applications where maneuvering around obstacles or swinging under obstructions is necessary.... • • • • Floor mounted for easy installation and relocation Capacities from 150 to 2....937.... through open doorways...683 WaLL/coLumn mountEd articuLating Jib cranE Wall/Column Mounted Articulating Jib Cranes can move loads around corners.............000 lbs.. Capacities from 150 lbs............ capacity 10’ span Boom length .

.. along walls or columns of plants.....000 lbs. or columns of plants....... capacity 10’ span Overall height . MT Series Cranes are available in two styles............. capacity 10’ span End of beam distance .... in open areas where they can serve several work stations..... Please call Bastian for more information Wb100-g1-10-s6 .......... • • • • • 1. Please call Bastian for more information mt400-W10-W8-15 ..... & Work Positioners i-bEam Jib cranEs frEE standing i-bEam Jib cranE Free standing I-Beam Jib Cranes are the most versatile cranes..... top stabilized..937..... and capable of 360° rotation via a top and bottom bearing assembly....000 lbs..................... Load...512 2 Week Delivery 22 800...... in outdoor applications such as loading docks...... This is the least expensive jib.......000 lbs...... $649 mast tyPE i-bEam Jib cranE Mast type jib cranes are floor supported.......... It is composed of a vertical mast mounted to 2 brackets on a wall or vertical building beam with a boom that cantilevers out...000 lbs.. This jib has 2 brackets that mount to a wall or building beam.............. Please call Bastian for more information fs300-8-6 ......... or as a supplement to an overhead crane or monorail system.................... capacity 10’ span Flange width ...... Capacities from 500 to 10......... Capacities from 1/4 ton to 5 tons and spans to 20’.......732 WaLL cantiLEvEr i-bEam Jib cranE Wall Cantilever Jib Cranes provide hoist coverage and 200° rotation for individual use in bays. perpendicular from the wall at top.........5-1/4” Bracket centers .8” Other models available.. or in machining and assembly operations where they can be overlapped with other jib cranes to provide staged coverage............ This jib has the advantage of providing maximum lift for the hoist.. $1.........1 foot 6 inches Other models available.............com .10’ Other models available. The bottom bracket has a boom that is perpendicular to the wall with a bracket toward the end that a tie rod is attached to.... with spans to 20’ • • • • • 1............bastiansolutions............. capacity 10’ span Height under boom ... $982 WaLL brackEt i-bEam Jib cranE These cranes are the most economical means of providing hoist coverage for individual use in bays............000 lbs......... since it can be installed very close to the underside of the lowest ceiling obstruction........... Please call Bastian for more information Wc200-b1-10-8 ....3’ Other models available...Lift... $1...10’ Mast diameter ............. • • • • 1...........................3760 www........................ Capacities from 1/2 ton to 5 ton and spans to 30’ • • • • 1..................... They are perfect underneath large bridge cranes....... but it takes up the most head room and it exerts the most force on whatever it’s mounted to.. along walls..... or as a supplement to an overhead crane or monorail system..............

.............. 20’.............. crane type model number FG-0....) 8................. even over rough floor surfaces........ 15’........) 10 11 10 11 Price $62 $78 $44 $61 End stoP End stops are used to limit the travel of the trolley on the beam......... model number GAN-FA732 GAN-FA733 GAN-FA708 GAN-FA710 caster type Urethane Urethane w/ brake Steel V-Groove........7708 8.......... 8’ to 15’ ................ knee braces........................................................ $210 2 Week Delivery 800... Adjustable in 3 ft...........................Lift................... 10’ track ................... $34 fixEd LanE v-groovE track With a fixed length v-groove track...............899 accEssoriEs castErs For all series........ They are in spans of 8’.............................. durable polyurethane casters provide low rolling resistance for easy movement.........................) 10 9 ........................... Choose from single pin (one aligning pin at one end and nothing on the other for mounting to another v-groove track) or dual pin (aligning pins at both ends....5 ton and spans up to 30’........ adJustabLE HEigHt Adjustable Height Gantry Cranes provide an economical way to lift materials anywhere in a facility....... oil and most other chemicals The bolted beam to upright connection ensures that the beam does not dislodge Pre-engineered for use with powered hoists..... The heavy duty end frame design with square tubing uprights........332 3......com 23 ... The polyurethane wheels roll smoothly............... $29 20’ to 30’ ..... it can safely lift 1..5-9/12-10 capacity span (ft.5 ton and spans up to 30’.............. This is a more cost effective solution for areas of infrequent lifts than a more expensive permanent structure........ $117 20’ track .... A factor of 15% of the crane capacity allowed for the hoist and trolley weight with an additional 25% of the capacity allowed for impact.......... the 6” diameter... your gantry crane will run in a straight line every time. non-marking.............. 25’...................................... Rigid body w/ brake Wheel diameter (in..5-10-10 AG-0........ Available in capacities from 1 .... Tracks are standard in lengths of 10’ or 20’..... & Work Positioners Gantry Cranes (Mobile) Fixed and adjustable height steel gantry cranes provide an economical way to lift materials anywhere in the facility......) 10.. 12’...000 lbs........ molded phenolic casters are standard... Below are the other caster options in 1 ton capacity...................bastiansolutions..........12 flange Width 3....................7187 Price Fixed Adjustable 1 ton 1 ton $1.937........... and can withstand water................. The crane can be adjusted to provide different lifting heights.................... For example..................5 clear span (ft..........000 lbs....... This is a more costeffective lifting solution for areas of infrequent lifts than a more expensive permanent structure...............3760 www..........) 6 6 6 6 shipping Weight (lbs...... This is a more cost effective solution for areas of infrequent lifts than a more expensive permanent structure............................. Load..5 12............. • • • The non-marking..... Rigid body Steel V-Groove. if it’s rated for 1...... increments...... thus giving maximum capacity use of the crane.... Available in capacities from 1 ... and channel base provides stable lifting and movement.........................................................332 overall Height (ft. 10’....... The wheels enable you to move the gantry around your facility... and 30’ for all standard designs. with out having to worry about hoist weight or impact fixEd HEigHt Fixed Height Gantry Cranes provide an economical way to lift materials anywhere in a facility...) 10 10 Height under boom (ft........ The wheels enable you to move the gantry around your facility..241 $1...................... The wheels enable you to move the gantry around your facility.....

970 softWarE uPgradE .. 300 and 380 lbs.. and process equipment maintenance.) 150 150 300 300 380 380 150 150 300 300 380 380 Lifting stroke (ft..425 $9.. The BXi and BX are both available in standard capacities of 150. loading and unloading.. capacity overload protection. but not the added intelligence capabilities. These model choices offer the right features to fit your application and budget with even more intelligence features and capabilities.....3760 www..625 g-forcE™ iQ and Q The G-Force™ iQ and Q are the higher capacity model of the BXi and BX.. and standard options as the iQ without the added cost of enhanced intelligence features..480 $11...... capacity......954 $11.. operator present switch.. Both series come with standard safety features. bx The BX model has virtually identical performance characteristics to the BXi model in terms of speed.100 $10. parts assembly...489 $13........ series BXi BXi BXi BXi BXi BXi BX BX BX BX BX BX capacity (lbs..600 $12... precision placement... power loss protection........980 $9.980 $6....... It uses exclusive patented technology and an industrial processorcontrolled servo drive system to deliver unmatched lifting precision and speed.Lift. e-stop button and operator indicator lights.700 $6.... & Work Positioners Intelligent Lifting Devices (G-Force™) The G-Force™ is a servo-powered lifting device that enables operators to lift loads and manipulate objects like it is an extension of their own arm... $1. series iQ iQ Q Q capacity (lbs.bastiansolutions..... Q The Q model offers all the speed.com ...... Load. Available in 660 lbs... Some applications include: repetitive lifting. It is a lower cost alternative for those applications that require the speed and precision of the BXi.....) 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 float mode yes No yes No yes No yes No yes No yes No shipping Weight (lbs.) 145 145 145 145 Price $14.... Includes programmable upper/lower hard limits. and intuitive control..325 $8. g-forcE™ bxi and bx The G-Force™ comes in the BXi and BX.... capacity..... Available in 660 lbs... including anti-recoil. These models have a capacity of 660 lbs....125 $7..280 $8..) 660 660 660 660 float mode yes No yes No shipping Weight (lbs.. to better match your application and budget. upward/downward points of speed reduction and upward resume speed point. iQ The iQ offers enhanced standard intelligence features and flexible customization through programmable inputs and outputs... bxi The BXi model comes loaded with standard intelligence features and programmability to customize it to your application......937...500 2 Week Delivery ** Adds virtual limits to Q model... 24 800. machining.505 $10..) 100 99 107 106 107 106 98 97 105 104 105 104 Price $9..... precision. Its fusion of advanced technology and basic human guidance maximizes productivity while minimizing the risk of injury to the operator...200 $11. pinpoint precision....

Soft Touch pendant handle available for less fatigue and stress.3760 www. G-Force® lifting device assembly. 8’ and 10’ Optional portable base available Available in Free Standing and Under Hung models aPPLications • Reaching into a work cell or around obstructions • Reaching under overhead obstructions like conveyors or exhaust hoods • Reaching into machines • High cycle pick and place • Loading/unloading machined parts • Moving products around a work cell • Palletizing and depalletizing frEE standing This model requires no special foundation.505 $9. leveling adjustment assembly for boom.056 $10. • Portable Base . When used with a manipulator platform mounted on a crane system. By making the load virtually weightless. the ceiling mounted Easy Arm™ becomes a cost effective way to service multiple work cells.774 $9.Lift.281 $10. See next page for application examples. handle.com 25 . Load. of up or down force on the load itself.224 $8. operators can precisely orient loads through the full stroke range by manipulating it with their hands right on the load.437 $10. cEiLing or PLatform mountEd This configuration frees up valuable floor space. • • • • • 150 lbs. Their design makes them easy to install and easy to relocate. • End Effectors .213 $9.bastiansolutions.269 $9. Its simple 4bolt pattern makes it easy for you to move it virtually anywhere you want. & Work Positioners Easy arm The Easy Arm™ is the newest addition to the G-Force™ family of Intelligent Assist Devices.719 ** Jib boom. friction brakes on both pivots.988 $9. It takes patented G-Force™ technology and an industrial processor controlled drive system and integrates them into an ergonomic articulating jib design.) 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 Height under Hook (ft.Many different tooling is available per your application.937. Free standing Easy Arms™ do not put stress on the building overhead structure. The portable base provides a stable base that can be moved easily. capacity Unparalleled precision at speeds from less than 1 fpm up to 150 fpm Standard spans of 6’. 2 Week Delivery 800. operators can precisely place even the heaviest loads over and over again without experiencing fatigue. pivot assemblies. oPtionaL fEaturEs • Float Mode . but not included) in an enclosed shipping container.Available for added flexibility. (see below for details) capacity (lbs. jib arm.494 $9.) 631 648 665 631 648 665 676 693 711 676 693 711 model number EA-F-150-6-6-BX-y EA-F-150-6-8-BX-y EA-F-150-6-10-BX-y EA-F-150-6-6-BX-N EA-F-150-6-8-BX-N EA-F-150-6-10-BX-N EA-F-150-8-6-BX-y EA-F-150-8-8-BX-y EA-F-150-8-10-BX-y EA-F-150-8-6-BX-N EA-F-150-8-8-BX-N EA-F-150-8-10-BX-N Price $9. and Free Standing mast assembly (anchor bolts available. • Optional Handles . Ceiling mounted Easy Arms™ require buildings with adequate overhead structures to resist the forces imposed by the system.) 6 6 6 6 6 6 8 8 8 8 8 8 span 6 8 10 6 8 10 6 8 10 6 8 10 float mode yes yes yes No No No yes yes yes No No No shipping Weight (lbs. Just bolt it to any 6” reinforced concrete floor.999 $10.With a mere 1/2 lb.

& Work Positioners Lift Assist Devices vacuum tooLing PnEumatic od griP magnEtic tooLing vacuum tooLing griP & rotatE PoWEr id casting griP PnEumatic id griP 26 800.937.bastiansolutions.Lift.com .3760 www. Load.

........................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................ 68 Forklift Accessible Pallet Containers ...................................................... 13 Pallet Stackers ................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................. Mezzanine Flooring ............................................................................................................................................. 8 Pallet Lifts ........................................................ 72 Modular Nesting Systems ............................................................................................................................................... 17 Bridge Cranes ....... 60 61 62 63 63 64 ToTes and ConTainers Plastic Containers ................................................................ Pallet Flow Rack ..................... & Work posiTioners Lift Tables ....................................................................... 27 29 32 33 34 34 35 35 36 42 sTorage Shelving ............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................ 66 Small Parts Storage & Order Picking .................................. Drive-In/Drive-Thru Rack .............................Table Of Contents Company profile Table of ConTenTs lifT................................................... 12 Tilters ....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 72 Straight Wall Containers .................................................................. Storage Cabinets ................................................................................................................................................................ 7 Pallet Positioners ................................................................3760 www............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................ 69 Wire & Rigid Bulk Containers ................. 71 Attached Lid Containers .......................................................................................................................................................... 67 ESD Containers ................................. Cantilever Rack ....................................................................................... 70 Collapsible Containers ..................................................... 16 Over/Under Conveyor .................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................. 15 Workplace Ergonomics .................................................................................................................................... Conveyor Crossovers ... Stock Picking Ladders ......................................... 10 Work Positioners ............. Picking Technologies ................................................................... Selective Pallet Rack ..................................... Push Back Rack ................................................................................................................ 4 Turntables .......................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 14 Steel Hoppers .......................................................................937................................................................................................................. Hazardous Material Storage .....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................com 1 ... 73 Plastic Pallets ......................................................bastiansolutions............................................................................................................................................... load..................................................................................................... Vertical Storage ..................................................................................................................... 65 Bins ..................................... Work Platforms .............................................................................................. Mezzanines ................................................................... 73 800............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Rack Decking .......................... 26 raCk & piCk modules Carton Flow Rack ....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 43 49 51 55 57 plaTforms & sTruCTures Modular Enclosures & Inplant Offices ......................................................................................... Modular Drawer Cabinets .............................. Stack Rack ........ 18 Jib Cranes ....................................................... 20 Gantry Cranes ..................................................... 24 Lift Assist Devices .................................................................................. High Density Storage ........................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 9 Mobile Lift Tables ...... 23 Intelligent Lifting Devices .......................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

.................................................................................................................................................................... Bearing Descriptions ......................................................................................... 98 Column Protectors .... 95 Overhead & Track Protector ..................................................................... In Between Handling Lift Truck .............. 97 Conveyor Aisle Guards ...............Table Of Contents CasTers Caster Guidelines .................................................... 129 Wire Carts .......................................................................................................................................... 114 Dollies ............................................................................. 110 Hand Trucks ................................................................................................................................................................................................... Specialty Casters & Wheels ...............com ............................................................................................................................................................................................... 133 2 800........ 85 88 89 92 safeTy equipmenT Protective Guard Rail & Columns ............................................ 130 Poly Trucks ................................................................................................................................. 116 Platform Trucks .......................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 131 Bulk Linen Trucks .......... 102 TruCks Electric Power Pallet Truck ................................................................................................ Wheel Descriptions . 94 Hand Rail ............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................ 114 Heavy Equipment Rollers ............................................................................... Power Drive Straddle Truck ...................................................................................................... 113 Safety Appliance Trucks .................................................................................................................................................................. Ergonomic Seating ........................................................................................................ Caster Brakes ........................................................... 115 Industrial Cycles & Accessories ...................................................................................................................................................... 99 Floor Tape .............................................................................................................................................................................................. 74 75 75 76 77 77 78 84 WorksTaTion & aCCessories Ergonomic Workstations ....................... Caster Accessories ................................bastiansolutions................................................................................ 96 Pallet Rack End Protectors ......................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 103 104 105 107 CarTs & moving equipmenT Manual Pallet Trucks ..................................................................................................................937..................................................................................................................................................................................... 96 Rack Armour Rack Protectors ............................................................................................................................. 99 Safety Mirrors ......................................................................................................... 101 Wire Partitions & Work Enclosures ........................................................................................................................................................................ Truck Accessories ................................................................ 100 Safety Netting ................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................. Workstation Accessories ...............3760 www......................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 117 Custom Carts & Trailers ............................... Anti-Fatigue Floor Mats ................................ 119 Stock Picker Carts ............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................. 108 Drum Handling Equipment ...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 118 Steel Carts ....................... 98 Sprinkler Guards ................................................. 133 Fabric Carts ................................................................................................................... Wheel Selection Guide ........................................ Casters ...................................... 97 Bollards .................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 98 Overhead Safety Gate ............................................................................................. 95 Overhead Door Rail Guards ........................................................................................................... 112 Convertible Hand Trucks .................................................................................

...................................................................................................... Glossary ............................................................... Label Printers ..........................................................................................................................937......................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 156 Material Handling Solutions ................................................... 141 paCkaging & manifesTing Case Sealers .......................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 141 Wheel Chocks ............................................................................... 141 Pallet Pullers ....... Exacta® Manifest Software ............................................ Supplier Advertising ....................................................................................................................................................................... 166 Automated Storage.................... Stretch Wrappers ................................................................................................... 138 Strip Doors .... 160 ConTrol sysTems Advantages ........................................................................................................................................................................... 167 appendix Terms & Conditions ..................................com 3 ........... 157 Warehouse Control Systems (WCS) ........................................... Warehouse Control System (WCS) Process Flow .............................................................................................................Table Of Contents doCk equipmenT Flexible Gravity Conveyors ..................................................................................... 159 Integrated System Process .........................................................................................................................................................................3760 www................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................. Order Placement ............................. 158 Simulation .... Interface Experience ........ 168 168 169 176 177 180 181 800......................................bastiansolutions......................................................................................... 139 Dock Lifts ..........................137 Dock Plates ............. Abbreviations ..................................................................................................................... Index ...................................... 151 inTegraTed sysTems Benefits & Advantages ......................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 161 162 162 163 165 produCT guide Conveyors and Sortation Systems ............................................. Label Printer Applicators ......... Sortation.................................................... Full Service Controls ...................................................................................................................................................... 140 Loading Lights .......................................................................................... and Picking Technologies ............................................................................................................ 135 Custom Turntables ...... Control System Capabilities ............................ 167 Software and Controls ................................................................................................................................................................................................................. 142 143 145 146 149 150 indusTry experienCe Renderings ................................................................................................................ 134 Straight Gravity Conveyors ........................................................................................................................................................................................................................................ 136 Dock Boards .......... Supplier Index ............................................................................................................................................................ Packaging Machines ................ 157 Engineering Studies ..............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

3120 CALIFORNIA LOS ANGELES 800. where all employees have an opportunity to contribute. Through our experience. Bastian is one of the most reputable material handling system integrators in the country. This is a testimony to the value we place on each and every one of our client partnerships. blended personal and professional lives.575.4695 SOUTH CAROLINA CHARLESTON 843.80. To meet this goal.4858 OHIO CINCINNATI 888.51152300 . listened to.7206 MISSOURI ST..858. and advance based on merit. learn.235. treated fairly.3173 CENTRAL CA 800.0226 EVANSVILLE 812.392.2194 LEXINGTON 859. and to have fun as we compete in the market place.6974 GRAND RAPIDS 616. LOUIS 800. Over 80% of our business is made up of repeat customers.2484 INDIA BANGALORE 0091.Company Profile Our Mission Bastian Material Handling is dedicated to helping customers excel in their markets by providing the best material handling system solutions and technology. we want a company that our people are proud of and committed to.399.0382 TOLEDO 419.3775 KENTUCKY LOUISVILLE 800.517. Engineering tomorrow’s solutions today..4550 vIRGINIA FAIRFAX 877.398.524. INDUSTRIES SERvED: Retail Food.261.4850 FLORIDA BOCA RATON 561. Above all.254. Partial Client List ALLISON TRANSMISSION AMTRAK ANHEUSER-BUSCH ANN TAYLOR AT&T BLUE RHINO BRISTOL-MYERS SQUIBB CABELA’S CARRIER CENTRAL LIGHT ALLOY CLAYTON MARCUS COVANCE COORS CVS/PHARMACY ELI LILLY and CO.810. ABRAHAM and SONS SHAKLEE STARBUCKS THOMAS and BETTS THOMSON LEARNING TIMBERLAND TOYOTA UPS LOGISTICS USPS VISTEON ZIMMER Broad Industry Experience With thousands of customers worldwide. grow. Our goal is to help you achieve the “world-class” performance required in today’s business environment. Bastian has breadth of system experience across many industries. and involved.9992 FORT WAYNE 260.271. bakery and grocery Beverage Automotive Transportation Entertainment Catalog and e-commerce Computer electronics Pharmaceutical Parcel delivery OpERATIONS: Distribution Manufacturing 3rd Party Logistics Kit assembly/value added service Packaging Warehousing Fulfillment Returns processing Cross docking Bastian Office Locations INDIANA INDIANAPOLIS 888.6762 MICHIGAN DETROIT 800.627.569. ELECTRONIC ARTS EPSON FASTENAL COMPANY FORD FOREST PHARMACEUTICALS GAGE MARKETING GANDER MOUNTAIN GENERAL ELECTRIC GENERAL MOTORS INTERNATIONAL PAPER JACK OF ALL GAMES KERR PLASTICS KROGER LAWSON PRODUCTS MARY KAY MELALEUCA MERCK MSC INDUSTRIAL SUPPLIES MOTOROLA PRIME WHEEL ROCHE DIAGNOSTICS ROLLS-ROYCE S. We want our people to feel respected. we bring the best technologies to light for your operational success.489. we want satisfaction from accomplishments and friendships.

Sign up to vote on this title
UsefulNot useful